Annual Statements Open main menu

Gannett Co., Inc. - Annual Report: 2014 (Form 10-K)

Form 10-K
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2014

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission file number: 001-36097

New Media Investment Group Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

38-3910250

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

1345 Avenue of the Americas,

New York, New York

 

10105

(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Telephone: (212) 479-3160

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class:

 

Name of each exchange on which registered:

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share   New York Stock Exchange

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer  ¨

   Accelerated filer  ¨    Non-accelerated filer  x    Smaller reporting company  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant on June 27, 2014, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $403.5 million. The market value calculation was determined using a per share price of $13.66, the price at which the registrant’s common stock was last sold on the New York Stock Exchange on such date. For purposes of this calculation, shares held by non-affiliates excludes only those shares beneficially owned by the registrant’s executive officers, directors, and stockholders owning 10% or more of the registrant’s outstanding common stock (and, in each case, their immediate family members and affiliates).

As of March 3, 2015, 44,466,495 shares of the registrant’s common stock were outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of our definitive proxy statement, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days of the Company’s fiscal year-end, are incorporated by reference into Part III, Items 10-14 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

NEW MEDIA INVESTMENT GROUP INC.

FORM 10-K

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 28, 2014

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
  PART I   

Item 1

  Business      1   

Item 1A

  Risk Factors      45   

Item 1B

  Unresolved Staff Comments      59   

Item 2

  Properties      59   

Item 3

  Legal Proceedings      59   

Item 4

  Mine Safety Disclosures      60   
  PART II   

Item 5

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     61   

Item 6

  Selected Financial Data      62   

Item 7

  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations      66   

Item 7A

  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk      92   

Item 8

  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data      94   

Item 9

  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure      152   

Item 9A

  Controls and Procedures      152   

Item 9B

  Other Information      152   
  PART III   

Item 10

  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance      153   

Item 11

  Executive Compensation      153   

Item 12

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     153   

Item 13

  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence      154   

Item 14

  Principal Accountant Fees and Services      154   
  PART IV   

Item 15

  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules      155   

 

i


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING INFORMATION

Certain statements in this report on Form 10-K may constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 that reflect our current views regarding, among other things, our future growth, results of operations, performance and business prospects and opportunities, as well as other statements that are other than historical fact. Words such as “anticipate(s),” “expect(s)”, “intend(s)”, “plan(s)”, “target(s)”, “project(s)”, “believe(s)”, “will”, “aim”, “would”, “seek(s)”, “estimate(s)” and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectations and beliefs and are subject to a number of known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could lead to actual results materially different from those described in the forward-looking statements. We can give no assurance that our expectations will be attained. Our actual results, liquidity and financial condition may differ from the anticipated results, liquidity and financial condition indicated in these forward-looking statements. These forward looking statements are not a guarantee of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties, and there are certain important factors that could cause our actual results to differ, possibly materially from expectations or estimates reflected in such forward-looking statements, including, among others:

 

   

general economic, market and political conditions;

 

   

our ability to grow our digital business and digital audience and advertiser base;

 

   

the potential adverse effects of the Restructuring (as defined below);

 

   

the risk that we may not realize the anticipated benefits of our recent or potential future acquisitions, including the Halifax Acquisition (as defined below);

 

   

the availability and cost of capital for future investments;

 

   

our ability to pay dividends consistent with prior practice or at all;

 

   

our ability to realize the benefits of the Management Agreement (as defined below);

 

   

the competitive environment in which we operate;

 

   

our ability to recruit and retain key personnel.

Additional risk factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations include, but are not limited to, the risks identified by us under the heading “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this report. Such forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made. Except to the extent required by law, we expressly disclaim any obligation to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect any change in our expectations with regard thereto or change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any statement is based.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PART I

 

Item 1. Business

General Overview

New Media Investment Group Inc. (“New Media,” “Company,” “us,” or “we”), was formed as a Delaware corporation on June 18, 2013. Pursuant to the Restructuring, Newcastle Investment Corp. (“Newcastle”) owned approximately 84.6% of New Media until February 13, 2014, upon which date Newcastle distributed the shares that it held in New Media to its shareholders on a prorata basis. New Media had no operations until November 26, 2013, when it assumed control of GateHouse Media, LLC (formerly known as GateHouse Media, Inc.) (“GateHouse” or “Predecessor”) and Local Media Group Holdings LLC (“Local Media Parent”). GateHouse was determined to be the predecessor to New Media, as the operations of GateHouse comprise substantially all of the business operations of the combined entities. Both New Media and Newcastle are externally managed and advised by an affiliate of Fortress Investment Group LLC (“Fortress”).

New Media is a company that owns, operates and invests in high quality local media assets. We have a particular focus on owning and acquiring strong local media assets in small to mid-size markets. With our collection of assets, we focus on two large business categories; consumers and small to medium size businesses (“SMBs”).

Our portfolio of media assets today spans across 379 markets and 27 states. Our products include 452 community print publications, 379 websites, 360 mobile sites and six yellow page directories. We reach over 14 million people per week and serve over 140,000 business customers.

We are focused on growing our consumer revenues primarily through our penetration into the local consumer market that values comprehensive local news and receives their news primarily from our products. We believe our rich local content, our strong media brands, and multiple platforms for delivering content will impact our reach into the local consumers leading to growth in subscription income. We also believe our focus on smaller markets will allow us to be a dominant provider of valuable, unique local news to consumers in those markets. We believe that one result of our local consumer penetration in these smaller markets will be transaction revenues as we link consumers with local businesses. For our SMB business category, we focus on leveraging our strong local media brands, our in-market sales force and our high consumer penetration rates with a variety of products and services that we believe will help SMBs expand their marketing, advertising and other digital lead generation platforms. We also believe our strong position in our local markets will allow us to develop other products that will be of value to our SMBs in helping them run and grow their businesses.

Our business strategy is to be the preeminent provider of local news, information, advertising and digital services in the markets we operate in today. We aim to grow our business organically through what we believe are both our consumer and SMB strategies. We also plan to pursue strategic acquisitions of high quality local media assets at attractive valuation levels. Finally, we intend to distribute a substantial portion of our free cash flow as a dividend to stockholders through a quarterly dividend, subject to satisfactory financial performance, approval by our board of directors (the “Board of Directors”) and dividend restrictions in the New Media Credit Agreement (as defined below). The Board of Directors’ determinations regarding dividends will depend on a variety of factors, including the Company’s U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) net income, free cash flow generated from operations or other sources, liquidity position and potential alternative uses of cash, such as acquisitions, as well as economic conditions and expected future financial results. On July 31, 2014, we announced a second quarter 2014 cash dividend of $0.27 per share of New Media Common Stock (as defined below). The dividend was paid on August 21, 2014 to shareholders of record as of the close of business on August 12, 2014. On October 30, 2014, we announced a third quarter 2014 cash dividend of $0.27 per share of New Media Common Stock. The dividend was paid on November 20, 2014, to shareholders of record as of the close of business on November 12, 2014.

We believe that our focus on owning and operating dominant local-content-oriented media properties in small to mid-size markets puts us in a position to better execute our strategy. We believe that being the dominant provider of local news and information in the markets in which we operate and distributing that content across

 

1


Table of Contents

multiple print and digital platforms, gives us an opportunity to grow our audiences and reach. Further, we believe our strong local media brands and our in-market sales presence gives us the opportunity to expand our advertising and lead generation products with local business customers.

Central to our business strategy is our digital marketing services business called Propel Marketing (“Propel”). We launched the business in 2012 and have seen rapid growth since then. Revenues have grown from $1 million in 2012 to $18.3 million in 2014. We believe Propel and its digital marketing service products, combined with our strong local brands and in market sales force, position this business to be a key component to our overall organic growth strategy.

We believe that Propel will allow us to capitalize on the following opportunities in the marketplace:

There are approximately 27 million SMBs in the U.S. according to the 2011 U.S. Census data. Of these, approximately 26.7 million have 20 employees or less.

Many of the owners and managers of these SMBs do not have resources or expertise to navigate the fast evolving digital marketing sector, but are increasingly aware of the need to establish and maintain a digital presence in order to stay connected with current and future customers.

Propel is designed to offer a complete set of turn-key digital marketing services to SMBs that provides transparent results to the business owners. Propel provides four broad categories of services: building businesses a presence, helping businesses to be located by consumers online, engaging with consumers, and growing their customer base.

We believe our local media properties are uniquely positioned to sell these digital marketing services to local business owners. Our strong and trusted local brands, combined with our in-market sales presence give us a distinct advantage to sell these services, which are new and can be complicated to local business owners.

Our core products include:

 

   

93 daily newspapers with total paid circulation of approximately 842,000;

 

   

256 weekly newspapers (published up to three times per week) with total paid circulation of approximately 297,000 and total free circulation of approximately 741,000;

 

   

103 “shoppers” (generally advertising-only publications) with total circulation of approximately 2.6 million;

 

   

379 locally focused websites and 360 mobile sites, which extend our businesses onto the internet and mobile devices with approximately 119 million page views per month;

 

   

six yellow page directories, with a distribution of approximately 430,000, that cover a population of approximately 1.1 million people; and

 

   

Propel digital marketing services.

In addition to our core products, we also opportunistically produce niche publications that address specific local market interests such as recreation, sports, healthcare and real estate.

Our print and online products focus on the local community from a content, advertising, and digital marketing perspective. As a result of our focus on small and midsize markets, we are usually the primary, and sometimes, the sole provider of comprehensive and in-depth local market news and information in the communities we serve. Our content is primarily devoted to topics that we believe are highly relevant and of interest to our audience such as local news and politics, community and regional events, youth sports, opinion and editorial pages, local schools, obituaries, weddings and police reports.

 

2


Table of Contents

More than 84% of our daily newspapers have been published for more than 100 years and 100% have been published for more than 50 years. We believe that the longevity of our publications demonstrates the value and relevance of the local information that we provide and has created a strong foundation of reader loyalty and a highly recognized media brand name in each community we serve. As a result of these factors, we believe that our publications have high local audience penetration rates in our markets, thereby providing advertisers with strong local market reach.

We believe the large number of publications we have, our focus on smaller markets, and our geographic diversity also provide the following benefits to our strategy:

 

   

Diversified revenue streams, both in terms of customers and markets;

 

   

Operational efficiencies realized from clustering of business assets;

 

   

Operational efficiencies realized from centralization of back office functions;

 

   

Operational efficiencies realized from improved buying power for key operating cost items through our increased size and scale;

 

   

Ability to provide consistent management practices and ensure best practices; and

 

   

Less competition and high barriers to entry.

The newspaper industry has experienced declining revenue and profitability dating back to 2007 due to, among other things, advertisers’ shift from print to digital media and general market conditions. Our Predecessor was affected by this trend and has experienced a history of net operating losses. For the fiscal year ended December 30, 2012, our Predecessor experienced a net loss of $29.8 million.

Our revenues derived from our SMB category come from a variety of print and digital advertising products, digital service products we offer through our Propel business, and commercial printing services. Our consumer category revenue comes primarily from subscription income as consumers pay for our deep, rich local contents, both in print and online, however primarily print today.

Our operating costs consist primarily of labor, newsprint, and delivery costs. Our selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of labor costs. Compensation represents just under 50% of our operating expenses. Over the last few years, we have worked to drive efficiencies through centralization of back office functions, outsourcing and leveraging our scale to purchase more effectively. Additionally, we have taken steps to cluster our operations, thereby increasing the usage of facilities and equipment while increasing the productivity of our labor force. We expect to continue to employ these steps as part of our business and clustering strategy.

Local Media Acquisition

Newcastle acquired Local Media Group Inc. (formerly known as Dow Jones Local Media Group, Inc.) (“Local Media”) on September 3, 2013 from News Corp. Inc. and contributed to New Media 100% of the stock of Local Media Parent (which owns all of Local Media’s stock) on GateHouse’s emergence from bankruptcy on November 26, 2013 (the “Effective Date”). Local Media is the publisher of locally-based print and online media. Local Media publishes eight daily community newspapers and seventeen weekly papers in seven states in the New England, Mid-Atlantic and Pacific Coast regions of the United States. Local Media also publishes associated internet sites, magazines and other news and advertising niche publications and offers commercial print and household distribution services. As of December 28, 2014, the Local Media portfolio of products had a daily circulation of 293,000, as well as 1.8 million average daily unique visitors to its local websites. Local Media has five print production facilities which are located in Hyannis, Massachusetts; Middletown, New York; Medford, Oregon; Portsmouth, New Hampshire; and Stockton, California.

 

3


Table of Contents

In exchange for the contribution of Local Media, Newcastle received shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of New Media (“New Media Common Stock” or our “Common Stock”), equal in value to the cost of the acquisition of Local Media by Newcastle (“Local Media Acquisition”). Local Media Parent became a wholly owned subsidiary of New Media.

GateHouse managed the assets of Local Media pursuant to a management and advisory agreement (“Local Media Management Agreement”). The agreement had a two-year term, with automatic renewal for successive two-year periods unless terminated. While the agreement was in effect, GateHouse received an annual management fee of $1.1 million, subject to adjustments (up to a maximum annual management fee of $1.2 million), and an annual incentive compensation fee based on exceeding EBITDA targets of Local Media. The Local Media Management Agreement was terminated effective June 4, 2014.

On the Effective Date, New Media entered into a management agreement with FIG LLC (the “Manager”) (the “Management Agreement”) pursuant to which the Manager will manage the operations of New Media. The annual management fee will be 1.50% of New Media’s Total Equity (as defined in the Management Agreement) and the Manager is eligible to receive incentive compensation.

Restructuring and Spin-off from Newcastle Investment Corp.

We acquired our operations as part of the restructuring (the “Restructuring”) of our Predecessor, GateHouse. On September 27, 2013, GateHouse commenced the Restructuring in which it sought confirmation of its bankruptcy plan sponsored by Newcastle, as the holder of the majority of the Outstanding Debt (as defined as follows). The Plan relates to the Restructuring of our Predecessor’s obligations under the amended and restated credit agreement by and among certain affiliates of GateHouse, the lenders from time to time thereto and Cortland Products Group, as administrative agent, dated February 27, 2007 (as amended, the “2007 Credit Facility”) and certain interest rate swaps (collectively, the “Outstanding Debt”). The Bankruptcy Court confirmed the reorganization plan (the “Plan”) on November 6, 2013 and GateHouse consequently emerged from Chapter 11 protection on November 26, 2013.

Pursuant to the Restructuring, Newcastle offered to purchase the Outstanding Debt in cash and at 40% of (i) $1,167 million of principal claims under the 2007 Credit Facility, plus (ii) accrued and unpaid interest at the applicable contract non-default rate with respect thereto, plus (iii) all amounts, excluding any default interest, arising from transactions in connection with interest rate swaps secured under the 2007 Credit Facility (the “Cash-Out Offer”) on the Effective Date. The holders of the Outstanding Debt had the option of receiving, in satisfaction of their Outstanding Debt, their pro rata share of the (i) Cash-Out Offer and/or (ii) New Media Common Stock and net proceeds, if any, of the GateHouse Credit Facilities. All pensions, trade and all other unsecured claims will be paid in the ordinary course.

On the Effective Date (1) GateHouse became our wholly-owned subsidiary as a result of (a) the cancellation and discharge of the currently outstanding equity interests in GateHouse (the holders of which received warrants issued by New Media) and (b) the issuance of equity interests in the reorganized GateHouse to New Media; (2) Local Media Parent, which was a wholly-owned subsidiary of Newcastle, following the Local Media Acquisition became a wholly-owned subsidiary of New Media as a result of Newcastle’s transfer of Local Media Parent to New Media; (3) New Media entered into the Management Agreement with our Manager, (4) New Media entered into the GateHouse Management and Advisory Agreement (the “GateHouse Management Agreement”) with GateHouse; and (5) all of GateHouse’s Outstanding Debt was cancelled and discharged and the holders of the Outstanding Debt received, at their option, their pro rata share of the (i) Cash-Out Offer and/or (ii) New Media Common Stock and the net proceeds of the two certain Term Loan and Security Agreements dated November 26, 2013 (the “GateHouse Credit Facilities”). Pursuant to the Cash-Out Offer, Newcastle offered to buy the claims of the holders of the Outstanding Debt. As a result of these transactions, Newcastle owned 84.6% of New Media as of the Effective Date. The GateHouse Management Agreement was terminated effective June 4, 2014.

 

4


Table of Contents

On September 27, 2013, Newcastle announced that its board of directors unanimously approved a plan to spin-off our Company. Newcastle’s board of directors made the determination to spin-off our assets because it believed that our value can be increased over time through a strategy aimed at acquiring local media assets and organically growing our digital marketing business.

In order to effect the separation and spin-off of our Company, we filed a registration statement on Form S-1, as amended, which was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on January 30, 2014.

Each share of Newcastle common stock outstanding as of 5:00 PM, Eastern Time, on February 6, 2014, the Record Date, entitled the holder thereof to receive 0.07219481485 shares of our Common Stock (the “Distribution” or the “spin-off”). The spin-off was completed on February 13, 2014. Immediately thereafter, we became a publicly traded company independent from Newcastle trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the ticker symbol “NEWM.”

Acquisitions

On June 30, 2014, we completed two acquisitions of 20 publications with a total purchase price of $15.85 million, which includes estimated working capital. The acquisitions included six daily, ten weekly publications, and four shoppers serving areas of Texas, Oklahoma, Kansas and Virginia with an aggregate circulation of approximately 54,000. The acquisitions were funded with $9.85 million of cash and $6 million from the Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below).

On September 3, 2014, we completed the acquisition of The Providence Journal with a total purchase price of $46 million. The acquisition included one daily and two weekly publications serving areas of Rhode Island with a daily circulation of approximately 72,000 and 96,000 on Sunday.

On December 1, 2014, we completed the acquisition of Foster’s Daily Democrat along with other publications and related assets for $5.4 million in cash, including estimated working capital, from the Foster family. The publications are located around Dover, NH, and the daily newspaper has a circulation of approximately 12,000.

Subsequent Events

Acquisitions

On January 9, 2015, we completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets from Halifax Media Group (“Halifax Media”) for an aggregate purchase price of $280 million, subject to working capital adjustments (the “Halifax Acquisition”). $17 million of the purchase price is being held in an escrow account, to be available for application against indemnification and certain other obligations of the sellers arising during the first twelve months following the closing, with the remainder not so applied or subject to claims being delivered to the sellers after such twelve months. The acquisition includes 24 daily publications, 13 weekly publications, and 5 shoppers serving areas of Alabama, Florida, Louisiana, Massachusetts, North Carolina, and South Carolina with a daily circulation of approximately 635,000 and 752,000 on Sunday.

We financed the Halifax Acquisition with a combination of cash on hand, debt financing from the proceeds of incremental loans under the New Media Credit Agreement and the assumption of debt from Halifax Media.

On February 19, 2015, we reached an agreement to purchase substantially all of the assets of Stephens Media, LLC (“Stephens Media”) for $102.5 million in cash, plus working capital. We intend to fund the acquisition with cash on the balance sheet and available capacity under the New Media Credit Agreement. Stephens Media is a leading newspaper publisher operating eight daily newspapers, over 65 weekly and niche publications, and more than 50 websites serving communities throughout the United States. The assets have a combined average daily circulation of approximately 221,000 and 244,000 on Sunday. We anticipate the deal will close in the first quarter of 2015 subject to customary closing conditions; however, there can be no assurance as to the timing or the occurrence of the closing.

 

5


Table of Contents

Common Stock Offering

On January 20, 2015, we completed the sale of 7,000,000 shares of our common stock, including the 104,400 shares of our common stock sold to certain of our officers and directors and an officer of the Manager. The gross proceeds of the sale were approximately $152 million, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses. In connection with this offering, we issued to an affiliate of our Manager 700,000 options to purchase shares of our common stock.

On February 24, 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors granted 196,164 shares of restricted stock to employees under the Incentive Plan.

Amendments to New Media Credit Agreement

On January 9, 2015, in connection with the Halifax Acquisition, the New Media Credit Agreement was amended to provide for additional term loans and revolving commitments under the Incremental Facility (as defined below) in a combined aggregate principal amount of $152 million and to make certain amendments to the Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below). On January 20, 2015, we repaid the outstanding loans under the Incremental Facility and these commitments were terminated.

On February 13, 2015, the New Media Credit Agreement was amended to, amongst other things, replace the outstanding Term Loans, 2014 Incremental Term Loans and 2015 Incremental Term Loan with a new class of replacement term loans (the “Replacement Term Loans”) which are subject to a 1.00% prepayment premium for any prepayments made in connection with certain repricing transactions with respect to the Replacement Term Loans effected within six months of the date of the amendment.

Dividends

On February 26, 2015, the Company announced a fourth quarter 2014 cash dividend of $0.30 per share of New Media Common Stock. The dividend will be paid on March 19, 2015, to shareholders of record as of the close of business on March 11, 2015.

Management Agreement

On March 6, 2015, the Company’s Independent Directors on the Board approved an amendment to the Management Agreement. The amended Management Agreement is included as exhibit 10.39 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

6


Table of Contents

Corporate Entity Structure

The chart below sets forth our entity structure and that of our direct and indirect subsidiaries. This chart does not include all of our affiliates and subsidiaries and, in some cases, we have combined separate entities for presentation purposes.

 

LOGO

Industry Overview

We operate in what is sometimes referred to as the “hyper-local” or community news market and market within the media industry. Media companies that serve this segment provide highly focused local content and advertising that is generally unique to each market they serve and is not readily obtainable from other sources. Local publications include community newspapers, websites, shoppers, traders, real estate guides, special interest magazines and directories. Due to the unique local nature of their content and audience, community publications compete for advertising customers with other forms of traditional media, including direct mail, directories, radio, television, and outdoor advertising. They also compete with new local and national digital and social media businesses for advertising, digital services and customers. We believe that local print and online publications in

 

7


Table of Contents

smaller markets are the most effective medium for local retail advertising, which emphasizes the price of goods in an effort to move inventory on a regular basis, in contrast to radio, broadcast and cable, television, and the internet, which are generally used for image or branding advertising. In addition, we believe local print and online publications generally have the highest local audience penetration rates, which allows local advertisers to get their message to a large portion of the local audience. Finally, national digital competitors tend to have no local in-market sales presence which we believe gives the local community publications an advantage when selling these types of products and services.

Locally focused media in small and midsize communities is distinct from national and urban media delivered through outlets such as television, radio, metropolitan and national newspapers and the internet. Larger media outlets tend to offer broad based information to a geographically scattered audience, which tends to be more of a commodity. In contrast, locally focused media delivers a highly focused product that is often the only source of local news and information in the market it serves. Our segment of the media industry is also characterized by high barriers to entry, both economic and social. Small and midsize communities can generally only sustain one newspaper. Moreover, the brand value associated with long-term reader and advertiser loyalty, and the high start-up costs associated with developing and distributing content and selling advertisements, help to limit competition.

We also believe there is a growing need among small to mid-size businesses to be able to generate leads and interact with consumers across all the digital platforms, which takes many forms including websites, mobile sites, tablets and social media. These local business owners and managers lack the time, expertise and resources to capitalize on the potential of these new consumer-reaching channels. National competitors in this category do not generally have a local in-market presence. We believe this represents a substantial opportunity for our local media business.

Advertising Market

The primary sources of advertising revenue for local publications are small businesses, corporations, government agencies and individuals who reside in the market that a publication serves. By combining paid circulation publications with total market coverage publications such as shoppers and other specialty publications (tailored to the specific attributes of a local community), local publications are able to reach nearly 100% of the households in a distribution area. As macroeconomic conditions in advertising change due to increasing internet and mobile usage and the wide array of available information sources, we have seen advertisers shift their focus to incorporate a digital advertising and services component into their overall local marketing strategy. To that end, in addition to printed products, the majority of our local publications have an online presence that further leverages the local brand, ensures higher penetration into the market, and provides a digital alternative for local advertisers to reach consumers. We also have a strong digital marketing services business, Propel.

Digital Media

The time spent online and on mobile devices each day by media consumers continues to grow and newspaper web and mobile sites offer a wide variety of content providing comprehensive, in-depth and up to the minute coverage of news and current events. The ability to generate, publish and archive more news and information than most other sources has allowed newspapers to produce some of the most visited sites on the internet. Newspaper websites have proven to be some of the most visited websites by online media news consumers.

We believe that our local publications are well positioned to capitalize on their existing market presence and grow their total audience base by publishing proprietary local content digitally: via the internet, mobile websites and mobile applications. Local digital media include traditional classifieds, directories of business information, local advertising, databases, audience-contributed content and mobile applications. We believe this additional

 

8


Table of Contents

community-specific content will further extend and expand both the reach and the brand of our publications with readers and advertisers. We believe that building a strong local digital business extends the core audience of a local publication.

The opportunity created by the digital extension of the core audience makes local digital advertising an attractive complement for existing print advertisers, while opening up opportunities to attract new local advertisers that have not previously advertised with local publications. In addition, we believe that national advertisers have an interest in reaching buyers on a hyper-local level and, although they historically have not been significant advertisers in community publications, we believe the digital media offers them a powerful medium to reach local audiences. This opportunity is further enhanced by our behavioral targeting products, which allow advertisers to reach specific demographics of our audience and follow that audience across multiple websites, delivering advertisements across the platforms. Further, digital marketing services businesses are poised to benefit from the rise in internet marketing spend, which grew 17% between 2012 and 2013, and 242% between 2005 and 2013, according to the 2014 IAB Internet Advertising Revenue Report.

We believe that a strong digital business will enhance our revenues. In addition, we believe that we have the expertise and sales resources to help other businesses maximize their digital opportunities. Accordingly, we have launched our digital marketing services business, Propel, designed to help SMBs utilize the digital space to generate leads, interact with consumers and grow their businesses. New Media’s digital revenue derived from advertising circulation, and other revenue has grown since the launch of Propel in 2012. New Media’s digital revenue was $57.9 million for the year ended December 28, 2014, a 19.1% growth as compared with the same period in 2013, which had digital revenue of $48.6 million. Of this, $18.5 million, or 32.0% of digital revenue for the year ended December 28, 2014 was attributable to Propel. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We have invested in growing our digital business, including Propel, but such investments may not be successful, which could adversely affect our results of operations.”

We anticipate that the digital marketing services sector will continue to grow as SMBs move from print to digital marketing in connection with consumers spending more time online. According to the 2011 U.S. Census data, there are approximately 27 million SMBs in the US, 26.7 million of the SMBs have 20 employees or less, and these businesses are expected to spend $36 billion on digital marketing by 2015 (according to the 2014 U.S. Local Media Forecast by BIA/Kelsey). Owners of these businesses often lack the resources and expertise to navigate the digital marketing services sector. Recent studies done by Google Places For Businesses in 2012 and the Small Business Sentiment Survey by Yodle in 2013 indicate that although 89% of consumers expect all businesses to have a website and 97% of consumers search for local businesses online, 52% of SMBs do not have a website and 90% do not have a mobile website. Further, 60% of SMBs with websites were found to not have a phone number on their home page according to the 2012 BIA/Kelsey. Propel offers SMBs digital services, including website design, search engine optimization, mobile websites, social media, retargeting and other advertising services. Our Predecessor believed, and we too believe, that Propel is well positioned to assist SMBs in the digital space and expect Propel to contribute meaningfully to future revenue growth. Propel is also able to leverage the more than 1,000 New Media sales representatives within the local markets served.

Circulation

Overall daily newspaper print circulation, including national and urban newspapers, has been declining slowly over the past several years. Small and midsize local market newspapers have generally had smaller declines and more stability in their paid print circulation volumes due to the relevant and unique hyper-local news they produce combined with less competition than larger markets. In addition, we believe this unique and valuable hyper-local content along with multiple delivery platforms now available will allow smaller market newspapers to continue to raise prices, leading to stable circulation revenues. Data and technology now available to newspapers allow them to target pricing more at the household level rather than purely by market. This will lead to more effective pricing strategies and enhance stability for circulation revenues. According to the Newspaper Association of America, pay meters and pricing helped the newspaper industry grow circulation revenue by 9% from 2011 to 2013.

 

9


Table of Contents

Our Strengths

High Quality Assets with Leading Local Businesses. Our publications benefit from a long history in the communities we serve as one of the leading, and often sole, providers of comprehensive and in-depth local content. More than 84% of our daily newspapers have been published for more than 100 years and 100% have been published for more than 50 years. This has resulted in brand recognition for our publications, reader loyalty and high local audience penetration rates, which are highly valued by local advertisers. We continue to build on long-standing relationships with local advertisers and our in-depth knowledge of the consumers in our local markets. We believe our local news content is unique and highly valued by consumers who live in our markets, and there are limited, and in some cases no competing sources of local content for our target customers.

Large Locally Focused Sales Force. We have large and well known “in-market” local sales forces in the markets we serve, consisting of over 1,000 sales representatives, including 40 dedicated to Propel and 16 third party sales affiliations. Our sales forces are generally among the largest locally oriented media sales forces in their respective communities. We have long-standing relationships with many local businesses and have the ability to be face to face with most local businesses due to these unique characteristics we enjoy. We believe our strong brands combined with our “in-market” presence give us a distinct advantage in selling and growing in the digital services sector given the complex nature of these products. We also believe that these qualities provide leverage for our sales force to grow additional future revenue streams in our markets, particularly in the digital sector.

Ability to Acquire and Integrate New Assets. We have created a national platform for consolidating local media businesses and have demonstrated an ability to successfully identify, acquire and integrate local media asset acquisitions. We have acquired over $1.7 billion of assets since 2006. We have acquired both traditional newspaper and directory businesses. We have a scalable infrastructure and platform to leverage for future acquisitions.

Scale Yields Operating Profit Margins and Allows Us to Realize Operating Synergies. We believe we can generate higher operating profit margins than our publications could achieve on a stand-alone basis by leveraging our operations and implementing revenue initiatives, especially digital initiatives, across a broader local footprint in a geographic cluster and by centralizing certain back office production, accounting, administrative and corporate operations. We also benefit from economies of scale in the purchase of insurance, newsprint and other large strategic supplies and equipment. Finally, we have the ability to further leverage our centralized services and buying power to reduce operating costs when making future strategic accretive acquisitions.

Local Business Profile Generates Significant Cash Flow. Our local business profile will allow us to generate significant recurring cash flow due to our diversified revenue base and high operating profit margins and maintain our low capital expenditure and working capital requirements. As a result of the Restructuring of GateHouse (the “Restructuring”), which extinguished GateHouse’s obligations under the 2007 Credit Facility (as defined below) and certain interest rate swaps secured thereunder on November 6, 2013, the confirmation date of the pre-packaged plan under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the “Plan”), our interest and debt servicing expenses are significantly lower than GateHouse’s interest and debt servicing expenses. As of December 28, 2014, our debt structure consists of the New Media Credit Agreement. We currently estimate that we will have significant free cash flow totaling $110 to $130 million in 2015, which includes cash flow from the Halifax Acquisition, which we believe will lead to stockholder value creation through our investments in organic growth, investments in accretive acquisitions and the return of cash to stockholders in the form of dividends, subject to approval by our Board of Directors. We further believe the strong cash flows generated and available to be invested will lead to consistent future dividend growth.

Experienced Management Team. Our senior management team is made up of executives who have an average of over 20 years of experience in the media industry, including strong traditional and digital media expertise. Our executive officers have broad industry experience with regard to both growing new digital business lines and identifying and integrating strategic acquisitions. Our management team also has key strengths in managing wide geographically disbursed teams, including the sales force, and identifying and centralizing duplicate functions across businesses leading to reduced core infrastructure costs.

 

10


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

We intend to create stockholder value through a variety of factors including organic growth driven by our consumer and SMB strategies, pursuing attractive strategic acquisitions of high quality local media assets, and through the distribution of a substantial portion of our free cash flow as a dividend. However, there is no guarantee that we will be able to accomplish any of these strategic initiatives.

A key component of our strategy is to acquire and operate traditional local media businesses and transform them from print-centric operations to dynamic multi-media operations through our existing online advertising and digital marketing services businesses. We will also leverage our existing platform to operate these businesses more efficiently. We believe all of these initiatives will lead to revenue and cash flow growth for New Media and will enable us to pay dividends to our stockholders. We intend to distribute a substantial portion of our free cash flow as a dividend to stockholders, through a quarterly dividend, subject to satisfactory financial performance, approval by our Board of Directors and dividend restrictions in the New Media Credit Agreement. The Board of Directors’ determinations regarding dividends will depend on a variety of factors, including the Company’s GAAP net income, free cash flow generated from operations or other sources, liquidity position and potential alternative uses of cash, such as acquisitions, as well as economic conditions and expected future financial results. The key elements of our strategy include:

Maintain Our Leading Position in the Delivery of Proprietary Local Content in Our Communities. We seek to maintain our position as a leading provider of unique local content in the markets we serve and to leverage this position to strengthen our relationships with both readers and local businesses, thereby increasing penetration rates and market share. A critical aspect of this approach is to continue to provide local content that is not readily obtainable elsewhere and to be able to deliver that content to our customers across multiple print and digital platforms.

Grow Our New Digital Marketing Services Business. We plan to scale and expand our new recently created digital marketing services business, Propel. We believe Propel will allow us to sell digital marketing services to SMBs both in and outside existing New Media markets. The SMB demand for digital service solutions is great and represents a rapidly expanding opportunity. According to 2011 U.S. census data, there are approximately 27 million SMBs in the U.S. and, according to a 2014 U.S. Local Media Forecast by BIA/Kelsey, revenues for digital marketing are expected to grow to $35 billion in 2015, representing a 13.1% growth rate. Owners of SMBs often lack the resources and expertise to navigate the digital marketing services sector, with 52% of SMBs not having a website and 90% not having mobile-friendly websites according to a Yodle Small Business Sentiment Survey in 2013. We believe local SMBs will turn to our trusted local media brands to help them navigate through developing their digital marketing presence and strategy. We believe our “in-market” sales presence and strong local brands give us a distinct advantage to being the leading local provider of digital marketing services, through Propel.

Pursue Strategic Accretive Acquisitions. We intend to capitalize on the highly fragmented and distressed local print industries which have greatly reduced valuation levels. We initially expect to focus our investments primarily in the local newspaper sector in small to mid-size markets. We believe we have a strong operational platform as well as a scalable digital marketing services business, Propel. This platform, along with deep industry specific knowledge and experience that our management team has can be leveraged to reduce costs, stabilize the core business and grow digital revenues at acquired properties. The size and fragmentation of the addressable print media market place in the United States, the greatly reduced valuation levels that exist in these industries, and our deep experience make this an attractive place for our initial consolidation focus and capital allocation. Over the longer term we also believe there may be opportunity to diversify and acquire these types of assets internationally, as well as other traditional local media assets such as broadcast TV, out of home advertising (billboards) and radio, in the United States and internationally. We also believe there may be opportunities to acquire other strong businesses that have local sales force and SMB customer relationships or digital product companies, both of which could quickly scale for Propel.

 

11


Table of Contents

Stabilize Our Core Business Operations. We have four primary drivers in our strategic plans to stabilize our core business operations, including: (i) identifying permanent structural expense reductions in our traditional business cost infrastructure and re-deploying a portion of those costs toward future growth opportunities, primarily on the digital side of our business; (ii) accelerating the growth of both our digital audiences and revenues through improvements to current products, new product development, training, opportunistic changes in hiring to create an employee base with a more diversified skill set and sharing of best practices; (iii) accelerating our consumer revenue growth through subscription pricing increases, pay meters for digital content and growth in our overall subscriber base; and (iv) stabilizing our core print advertising revenues through improvements to pricing, packaging of products for customers that will produce the best results for them, and more technology and training for sales management and sales representatives.

The newspaper industry has experienced declining revenue and profitability over the past several years due to, among other things, advertisers’ shift from print to digital media following the consumer shift, and general market conditions. GateHouse, our Predecessor, was affected by this trend and experienced net losses of $160.8 million during the nine month period ended September 29, 2013 and $29.8 million during the fiscal year ended December 30, 2012. Total revenue decreased by 1.9% to $356.2 million for the nine months ended September 29, 2013 and 5.1% to $488.6 million for the year ended December 30, 2012. The Restructuring significantly reduced New Media’s interest expense. In addition, New Media intends to focus its business strategy on building its digital marketing business and growing its online advertising business, which we believe will offset some of the challenges experienced by GateHouse. With its improved capital structure and digital focus, combined with its strengths and strategy and dividend strategy, we believe that New Media will be able to grow stockholder value. However, there can be no assurance of this. See “Risk Factors” under Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Challenges

We will likely face challenges commonly encountered by recently reorganized entities, including the risk that even under our improved capital structure, we may not be profitable.

As a publisher of locally based print and online media, we face a number of additional challenges, including the risks that:

 

   

the growing shift within the publishing industry from traditional print media to digital forms of publication may compromise our ability to generate sufficient advertising revenues;

 

   

investments in growing our digital business may not be successful, which could adversely affect our results of operations;

 

   

our advertising and circulation revenues may decline if we are unable to compete effectively with other companies in the local media industry; and

 

   

we may not be able to successfully acquire local print media assets at attractive valuations due to a rise in valuations from a more competitive landscape of acquirors.

For more information about New Media’s risks and challenges, see “Risk Factors” under Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

12


Table of Contents

Products

Our product mix consists of four publication types: (i) daily newspapers, (ii) weekly newspapers, (iii) shoppers and (iv) niche publications. Most of these publications have a digital presence as discussed in the following table. Some of the key characteristics of each of these types of publications are also summarized in the table below.

 

    

Daily Newspapers

  

Weekly Newspapers

  

Shoppers

  

Niche Publications

Cost:

   Paid    Paid and free    Paid and free    Paid and free

Distribution:

   Distributed four to seven days per week    Distributed one to three days per week    Distributed weekly    Distributed weekly, monthly or on annual basis

Format:

   Printed on newsprint, folded    Printed on newsprint, folded    Printed on newsprint, folded or booklet    Printed on newsprint or glossy, folded, booklet, magazine or book

Content:

   50% editorial (local news and coverage of community events, some national headlines) and 50% ads (including classifieds)    50% editorial (local news and coverage of community events, some national headlines for smaller markets which cannot support a daily newspaper) and 50% ads (including classifieds)    Almost 100% ads, primarily classifieds, display and inserts    Niche content and targeted ads (e.g., Chamber of Commerce city guides, tourism guides and special interest publications such as, seniors, golf, real estate, calendars and directories)

Income:

   Revenue from advertisers, subscribers, rack/box sales    Paid: Revenue from advertising, subscribers, rack/box sales    Paid: Revenue from advertising, rack/box sales    Paid: Revenue from advertising, rack/box sales
      Free: Advertising revenue only, provide 100% market coverage.    Free: Advertising revenue only, provide 100% market coverage    Free: Advertising revenue only

Internet Availability:

   Maintain locally oriented websites, mobile sites and mobile apps, for select locations    Major publications maintain locally oriented websites and mobile sites for select locations    Major publications maintain locally oriented websites    Selectively available online

Overview of Operations

We operate in four publication groups: Small Community Newspapers, Metros, Large Daily Newspapers and Local Media. We also operate over 379 related websites and 360 mobile sites.

The following table sets forth information regarding our publications.

 

     Number of Publications      Circulation (1)  

Operating Group

   Dailies      Weeklies      Shoppers      Paid      Free      Total
Circulation
 

Small Community Newspapers

     62         113         74         314,028         1,423,467         1,737,495   

Metro Newspapers

     7         118         6         229,575         490,299         719,874   

Large Daily Newspapers

     12         3         11         257,155         543,514         800,669   

Local Media

     12         22         12         338,095         861,474         1,199,569   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     93         256         103         1,138,853         3,318,754         4,457,607   

 

(1) Circulation statistics are estimated by our management as of December 28, 2014.

 

13


Table of Contents

Small Community Newspaper Group. Our Small Community Newspaper group encompasses publications typically located in communities that have a population less than 35,000 people, in the states of Illinois, Missouri, Kansas, Michigan, California, Minnesota, Arkansas, New York, Louisiana, Pennsylvania, West Virginia, Colorado, Nebraska, Oklahoma, North Dakota, Tennessee, and Iowa. There are a total of 62 daily newspapers, 113 weekly newspapers and 74 shoppers. In addition to a good geographic mix, we benefit from a diverse economic and employment base across this group.

From the western shore of Lake Michigan to the eastern shore of the Mississippi River and running over 400 miles north to south, Illinois is a picture of manufacturing, agricultural and recreational diversity. Coupled with major daily newspapers from our Large Daily Newspaper Group in Rockford, Peoria, and the state capital of Springfield, we are the largest publishing company in Illinois. Twenty paid daily newspapers, 30 paid weekly newspapers, and 17 shoppers provide coverage across the state which, is supported by four print production facilities.

La Junta in the southeastern part of the state represents the Colorado properties. Along with La Junta we also serve Bent County and Fowler and produce the weekly agricultural newspaper, The Ag Journal.

We are represented in California by two daily newspapers in Ridgecrest and Yreka, five paid weekly papers in Dunsmuir, Mt. Shasta, Weed, Gridley and Taft, and three shoppers in Gridley, Mt. Shasta and Ridgecrest. These publications reach from northern California through the southern desert and China Lake naval base in Ridgecrest.

The greatest concentration of circulation and market presence in Missouri is in the northern part of the state where we operate five daily newspapers, four weekly newspapers and five shoppers. We serve the 22,000 square mile area from Hannibal, on the state’s eastern border, to the western border and from Columbia in the south to the Iowa border in the north. Local employers include the University of Missouri and other colleges, local and federal governments, State Farm Insurance and 3M.

Our southern Missouri operations are clustered around Lake of the Ozarks. Located midway between Kansas City and St. Louis and approximately 90 miles from Springfield, Missouri, our three daily newspapers, seven weekly newspapers and three shoppers that serve the Lake of the Ozarks area reach approximately 165,000 people.

Located in southwest Missouri and southeast Kansas is our Joplin cluster with four daily and six weekly newspapers and four shoppers, serving a population of approximately 170,000. There are several colleges and universities in the area, a National Guard Fort, several large medical centers and a diverse mix of retail businesses, including the 120-store Northpark Mall.

This group also includes our Kansas City cluster with nine publications (two daily and five weekly newspapers and two shoppers) located in the eastern Kansas cities of Leavenworth and Lansing and on the Missouri side and Independence. The Leavenworth Times was one of our original daily newspapers and the balance of the cluster was acquired afterward. In addition, we secured the military publication, The Fort Leavenworth Lamp, in Fort Leavenworth. The Kansas City cluster is home to several prominent companies, including Hallmark, H&R Block, Sprint, Cerner, Garmin, and the University of Kansas.

The Wichita cluster consists of two dailies, five weeklies and three shoppers in the towns of Augusta, El Dorado, Pratt, Wellington, Newton and McPherson near Wichita, Kansas. The clustering of the small dailies in this area allows the group to sell advertisers a package providing access to multiple communities. Major aircraft manufacturers Boeing, Bombardier, Cessna and Raytheon have facilities nearby and McConnell Air Force Base is a major component of the local economy.

Also located in the southwest is our American Consolidated Media Southwest Group with 26 publications (four daily and eleven weekly newspapers and eleven shoppers). The American Consolidated Media Southwest Group consists of two distinct operations. The first is a collection of small-market dailies and companion publications in central Texas and northeastern Oklahoma. The second is a well-established shopper group serving the growing cities of the Rio Grande Valley in south Texas.

 

14


Table of Contents

We also have clusters in and around Grand Forks, North Dakota (home to the Grand Forks Air Force Base and the University of North Dakota), Iowa, where Cargill, ConAgra, Kraft, Winnebago and Fort Dodge Animal Health, a division of Wyeth, each maintain significant operations.

We are represented in southwestern Minnesota through seven paid weekly newspapers and four shoppers. St. James, Redwood Falls, Sleepy Eye, Granite Falls, Cottonwood, Wabasso, and Montevideo are all communities with populations of 10,000 and under. These papers represent the primary local news and information source for these communities.

In Louisiana, we have an operating cluster in the southwestern part of the state, located between Lake Charles and Alexandria. This cluster consists of five publications located in the cities of Leesville, Sulpher, DeRidder and Vinton. Local employers include major manufacturers such as Alcoa, Firestone, International Paper and Proctor & Gamble.

Our Baton Rouge cluster consists of three weeklies and three shoppers in the southeastern Louisiana cities of Donaldsville, Gonzales, and Plaquemine. Numerous petrochemical companies such as BASF, Exxon Mobil and Dow Chemical, plus universities including Louisiana State, support the local economies.

In southwestern New York, our operations are centered around five publications based in Steuben County. In Corning, The Leader, a 6,185 circulation daily newspaper, dominates the eastern half of the county and shares its hometown namesake with Corning Incorporated. The Hornell Evening Tribune circulates daily throughout the western half of the county. Situated directly between these two dailies in the county seat of Bath is the 10,850 circulation Steuben Courier, a free-distribution weekly. The Pennysaver Plus, a standalone shopper, solidifies this flagship group.

We also have a strong presence in the print advertising markets in three other New York counties that surround Steuben. In Allegany County to the west, the Wellsville Daily Reporter and its shopper, the Pennysaver Plus, cover most households. In Livingston County to the north, the Pennysaver Plus and the Genesee Country Express complement one another with combined circulation of 24,201. In Yates County to the north and east, The Chronicle-Express and Chronicle Ad-Visor shopper distribute weekly to nearly 13,403 households centered around the county seat of Penn Yan.

In nearby Chemung County, the 17,712 circulation Horseheads Shopper anchors our presence in this area. The majority of the southwestern New York cluster parallels Interstate 86 across the central southern tier of New York State, which is benefiting from continued improvement and expansion under an omnibus federal highway appropriations bill. Moreover, the cluster has several colleges and universities nearby, including Cornell University, Ithaca College, Elmira College and Houghton College.

Our Honesdale cluster, approximately 30 miles from Scranton, Pennsylvania, consists of seven publications in the cities of Carbondale, Honesdale and Hawley, Pennsylvania, along with Liberty, New York, located just across the Delaware River to the east. The cluster was created from our daily and shopper operations in Honesdale and later supplemented by our acquisition of weeklies and shoppers in Carbondale and Liberty. Local employers include General Dynamics, Blue Cross/Blue Shield, Commonwealth Telephone and various colleges and universities, medical centers and governmental agencies.

Our Pennsylvania/West Virginia cluster includes dailies in Waynesboro, Pennsylvania, Keyser and Ripley, West Virginia. We also have two weeklies throughout the group and a commercial printing operation in Ravenswood, West Virginia.

We have a strong presence in southern Michigan where five of our dailies, Adrian, Coldwater, Holland, Hillsdale and Sturgis, along with two weeklies and seven shoppers blanket the southern tier of the state and into Indiana. The 10,762 circulation Holland Sentinel is the flagship publication of the group. This area has several large employers, including Delphi, ConAgra, Tecumseh Products, Kellogg, JCI, Herman Miller, Hayworth, Gentex, Jackson State Prison, and a number of colleges and universities.

 

15


Table of Contents

The communities we serve in the Small Community Newspaper group are largely rural but also support educational institutions, government agencies (including prisons and military bases), tourism, veterinary medicine and ethanol and agricultural chemical manufacturing. The area also includes automotive (including recreational vehicles), boat, home construction products and furniture manufacturing businesses.

The following table sets forth information regarding the number of publications and production facilities in the Small Community Newspaper Group:

 

     Publications      Production
Facilities
 

State of Operations

   Dailies      Weeklies      Shoppers         

Illinois

     15         30         10         2   

Missouri

     11         14         10         5   

Texas

     3         8         10         3   

Kansas

     5         9         7         1   

Michigan

     8         2         10         4   

California

     2         5         3         1   

Minnesota

     1         7         5         0   

Arkansas

     3         11         0         2   

New York

     3         4         7         0   

Louisiana

     1         8         4         1   

Pennsylvania

     2         4         2         2   

West Virginia

     1         2         2         2   

Colorado

     1         3         0         1   

Nebraska

     0         2         1         0   

Oklahoma

     3         2         2         2   

Virginia

     1         1         0         1   

North Dakota

     1         0         1         1   

Tennessee

     1         0         0         0   

Iowa

     0         1         0         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     62         113         74         28   

Metro Newspaper Group. Our Metro Newspaper Group includes publications that are typically within 50 miles of a metropolitan area with total population greater than 1.0 million people in the states of Massachusetts, New York, and Delaware. We are one of the largest community newspaper publishers in Massachusetts by number of daily publications and also publish a large concentration of weekly newspapers, serving 113 communities in markets across eastern Massachusetts. The three largest daily newspapers in this region are: The Patriot Ledger (founded in 1837 with circulation of 25,937), the Enterprise (founded in 1880 with circulation of 14,919) and the MetroWest Daily News (founded in 1897 with circulation of 13,035). We also have over 170 web sites, with more than 5.0 million average combined monthly unique visitors in Massachusetts.

Many of the towns within our Massachusetts footprint were founded in the 1600s and our daily and weekly newspapers in the region have long been institutions within these communities. In fact, our Massachusetts publications have 29 daily and weekly newspapers that are over 100 years old. The Boston designated market area is the eighth largest market in the United States with 2.5 million households and 6.5 million people, and ranks first nationally in concentration of colleges and universities. Massachusetts has more than 1.0 million households in the region earning greater than $75,000, and a substantial homeownership rate. We reach 1.4 million readers in the eastern Massachusetts market. Eastern Massachusetts is also an employment center for technology, biotechnology, healthcare and higher education.

In New York we operate and own a combination of 16 publications in Suburban Rochester that span four counties and have a combined circulation of 127,177. This market has a tourism industry and is known for boutique wineries and recreational activities. The flagship of Messenger Post Media is the 7,825 circulation Daily Messenger in Canandaigua.

 

16


Table of Contents

The Delaware cluster publishes seven weekly newspapers and various specialty papers that cover most of the state of Delaware, and range from suburban Wilmington in the north to Georgetown, Delaware at the southern end of the state. Circulation for the cluster is primarily free, and totals approximately 95,331 weekly.

The following table sets forth information regarding the number of publications and production facilities in the Metro Newspaper Group:

 

     Publications      Production
Facilities
 

State of Operations

   Dailies      Weeklies      Shoppers         

Massachusetts

     6         100         2         2   

New York

     1         11         4         2   

Delaware

     0         7         0         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     7         118         6         5   

Large Daily Newspaper Group. Our Large Daily Newspaper Group includes publication clusters in communities that typically have more than 35,000 people and are greater than 50 miles from a major metropolitan area. These publications are in Illinois, New York, Ohio, and Connecticut with a total of 12 daily newspapers, 3 weekly newspapers and 11 shoppers. In addition to a good geographic mix, we benefit from a diverse economic and employment base across this group.

Approximately 85 miles to the west of Chicago, Illinois is the Rockford Register Star supported by its 58,722 daily paid circulation base and its total market coverage (“TMC”) product The Weekly, with six zoned editions. The Rockford Register Star operates successful websites that receives a monthly average of over 2.7 million page views.

The Journal (Freeport, IL) Standard is published Tuesdays through Sundays. The newspaper’s coverage area includes Caroll, Jo Daviess, Ogle and Stephenson counties. The newspaper has a daily circulation of 5,923 and a Sunday circulation of 6,472. The Journal Standard also publishes a website journalstandard.com and receives a monthly average of 982,000 page views and monthly unique visitors over 165,000.

The Peoria Journal Star with its daily paid circulation of 53,045 is the dominant newspaper in Peoria, Tazewell and Woodford Counties and is also distributed in an additional 17 surrounding counties. There are two shoppers—JS Shopper and Pekin Extra—which have a combined weekly circulation of 94,566. The Peoria facility provides print services to our neighboring New Media publications and commercial printing for Lee Enterprises’ The Pantagraph. The market includes manufacturing facilities for Caterpillar and Komatsu, and higher education at Bradley University, Illinois Central College and Midstate College. Peoria has a large medical community including OSF Healthcare, Methodist Medical Center, Proctor Hospital, University Of Illinois College Of Medicine and St. Jude Children’s Hospital Midwest Affiliate. It has agricultural facilities Archer Daniels Midland, LG Seeds and the USDA Ag Lab. The Journal Star has pjstar.com and pjstar.mobi with combined monthly average of page views of over 6.0 million per month. The combined average monthly unique visitors are over 935,000.

The Springfield State Journal-Register with a daily paid circulation of 30,068 and a Sunday paid circulation of 39,352 covers the state capital of Illinois. The daily paid circulation includes a branded edition of 2,665 of the Lincoln Courier. The State Journal-Register also has successful web sites with monthly unique visitors of more than 1.0 million.

The Ohio cluster is anchored in Canton, Ohio and covers Stark and Tuscarawas Counties. It is comprised of three daily newspapers, one weekly publication and two shoppers. The Repository is a 45,325 daily newspaper that covers the entire area of Stark County. The Dover New Philadelphia Times Reporter is a 14,951 daily publication located 40 miles south of Canton in Tuscarawas County. The Massillon Independent is a 7,642

 

17


Table of Contents

circulation daily that circulates in western Stark County. The Suburbanite is a 32,600 weekly publication that circulates in the affluent northern Stark County area. The Ohio facility also provides commercial print services to the Akron Beacon Journal. The Ohio cluster has very successful web sites with more than 1.3 million combined monthly unique visitors. Together the newspapers and web sites dominate their local markets.

The Central New York cluster is anchored by the Observer-Dispatch in Utica, New York which has circulation of 24,116 daily and 32,060 Sunday subscribers. The Utica operations include one daily and two weekly newspapers in Hamilton. Utica also has web sites with combined monthly unique visitors of more than 506,000. Other dailies in this group are located in Herkimer and Little Falls. The Utica and Herkimer County operations take advantage of numerous synergies in printing, circulation, and advertising.

Our Norwich, Connecticut publication diversifies the Large Daily Newspapers as the eastern Connecticut economy differs from the nation and New England markedly. Primary economic drivers include casinos, military submarine manufacture and pharmaceutical research. Major industrial employers in the region include General Dynamics, Pfizer, Dow Chemical, Dominion Resources and the United States Navy.

The following table sets forth information regarding the number of publications and production facilities in the Large Daily Newspaper Group:

 

     Publications      Production
Facilities
 

State of Operations

   Dailies      Weeklies      Shoppers         

Illinois

     5         0         7         2   

New York

     3         2         1         0   

Ohio

     3         1         2         2   

Connecticut

     1         0         1         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     12         3         11         4   

Local Media. Local Media operates in six publication group clusters: the (1) New York/Pennsylvania Media Group, (2) Southeastern Massachusetts Media Group, (3) Seacoast Media Group (Coastal New Hampshire and Maine cluster), (4) San Joaquin Media Group (Stockton, California cluster), (5) Southern Oregon Media Group and (6) The Providence Journal Group.

New York/Pennsylvania Media Group. This cluster includes the Hudson Valley Media Group and the Pocono Mountains Media Group.

The Hudson Valley Media Group publishes one paid daily, two free weekly newspapers, and one shopper. The flagship publication of the Hudson Valley Media Group is the Times Herald-Record. The Times Herald-Record, with a daily circulation of 52,507, is the premier daily and Sunday local paper in Orange County, NY.

The Pocono Mountains Media Group publishes one paid daily, one free weekly newspaper, and one shopper. The flagship publication of the Pocono Mountains Media Group is the Pocono Record. The Pocono Record, with a daily circulation of 14,945, is the premier daily and Sunday local paper in the Pocono Mountains area.

Southeastern Massachusetts Media Group. This cluster includes the Cape Cod Media Group, the Southcoast Media Group and the Nantucket Island Media Group.

The Cape Cod Media Group publishes one paid daily, one paid weekly newspaper and one shopper. The flagship publication of the Cape Cod Media Group is the Cape Cod Times. The Cape Cod Times, with a daily circulation of 33,579 is the premier daily and Sunday local paper on Cape Cod. The Barnstable Patriot, the paid weekly newspaper, has a weekly circulation of 2,178.

 

18


Table of Contents

The Southcoast Media Group publishes one paid daily newspaper, four paid weekly newspapers and two shoppers. The flagship publication of the Southcoast Media Group is the Standard-Times. The Standard-Times, with a daily circulation of 19,431, is the premier daily and Sunday local paper in the New Bedford, MA area. The other paid weeklies, the Spectator, the Chronicle, the Middleboro Gazette and the Advocate, have weekly circulations of 3,186, 1,609, 3,236 and 683, respectively.

The Nantucket Island Media Group publishes The Inquirer and Mirror. With a weekly circulation of 6,854, it has the largest circulation of any island newspaper.

Seacoast Media Group. The Seacoast Media Group publishes two paid daily and seven paid weekly newspapers. The flagship publication of the Seacoast Media Group is the Portsmouth Herald. The Portsmouth Herald, with a daily circulation of 9,058, is the premier daily and Sunday local paper in coastal New Hampshire. Seacoast Sunday, the Sunday paper, has a Sunday circulation of 12,822. The Hampton Union and the Exeter News-Letter, the two newspapers published three times a week, have weekly circulations of 2,799 and 3,748, respectively. The two paid weekly newspapers, the York County Coast Star and the York Weekly, have weekly circulations of 2,056 and 1,386, respectively.

San Joaquin Media Group. The San Joaquin Media Group publishes one paid daily, one free weekly paper, and two shoppers. The flagship publication of the San Joaquin Media Group is the Record. The Record, with a daily circulation of 30,663, is the premier daily and Sunday local paper in the Stockton, CA area.

Southern Oregon Media Group. The Southern Oregon Media Group publishes two paid daily papers and one shopper. The flagship publication of the Southern Oregon Media Group is the Medford Mail Tribune. The Medford Mail Tribune, with a daily circulation of 19,541, is the premier daily and Sunday local paper in southern Oregon. The other paid daily paper, the Ashland Daily Tidings, has a daily circulation of 1,252.

The Providence Journal Group. The Providence Journal Group publishes one paid daily newspaper and one shopper. The Providence Journal is the preeminent newspaper in its market and the oldest continuously-published daily newspaper in the United States. Its market includes all of Rhode Island as well as seven cities and towns in Bristol County Massachusetts with a daily circulation of 93,682.

The following table sets forth information regarding the number of publications and production facilities in the Local Media Group:

 

     Publications      Production
Facilities
 

State of Operations

   Dailies      Weeklies      Shoppers         

Massachusetts

     2         7         3         1   

California

     3         4         5         1   

New Hampshire

     2         5         0         1   

New York

     1         2         1         1   

Oregon

     2         0         1         1   

Pennsylvania

     1         1         1         0   

Maine

     0         3         0         0   

Rhode Island

     1         0         1         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     12         22         12         6   

Directories

The core of our directory portfolio is comprised of the three yellow page directories, which are located in and around the Sacramento, California area, primarily in Roseville, California. The three directories have an aggregate circulation of approximately 358,000 and service Roseville, Auburn/Grass Valley/Nevada City and Folsom/El Dorado/Placerville, reaching four counties within the Sacramento region.

 

19


Table of Contents

Our SureWest Directories portfolio is highlighted by the Roseville directory. The Roseville directory is the incumbent (with a circulation of approximately 200,000) and has served the local Roseville community for over 100 years and has achieved more than 50% market share.

We also own three additional directories including two Michigan and Indiana phone guides servicing St. Joseph County, Michigan and LaGrange County, Indiana, and Branch County, Michigan and Steuben County, Indiana, respectively, and one yellow page directory based in Mt. Shasta, California.

Propel Marketing

Propel is our digital marketing services division with digital products designed for SMBs. We believe the digital services industry represents a large and expanding opportunity. Propel is a business we created to attack that opportunity.

There are approximately 27 million SMBs in the United States today and about 26.7 million have less than 20 employees. Although these businesses are increasingly beginning to recognize the need to establish and maintain a strategy for the digital space, most do not have the time, expertise or resources to handle this themselves.

Propel is a company that can become the outsourced digital marketing service department for those SMBs. Propel’s products help an SMB build a presence across digital platforms, help them get found by consumers, help them engage with and grow their customer base. We pull these products together for the SMB with a proprietary customer dashboard which integrates activity and results for all Propel products.

We also believe Propel gives us an opportunity to expand beyond our current geographic boundaries, as its product set could be of value to SMBs around the country.

Revenue

Our operations generate three primary types of revenue: (i) advertising, (ii) circulation (including home delivery subscriptions, single copy sales and digital subscriptions) and (iii) other (primarily commercial printing and digital marketing services). In 2014, these revenue streams accounted for approximately 59%, 30% and 11%, respectively, of our total revenue. The contribution of advertising, circulation and other revenue to our total revenue for New Media, known as the Successor Company for the year ended December 28, 2014, two months ended December 29, 2013 and the Predecessor Company for the ten months ended November 6, 2013 and year ended December 30, 2012 was as follows:

 

     Successor Company           Predecessor Company  
     Year Ended
December 28, 2014
     Two Months Ended
December 29, 2013
          Ten Months Ended
November 6, 2013
     Year Ended
December 30, 2012
 
(in thousands)                                 

Revenue:

               

Advertising

   $ 385,399       $ 63,340           $ 265,078       $ 330,881   

Circulation

     195,661         29,525             118,810         131,576   

Commercial printing and other

     71,263         10,366             29,402         26,097   
  

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 652,323       $ 103,231           $ 413,290       $ 488,554   
  

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

20


Table of Contents

Advertising

Advertising revenue, which includes revenue generated from online and mobile products, is the largest component of our revenue, accounting for approximately 59%, 63% and 68% of our total revenue in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. We categorize advertising as follows:

 

   

Local Retail—local retailers, local stores for national retailers, grocers, drug stores, department and furniture stores, local financial institutions, niche shops, restaurants and other consumer related businesses.

 

   

Local Classified—local legal, obituaries, employment, automotive, real estate and other advertising.

 

   

Online—banner, display, classified, behavioral targeting, audience extension, search and other advertising on websites or mobile devices.

 

   

National—national and major accounts such as wireless communications companies, airlines and hotels, generally placed with us through agencies.

We believe that our advertising revenue tends to be less volatile than the advertising revenue of large metropolitan and national print media because we rely primarily on local, rather than national advertising and our classified revenue, tends to be more local market oriented (job listing for example). We generally derive 95% or more of our advertising revenue from local advertising (local retail, local classified and online) and less than 5% from national advertising. We believe that local advertising tends to be less sensitive to economic cycles than national advertising because local businesses generally have fewer effective advertising channels through which they may reach their customers.

Our advertising rate structures vary among our publications and are a function of various factors, including local market conditions, competition, circulation, readership and demographics. Management works with local newspaper management to set advertising rates and a portion of our publishers’ incentive compensation is based upon growing advertising revenue. Our sales compensation program emphasizes digital and new business growth. We share advertising concepts throughout our network of publishers and advertising directors including periodic special section programs, enabling them to utilize advertising products and sales strategies that are successful in other markets we serve.

Substantially all of our advertising revenue is derived from a diverse group of local retailers and local classified advertisers, resulting in very limited customer concentration. No single advertiser accounted for more than 1% of our total revenue in 2014, 2013 or 2012 and our 20 largest advertisers account for less than 10% of total revenue.

Our advertising revenue tends to follow a seasonal pattern, with higher advertising revenue in months containing significant events or holidays. Accordingly, our first quarter, followed by our third quarter, historically are our weakest quarters of the year in terms of revenue. Correspondingly, our second fiscal quarter, and fourth fiscal quarter, historically are our strongest quarters. We expect that this seasonality will continue to affect our advertising revenue in future periods.

We have experienced declines in advertising revenue over the past few years, due primarily to the secular pressures on the business as consumers and advertisers shift time and spend from traditional media to the internet. We continue to search for organic growth opportunities, specifically with digital advertising and ways to stabilize print revenue declines through strengthening local news product, value based pricing and training of sales staff.

Circulation

Our circulation revenue is derived from home delivery sales to subscribers, single copy sales at retail stores and vending racks and boxes, and digital subscriptions. We own 93 paid daily publications that range in circulation from approximately 400 to 94,000 and 181 paid weekly publications that range in circulation from approximately 100 to 15,000. Circulation revenue accounted for approximately 30%, 29% and 27% of our total revenue in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

21


Table of Contents

Subscriptions are typically sold for three to twelve-month terms and often include promotions to extend the average subscription period or convert someone to become a subscriber. We also provide bundled print and digital subscriptions and employ pay meters for our website content at most of our daily publications. We implement marketing programs to increase readership through subscription and single copy sales, including company-wide and local circulation contests, direct mail programs, door-to-door sales and strategic alliances with local schools in the form of “Newspapers in Education” programs. In addition, since the adoption of the Telemarketing Sales Rule by the Federal Trade Commission in 2003, which created a national “do not call” registry, we have increased our use of “EZ Pay” programs, kiosks, sampling programs, in-paper promotions and online promotions to increase our circulation.

We encourage subscriber use of EZ Pay, a monthly credit card charge or direct bank debit payment program, which has led to higher retention rates for subscribers. We also use an active stop-loss program for all expiring subscribers. Additionally, in order to improve our circulation revenue and circulation trends, we periodically review the need for quality enhancements, such as:

 

   

Consumer research to better understand local content of interest;

 

   

Increasing the amount of unique hyper-local content;

 

   

Increasing the use of color and color photographs;

 

   

Improving graphic design, including complete redesigns;

 

   

Developing creative and interactive promotional campaigns;

 

   

Improving customer service and company wide customer retention efforts; and

 

   

Better use of demographic data to specifically target pricing and customer acquisition opportunities.

We believe that our unique and valuable hyper-local content allows us to continue to produce products of great relevance to our local market audiences. This allows us to be able to periodically raise prices, both for home delivery and on a single copy basis, resulting in increased circulation revenues. We also believe this unique hyper-local content will allow us to find ways to grow circulation revenues from our wide array of digital products.

Other

We provide commercial printing services to third parties on a competitive bid basis as a means to generate incremental revenue and utilize excess printing capacity. These customers consist primarily of other publishers that do not have their own printing presses and do not compete with our publications. We also print other commercial materials, including flyers, business cards and invitations. Additionally, this category includes Propel which provides internet marketing solutions for SMBs. Other sources of revenue, including commercial printing and Propel, accounted for approximately 11%, 8% and 5% of our total revenue in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Printing and Distribution

We own and operate 43 print facilities. Our print facilities produce 9 publications on average and are generally located within 60 miles of the communities served. By clustering our production resources or outsourcing where cost beneficial, we are able to reduce the operating costs of our publications while increasing the quality of our small and midsize market publications that would typically not otherwise have access to high quality production facilities. We also believe that we are able to reduce future capital expenditure needs by having fewer overall pressrooms and buildings. We believe our superior production quality is critical to maintaining and enhancing our position as the leading provider of local news coverage in the markets we serve. As other print media businesses look to reduce costs, we believe we have the opportunity to leverage our unutilized press time to grow our commercial print customer base and revenue.

 

22


Table of Contents

The distribution of our daily newspapers is typically outsourced to independent, locally based, third-party distributors that also distribute a majority of our weekly newspapers and non-newspaper publications. We continuously evaluate lower cost options for newspaper delivery. In addition, certain of our shopper and weekly publications are delivered via the U.S. Postal Service.

Availability of Raw Materials for Our Business - Newsprint

The basic raw material for our publications is newsprint. We generally maintain only a 45 to 55-day inventory of newsprint.

Historically, the market price of newsprint has been volatile, reaching a high of approximately $823 per metric ton in 2008 and a low of $410 per metric ton in 2002. However, from 2010 to 2014 there was much less volatility in newsprint pricing and our Predecessor and us benefited from negotiating a fixed annual price for a majority of its newsprint. The average market price of newsprint during 2014 was approximately $605 per metric ton.

In 2013 our Predecessor consumed approximately 42,800 metric tons of newsprint (inclusive of commercial printing) and the cost of our newsprint consumption totaled approximately $27.5 million. In contrast, in 2014, we consumed approximately 57,300 metric tons of newsprint (inclusive of commercial printing) and the cost of our newsprint consumption totaled approximately $36.2 million. Our newsprint expense typically averages less than 10% of total revenue, which we believe generally compares favorably to larger, metropolitan newspapers.

For our 2013 and 2014 purchases of newsprint we and our Predecessor negotiated a fixed price for approximately 95% and 95%, respectively, of our newsprint tons which allowed our Predecessor and us to eliminate some of the volatility of the market price. We expect to purchase 95% of our newsprint with a fixed price again in 2015.

Competition

Each of our publications competes for advertising revenue to varying degrees with traditional media outlets such as direct mail, yellow pages, radio, outdoor advertising, broadcast and cable television, magazines, local, regional and national newspapers, shoppers and other print and online media sources, including local blogs. We also increasingly compete with new digital and social media companies for advertising revenue. However, we believe that barriers to entry remain high in many of the markets we serve in terms of being the preeminent source for local news and information therein, because our markets are generally not large enough to support a second newspaper and because our local news gathering infrastructures, sales networks and relationships would be time consuming and costly to replicate. We also have highly recognized local brand names and long histories in the towns we serve.

We also provide our readers with community-specific content, which is generally not available from other media sources. We believe that our direct and focused coverage of the market and our cost effective advertising rates relative to more broadly circulated metropolitan newspapers allow us to tailor an approach for our advertisers. As a result, our publications generally capture a large share of local advertising in the markets they serve.

The level of competition and the primary competitors we face vary from market to market. Competition tends to be based on market penetration, demographic and quality factors, as opposed to price factors. The competitive environment in each of our operating regions is discussed in greater detail below.

Small Community Newspaper Group. The Small Community Newspaper Group operates in 164 markets and we believe our publications are the dominant print advertising media in the vast majority of these markets. There are radio stations in or within 20 miles of every market in which we operate, but we do not believe that any of these radio station operators pose a significant competitive threat to our publications. Yellow page advertising

 

23


Table of Contents

is prevalent in all of our markets with either a local phone book or a regional phone book. We believe that, in most cases, yellow page advertising is geared more towards the professional services advertisers such as attorneys and doctors and not the local retail advertisers, as is the focus with our non-directory publications. Lee Enterprises publishes the Southern Illinoisan in Carbondale, which is a regional newspaper that competes with our dailies in Marion, Benton, West Frankfort and DuQuoin. In all four of these cases, we believe our publications are the dominant local daily, but do compete on a regional basis with the larger dailies. We also compete with shoppers or weekly newspapers. This competition comes from small independent operators and is not significant. We have very little television competition in this group because of our geographic location in relation to major markets. There are no local television affiliates in our markets.

In the southern regions of this group we believe our publications are generally the dominant media. Our major competition comes from regional daily newspapers, specifically: The Advocate in Baton Rouge, Louisiana; The American Press in Lake Charles, Louisiana; The Joplin Globe; and the Wichita Eagle. The community newspapers operate generally in isolated markets where the American Consolidated Media newspapers are by far the leading sources of local news and print advertising. We also face competition from numerous other daily and weekly papers, local radio stations, shopping guides, directories and niche publications.

In the Northeast market we believe our publications are generally the dominant media. The competition we face in this region are from major newspaper companies: daily newspapers owned by Gannett Company, Inc. (The Star-Gazette in Elmira, NY and the Chambersburg (PA) Public-Opinion); Times-Shamrock Company’s Scranton (PA) The Times-Tribune and Towanda Daily/Sunday Review; Community Newspaper Holdings, Inc.’s Sunbury Daily Item; and Ogden-Nutting’s Williamsport Sun-Gazette. We believe our publications tend to be the dominant local publication in those markets.

In our Great Lakes markets we believe our publications are generally the dominant media in those markets. Our only significant competition comes from regional television stations in Adrian, Michigan. We also face competition from dozens of other competitors such as other local daily and weekly papers and niche publications, as well as radio and television stations, directories, direct mail and non-local internet websites, but none of these have proven to be significant.

Metro Newspaper Group. In the Metro Newspaper Group, the Boston Globe and boston.com, a metropolitan daily and website, respectively, owned by John Henry, compete with us throughout eastern Massachusetts. In addition, we compete in Massachusetts with more than 30 other weekly or daily newspaper companies (that publish a combined total of approximately 16 dailies and 50 weeklies), three major radio station operators, five local network television broadcasters, one cable company and numerous niche publications for advertising revenues. We believe that our publications generally deliver the highest household coverage in their respective markets.

Large Daily Newspaper Group. In our Large Daily Newspaper Group we believe our publications are generally the dominant media in those markets. Daily newspapers owned by Gannett Company, Inc. (Daily Sentinel in Rome, NY and The Dispatch in Oneida, NY) compete within the New York market. We also face competition from other major newspaper companies in other regional markets such as Newhouse Newspaper’s Syracuse Post-Standard. Our competitors also include numerous other daily and weekly newspapers, local radio stations, shopping guides, directories and niche publications. We believe our publications, many of which have an extensive history in the relevant market, tend to be the dominant local publication.

Local Media. Local Media operates in 14 local markets across the United States. We believe our publications in these markets are generally the dominant media and that each have an audience far larger than the competitors. Daily newspapers owned by Gannett Company, Inc. (Poughkeepsie Journal in Poughkeepsie, NY) and 21st Century Media, Inc. (Daily Freeman in Kingston, NY), compete within the New York market. Our Cape Cod and New Bedford, Massachusetts newspapers experience competition similar to the Metro Newspaper Group. Their territories border with the Boston Globe and boston.com, a metropolitan daily and website,

 

24


Table of Contents

respectively, but they remain dominant in their markets. The Providence Journal is the dominant daily newspaper in the market. Daily newspaper operators in the state include the Edward Sherman Company, which owns the Newport Daily News and numerous non-dailies serving the Newport Rhode Island area and Sun Publishing Company, owner of the Westerly Sun and three non-dailies in the state. RISN Operations publish four daily papers and five weekly publications serving communities in Providence County and Rhode Island. Three other companies publish more than 16 weeklies in Rhode Island. The Providence market has seven local network television stations and three major radio station operators, one cable company and numerous print and online niche publications.

We face competition from other newspaper companies that include daily and weekly newspapers, local websites, local radio stations, local television stations, shopping guides, directories and niche publications. None of our competitors have proven to be significant. Our publications and websites have a rich history in our markets which we believe uniquely positions them for unmatched reach and relevancy in their local audiences.

Employees

As of December 28, 2014, we employed 6,133 employees. We employ union personnel at a number of our core publications representing 923 employees. As of December 28, 2014, there were 30 collective bargaining agreements covering union personnel. Most of our unionized employees work under collective bargaining agreements that expire in 2017. We believe that relations with our employees are generally good and we have had no work stoppages at any of our publications.

Environmental Matters

We believe that we are in substantial compliance with all applicable laws and regulations for the protection of the environment and the health and safety of our employees based upon existing facts presently known to us. Compliance with federal, state, and local environmental laws and regulations relating to the discharge of substances into the environment, the disposal of hazardous wastes and other related activities has had, and will continue to have, an impact on our operations, but has, since the incorporation of our Predecessor in 1997, been accomplished without having a material adverse effect on its operations. While it is difficult to estimate the timing and ultimate costs to be incurred due to uncertainties about the status of laws, regulations and technology, based on information currently known to us and insurance procured with respect to certain environmental matters, we do not expect environmental costs or contingencies to be material or to have a material adverse effect on our financial performance. Our operations involve risks in these areas, however, and we cannot assure you that we will not incur material costs or liabilities in the future which could adversely affect us.

Corporate Governance and Public Information

The address of New Media’s website is http://www.newmediainv.com/. Stockholders can access a wide variety of information on New Media’s website, under the “Investor Relations” tab, including news releases, SEC filings, information New Media is required to post online pursuant to applicable SEC rules, newspaper profiles and online links. New Media makes available via its website all filings it makes under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K, and related amendments, as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. All such filings are available free of charge. Neither the content of New Media’s corporate website nor any other website referred to in this report are incorporated by reference into this report unless expressly noted. The public may read and copy any information New Media files with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) where New Media’s filings filed with the SEC are available free of charge.

 

25


Table of Contents

List of New Media’s Dailies, Weeklies, Shoppers, Websites and Directories

As of December 28, 2014, New Media’s dailies, weeklies, shoppers, websites and directories were as listed below. New Media maintains registered trademarks in many of the masthead names listed below. Maintaining such trademarks allows us to exclusively use the masthead name to the exclusion of third parties.

 

 

Small Community Newspaper Group

 

State

  

City

  

Masthead

  

Circulation Type

Illinois

   Benton   

Benton Evening News

www.bentoneveningnews.com

   Daily
   Canton   

Daily Ledger

www.cantondailyledger.com

   Daily
   Carmi   

The Carmi Times

www.carmitimes.com

   Daily
   Du Quoin   

Du Quoin Evening Call

www.duquoin.com

   Daily
   El Dorado    El Dorado Daily Journal    Daily
   Galesburg   

The Register-Mail

www.galesburg.com

   Daily
   Harrisburg   

The Daily Register

www.dailyregister.com

   Daily
   Kewanee   

Star-Courier

www.starcourier.com

   Daily
   Macomb   

McDonough County Voice

www.mcdonoughvoice.com

   Daily
   Marion   

The Daily Republican

www.dailyrepublicannews.com

   Daily
   Monmouth   

Daily Review Atlas

www.reviewatlas.com

   Daily
   Olney   

The Olney Daily Mail

www.olneydailymail.com

   Daily
   Pekin   

Pekin Daily Times

www.pekintimes.com

   Daily
   Pontiac   

Daily Leader

www.pontiacdailyleader.com

   Daily
   West Frankfort   

Daily American

www.dailyamericannews.com

   Daily
   Abingdon   

Abingdon Argus-Sentinel

www.eaglepublications.com

   Paid Weekly
   Aledo   

The Times Record

www.aledotimesrecord.com

   Paid Weekly
   Augusta   

Augusta Eagle-Scribe

www.eaglepublicatons.com

   Paid Weekly
   Cambridge   

Cambridge Chronicle

www.cambridgechron.com

   Paid Weekly
   Carmi    The Weekly Times    Paid Weekly
   Chester   

Randolph County Herald Tribune

www.randolphcountyheraldtribune.com

   Paid Weekly
   Christopher    The Progress    Paid Weekly
   Du Quoin    Du Quoin News    Paid Weekly
   Du Quoin    Ashley News    Paid Weekly

 

26


Table of Contents

State

  

City

  

Masthead

  

Circulation Type

   Fairbury    The Blade    Paid Weekly
   Flora   

Advocate Press

www.advocatepress.com

   Paid Weekly
   Galva   

Galva News

www.galvanews.com

   Paid Weekly
   Geneseo   

The Geneseo Republic

www.geneseorepublic.com

   Paid Weekly
   Murphysboro   

Murphysboro American

www.murphysboroamerican.com

   Paid Weekly
   Newton   

Newton Press Mentor

www.pressmentor.com

   Paid Weekly
   Oquawka    Oquawka Current    Paid Weekly
   Orion   

Orion Gazette

www.oriongazette.com

   Paid Weekly
   Roseville   

Roseville Independent

www.eaglepublications.com

   Paid Weekly
   Shawneetown    Ridgway News    Paid Weekly
   Shawneetown    Gallatin Democrat    Paid Weekly
   Steelville    The Steelville Ledger    Paid Weekly
   Teutopolis   

Teutopolis Press

www.teutopolispress.com

   Paid Weekly
   West Frankfort   

SI Trader

www.sitraders.com

   Paid Weekly
   Chillicothe   

Chillicothe Times Bulletin

www.chillicothetimesbulletin.com

   Free Weekly
   East Peoria   

East Peoria Times-Courier

www.eastpeoriatimescourier.com

   Free Weekly
   Galesburg   

Knox County Neighbors

www.galesburg.com

   Free Weekly
   Macomb    Daily Brief    Free Weekly
   Metamora   

Woodford Times

www.woodfordtimes.com

   Free Weekly
   Morton   

Morton Times News

www.mortontimesnews.com

   Free Weekly
   Washington   

Washington Times Reporter

www.washingtontimesreporter.com

   Free Weekly
   Aledo    Town Crier Advertiser    Shopper
   Canton    Fulton County Shopper    Shopper
   Flora    CCAP Special    Shopper
   Galatia   

Money Stretcher

www.galatiamoneystretcher.com

   Shopper
   Geneseo    Henry County Advertizer/Shopper    Shopper
   Macomb    McDonough County Choice    Shopper
   Monmouth    Pennysaver    Shopper
   Olney    Richland County Shopper    Shopper
   Olney    Jasper County News Eagle    Shopper
   Pontiac    Livingston Shopping News    Shopper
Missouri    Camdenton   

Lake Sun Leader

www.lakenewsonline.com

   Daily
   Carthage   

The Carthage Press

www.carthagepress.com

   Daily

 

27


Table of Contents

State

  

City

  

Masthead

  

Circulation Type

   Chillicothe   

Constitution Tribune

www.chillicothenews.com

   Daily
   Hannibal   

Hannibal Courier Post

www.hannibal.net

   Daily
   Independence   

The Examiner

www.examiner.net

   Daily
   Kirksville   

Kirksville Daily Express & News

www.kirksvilledailyexpress.com

   Daily
   Mexico   

The Mexico Ledger

www.mexicoledger.com

   Daily
   Moberly   

Moberly Monitor Index

www.moberlymonitor.com

   Daily
   Neosho   

Neosho Daily News

www.neoshodailynews.com

   Daily
   Rolla   

Rolla Daily News

www.therolladailynews.com

   Daily
   Waynesville   

The Daily Guide

www.waynesvilledailyguide.com

   Daily
   Aurora   

Aurora Advertiser

www.auroraadvertiser.net

   Paid Weekly
   Boonville   

Boonville Daily News

www.boonvilledailynews.com

   Paid Weekly
   Brookfield   

The Linn County Leader

www.linncountyleader.com

   Paid Weekly
   St James   

St James Leader Journal

www.leaderjournal.com

   Paid Weekly
   Boonville    Weekly    Free Weekly
   Camdenton   

West Side Star

www.lakenewsonline.com

   Free Weekly
   Carthage    The Carthage Press Wednesday TMC    Free Weekly
   Hannibal    Salt River Journal    Free Weekly
   Neosho    The Neighborhood Showcase    Free Weekly
   Osage Beach    Lake Area News Focus    Free Weekly
   Osage Beach    Lake of the Ozarks Real Estate    Free Weekly
   Osage Beach    Tube Tab    Free Weekly
   Osage Beach    Vacation News    Free Weekly
   Rolla    Rolla Daily News “Plus”    Free Weekly
   Aurora    Big AA Shopper    Shopper
   Brookfield    Sho-Me Shopper    Shopper
   Camdenton    Penny Saver    Shopper
   Chillicothe    Chillicothe C-T Shopper    Shopper
   Joplin    Big Nickel    Shopper
   Kirksville    Nemo Trader    Shopper
   Kirksville    Kirksville Crier    Shopper
   Moberly    The Shopper    Shopper
   Osage Beach    Lake of the Ozarks Boats    Shopper
   Waynesville    Daily Guide Extra    Shopper
Texas    Brownwood   

Brownwood Bulletin

www.brownwoodtx.com

   Daily
   Stephenville   

Stephenville Empire-Tribune

www.yourstephenvilletx.com

   Daily

 

28


Table of Contents

State

  

City

  

Masthead

  

Circulation Type

   Waxahachie   

Waxahachie Daily Light

www.waxahachietx.com

   Daily
   Alice   

Alice Echo-News Journal

www.alicetx.com

   Paid Weekly
   Ballinger    Ballinger Ledger    Paid Weekly
   Freer    Freer Press    Paid Weekly
   Freer    Duval Press    Paid Weekly
   Glen Rose   

Glen Rose Reporter

www.yourglenrosetx.com

   Paid Weekly
   Midlothian   

Midlothian Mirror

www.midlothianmirror.com

   Paid Weekly
   Robstown   

Neuces County Record Star

www.recordstar.com

   Paid Weekly
   Winters    Winters Enterprise    Paid Weekly
   Alice    Alice Review    Shopper
   Brownsville   

Valley Bargain Book-South

www.valleybargainbook.com

   Shopper
   Brownwood    Heartland Trading Post    Shopper
   Corpus Christi   

Ad Sack

www.adsack.com

   Shopper
   Harlingen    Valley Bargain Book    Shopper
   Laredo    Laredo Bargain Book    Shopper
   McAllen   

Valley Town Crier

www.yourvalleyvoice.com

   Shopper
   Stephenville    Cross Timbers Trading Post    Shopper
   Waxahachie    Ellis County Trading Post    Shopper
Kansas    Dodge City   

Dodge City Daily Globe

www.dodgeglobe.com

   Daily
   Leavenworth   

The Leavenworth Times

www.leavenworthtimes.com

   Daily
   McPherson   

McPherson Sentinel

www.mcphersonsentinel.com

   Daily
   Newton   

The Newton Kansan

www.thekansan.com

   Daily
   Pittsburg   

The Morning Sun

www.morningsun.net

   Daily
   Baxter Springs   

Cherokee County News-Advocate

www.sekvoice.com

   Paid Weekly
   El Dorado   

The Butler County Times-Gazette

www.butlercountytimesgazette.com

   Paid Weekly
   Greensburg   

Kiowa County Signal

www.kiowacountysignal.com

   Paid Weekly
   Pratt   

The Pratt Tribune

www.pratttribune.com

   Paid Weekly
   St John   

St John News

www.sjnewsonline.com

   Paid Weekly
   Wellington   

Wellington Daily News

www.wellingtondailynews.com

   Paid Weekly
   Dodge City    La Estrella    Free Weekly
   Leavenworth    Lansing This Week    Free Weekly

 

29


Table of Contents

State

  

City

  

Masthead

  

Circulation Type

   Leavenworth   

The Fort Leavenworth Lamp

www.ftleavenworthlamp.com

   Free Weekly
   Dodge City    Shoppers Weekly    Shopper
   El Dorado    Shoppers Guide    Shopper
   Hiawatha    Penny Press 4    Shopper
   Leavenworth    Chronicle Shopper    Shopper
   McPherson/Newton    South Central Kansas Shoppers Guide    Shopper
   Pittsburg    The Sunland Shopper    Shopper
   Pratt    Sunflower Shopper    Shopper
Michigan    Adrian   

The Daily Telegram

www.lenconnect.com

   Daily
   Cheboygan   

Cheboygan Daily Tribune

www.cheboygannews.com

www.mackinacjournal.com

   Daily
   Coldwater   

The Daily Reporter

www.thedailyreporter.com

   Daily
   Hillsdale   

Hillsdale Daily News

www.hillsdale.net

   Daily
   Holland   

The Holland Sentinel

www.myzeeland.com

   Daily
   Ionia   

Sentinel-Standard

www.sentinel-standard.com

   Daily
   Sault Ste Marie   

The Evening News

www.sooeveningnews.com

   Daily
   Sturgis   

Sturgis Journal

www.sturgisjournal.com

   Daily
   Coldwater   

Bronson Journal

www.thebronsonjournal.com

   Paid Weekly
   Coldwater    Jonesville Independent    Paid Weekly
   Adrian   

Adrian Access Shopper

www.accessshoppersguide.com

   Shopper
   Allegan   

Flashes Shopping Guide (Allegan/Lakeshore)

www.flashespublishers.com

   Shopper
   Cheboygan    Shopper Fair    Shopper
   Coldwater    The Reporter Extra    Shopper
   Coldwater    Coldwater Shoppers Guide    Shopper
   Hillsdale   

Tip Off Shopping Guide

www.tipoffonline.com

   Shopper
   Holland   

Flashes Shopping Guide (Holland/Zeeland)

www.flashespublishers.com

   Shopper
   Ionia    Sentinel-Standard TMC    Shopper
   Sault Ste Marie    Tri County Buyers Guide    Shopper
   Sturgis    Sturgis Gateway Shopper    Shopper
California    Ridgecrest   

The Daily Independent

www.ridgecrestca.com

www.rocketeer2.com

   Daily
   Yreka   

Siskiyou Daily News

www.siskiyoudaily.com

   Daily
   Gridley   

Gridley Herald

www.gridleyherald.com

   Paid Weekly

 

30


Table of Contents

State

  

City

  

Masthead

  

Circulation Type

   Mt Shasta   

Weed Press

www.mtshastanews.com

   Paid Weekly
   Mt Shasta   

Dunsmuir News

www.mtshastanews.com

   Paid Weekly
   Mt Shasta   

Mt Shasta Herald

www.mtshastanews.com

   Paid Weekly
   Taft   

Midway Driller

www.taftmidwaydriller.com

   Paid Weekly
   Gridley   

Gidley Shopping News

www.gridleyherald.com

   Shopper
   Mt Shasta    Super Saver Advertiser    Shopper
   Ridgecrest    Super Tuesday    Shopper
Minnesota    Crookston   

Crookston Daily Times

www.crookstontimes.com

   Daily
   Cottonwood    Tri-County News    Paid Weekly
   Granite Falls   

Granite Falls Advocate-Tribune

www.granitefallsnews.com

   Paid Weekly
   Montevideo   

Montevideo American News

www.montenews.com

   Paid Weekly
   Redwood Falls   

Redwood Gazette

www.redwoodfallsgazette.com

   Paid Weekly
   Sleepy Eye   

Sleepy Eye Herald Dispatch

www.sleepyeyenews.com

   Paid Weekly
   St James   

St James Plaindealer

www.stjamesnews.com

   Paid Weekly
   Wabasso    The Wabasso Standard    Paid Weekly
   Crookston    Crookston Valley Shopper    Shopper
   Montevideo   

The Star Advisor

www.montenews.com

   Shopper
   Redwood Falls    Redwood Falls Livewire    Shopper
   Sleepy Eye    Brown County Reminder    Shopper
   St James    Town and Country Shopper    Shopper
Arkansas    Arkadelphia   

Daily Siftings Herald

www.siftingsherald.com

   Daily
   Hope   

Hope Star

www.hopestar.com

   Daily
   Stuttgart   

Stuttgart Daily Leader

www.stuttgartdailyleader.com

   Daily
   Gurdon   

Gurdon Times

www.thegurdontimes.com

   Paid Weekly
   Heber Springs   

The Sun Times

www.thesuntimes.com

   Paid Weekly
   Helena   

The Daily World

www.helena-arkansas.com

   Paid Weekly
   Hope   

Nevada County Picayune

www.picayune-times.com

   Paid Weekly
   Newport   

Newport Independent

www.newportindependent.com

   Paid Weekly
   White Hall   

The White Hall Journal

www.whitehalljournal.com

   Paid Weekly

 

31


Table of Contents

State

  

City

  

Masthead

  

Circulation Type

   Arkadelphia   

Arkadelphia Extra

www.siftingsherald.com

   Free Weekly
   Helena   

Daily World TMC

www.helena-arkansas.com

   Free Weekly
   Hope   

Star Extra

www.hopestar.com

   Free Weekly
   Stuttgart   

The Xtra

www.stuttgartdailyleader.com

   Free Weekly
   White Hall    The Arsenel Sentinel    Free Weekly
New York    Corning   

The Leader

www.the-leader.com

   Daily
   Hornell   

Evening Tribune

www.eveningtribune.com

   Daily
   Wellsville   

Wellsville Daily Reporter

www.wellsvilledaily.com

   Daily
   Dansville   

Genesee Country Express

www.dansvilleonline.com

   Paid Weekly
   Penn Yan   

The Chronicle-Express

www.chronicle-express.com

   Paid Weekly
   Saugerties   

Saugerties Post Star

www.poststarnews.com

   Paid Weekly
   Bath   

Steuben Courier-Advocate

www.steubencourier.com

   Free Weekly
   Corning    Corning Pennysaver    Shopper
   Hornell    Pennysaver Plus    Shopper
   Horseheads    The Shopper    Shopper
   Liberty    Catskill Shopper    Shopper
   Penn Yan    Chronicle Ad-Visor    Shopper
   Saugerties    Saugerties Pennysaver    Shopper
   Saugerties    Mountain Pennysaver    Shopper
Louisiana    Bastrop   

The Bastrop Daily Enterprise

www.bastropenterprise.com

   Daily
   DeRidder   

Beauregard Daily News

www.beauregarddailynews.net

   Paid Weekly
   Donaldsonville   

The Donaldsonville Chief

www.donaldsonvillechief.com

   Paid Weekly
   Gonzales   

Gonzales Weekly Citizen

www.weeklycitizen.com

   Paid Weekly
   Leesville   

Leesville Daily Leader

www.leesvilledailyleader.com

   Paid Weekly
   Plaquemine   

Post South

www.postsouth.com

   Paid Weekly
   Sulphur   

Southwest Daily News

www.sulphurdailynews.com

   Paid Weekly
   Sulphur    Vinton News    Paid Weekly
   Sterlington    North Quachita Weekly    Free Weekly
   Gonzales   

The Marketeer

www.weeklycitizen.com

   Shopper
   Gonzales   

Nickel Ads

www.weeklycitizen.com

   Shopper

 

32


Table of Contents

State

  

City

  

Masthead

  

Circulation Type

   Plaquemine   

West Bank Shopper

www.postsouth.com

   Shopper
   Sulphur    Calcasieu Shopper    Shopper
Pennsylvania    Honesdale   

The Wayne Independent

www.wayneindependent.com

   Daily
   Waynesboro   

The Record Herald

www.therecordherald.com

   Daily
   Carbondale   

The Villager

www.moscowvillager.com

   Paid Weekly
   Carbondale   

Carbondale News

www.thecarbondalenews.com

   Paid Weekly
   Greencastle   

The Echo Pilot

www.echo-pilot.com

   Paid Weekly
   Hawley   

News Eagle

www.neagle.com

   Paid Weekly
   Hawley    The Pike Pennysaver    Shopper
   Honesdale    The Independent Extra    Shopper
West Virginia    Keyser   

Mineral Daily News Tribune

www.newstribune.info

   Daily
   Ripley   

The Jackson Herald

www.jacksonnewspapers.com

   Paid Weekly
   Ripley   

The Jackson Star News

www.jacksonnewspapers.com

   Paid Weekly
   Keyser    Today’s Shopper    Shopper
   Ravenswood   

Star Herald Weekender

www.jacksonnewspapers.com

   Shopper
Colorado    LaJunta   

LaJunta Tribune Democrat

www.lajuntatribunedemocrat.com

   Daily
   LaJunta   

Ag Journal

www.agjournalonline.com

   Paid Weekly
   LaJunta   

Fowler Tribune

www.fowlertribune.com

   Paid Weekly
   Las Animas   

Bent County Democrat

www.bcdemocratonline.com

   Paid Weekly
Nebraska    Nebraska City   

Nebraska City News Press

www.ncnewspress.com

   Paid Weekly
   Syracuse   

Syracuse Journal Democrat

www.journaldemocrat.com

   Paid Weekly
   Nebraska City    Penny Press 1    Shopper
Oklahoma    Ardmore   

The Daily Ardmoreite

www.ardmoreite.com

   Daily
   Miami   

Miami News-Record

www.miamiok.com

   Daily
   Shawnee   

The Shawnee News-Star

www.news-star.com

   Daily
   Grove   

Grove Sun

www.grandlakenews.com

   Paid Weekly
   Jay   

Delaware County Journal

www.grandlakenews.com

   Paid Weekly

 

33


Table of Contents

State

  

City

  

Masthead

  

Circulation Type

   Ardmore    Entertainment Spotlight    Shopper
   Miami    Northeast Oklahoma Trading Post    Shopper
Virginia    Petersburg   

The Progress-Index

www.progress-index.com

   Daily
   Petersburg    The Colonial Voice    Free Weekly
North Dakota    Devils Lake   

Devils Lake Daily Journal

www.devilslakejournal.com

   Daily
   Devils Lake    The Country Peddler    Shopper
Tennessee    Oak Ridge   

The Oak Ridger

www.oakridger.com

   Daily
Iowa    Hamburg   

Hamburg Reporter

www.hamburgreporter.com

   Paid Weekly

 

34


Table of Contents

 

Metro Newspaper Group

 

State

  

City

  

Masthead

  

Circulation Type

Massachusetts    Brockton   

The Enterprise

www.enterprisenews.com

   Daily
   Fall River   

The Herald News

www.heraldnews.com

   Daily
   Framingham   

The Metrowest Daily News

www.metrowestdailynews.com

   Daily
   Milford   

The Milford Daily News

www.milforddailynews.com

   Daily
   Quincy   

Patriot Ledger

www.patriotledger.com

   Daily
   Taunton   

Taunton Daily Gazette

www.tauntongazette.com

   Daily
   Abington   

Abington Mariner

www.wickedlocal.com/abington

   Paid Weekly
   Acton/Roxborough   

The Beacon

www.wickedlocal.com/acton

   Paid Weekly
   Allston   

Allston/Brighton Tab

www.wickedlocal.com/allston

   Paid Weekly
   Arlington   

The Arlington Advocate

www.wickedlocal.com/arlington

   Paid Weekly
   Bedford   

Bedford Minuteman

www.wickedlocal.com/bedford

   Paid Weekly
   Belmont   

Belmont Citizen-Herald

www.wickedlocal.com/belmont

   Paid Weekly
   Beverly   

Beverly Citizen

www.wickedlocal.com/beverly

   Paid Weekly
   Billerica   

Billerica Minuteman

www.wickedlocal.com/billerica

   Paid Weekly
   Boxford   

Tri-Town Transcript

www.wickedlocal.com/boxford

   Paid Weekly
   Braintree   

Braintree Forum

www.wickedlocal.com/braintree

   Paid Weekly
   Brewster   

The Cape Codder

www.wickedlocal.com/capecod

   Paid Weekly
   Burlington   

Burlington Union

www.wickedlocal.com/burlington

   Paid Weekly
   Cambridge   

Cambridge Chronicle & Tab

www.wickedlocal.com/cambridge

   Paid Weekly
   Carver   

Carver Reporter

www.wickedlocal.com/carver

   Paid Weekly
   Chelmsford   

Chelmsford Independent

www.wickedlocal.com/chelmsford

   Paid Weekly
   Cohasset   

Cohasset Mariner

www.wickedlocal.com/cohasset

   Paid Weekly
   Concord   

The Concord Journal

www.wickedlocal.com/concord

   Paid Weekly
   Danvers   

Danvers Herald

www.wickedlocal.com/danvers

   Paid Weekly

 

35


Table of Contents

State

  

City

  

Masthead

  

Circulation Type

   Dedham   

Dedham Transcript

www.wickedlocal.com/dedham

   Paid Weekly
   Dover   

Dover/Sherborn Press

www.wickedlocal.com/dover

   Paid Weekly
   Easton   

Easton Journal

www.wickedlocal.com/easton

   Paid Weekly
   Framingham   

Westwood Press

www.wickedlocal.com/westwood

   Paid Weekly
   Georgetown   

Georgetown Record

www.wickedlocal.com/georgetown

   Paid Weekly
   Hamilton   

Hamilton-Wenham Chronicle

www.wickedlocal.com/hamilton

   Paid Weekly
   Hanover   

Hanover Mariner

www.wickedlocal.com/hanover

   Paid Weekly
   Hingham   

The Hingham Journal

www.wickedlocal.com/hingham

   Paid Weekly
   Holbrook   

Holbrook Sun

www.wickedlocal.com/holbrook

   Paid Weekly
   Hopkinton   

Hopkinton Crier

www.wickedlocal.com/hopkinton

   Paid Weekly
   Hudson   

Hudson Sun

www.wickedlocal.com/hudson

   Paid Weekly
   Hyannis   

The Register

www.wickedlocal.com/barnstable

   Paid Weekly
   Ipswich   

Ipswich Chronicle

www.wickedlocal.com/ipswich

   Paid Weekly
   Kingston   

Kingston Reporter

www.wickedlocal.com/kingston

   Paid Weekly
   Lexington   

Lexington Minuteman

www.wickedlocal.com/lexington

   Paid Weekly
   Lincoln   

Lincoln Journal

www.wickedlocal.com/lincoln

   Paid Weekly
   Littleton   

Littleton Independent

www.wickedlocal.com/littleton

   Paid Weekly
   Malden   

Malden Observer

www.wickedlocal.com/malden

   Paid Weekly
   Mansfield   

Mansfield News

www.wickedlocal.com/mansfield

   Paid Weekly
   Marblehead   

Marblehead Reporter

www.wickedlocal.com/marblehead

   Paid Weekly
   Marion   

The Sentinel

www.wickedlocal.com/marion

   Paid Weekly
   Marlborough   

Marlborough Enterprise

www.wickedlocal.com/marlborough

   Paid Weekly
   Marshfield   

Marshfield Mariner

www.wickedlocal.com/marshfield

   Paid Weekly
   Maynard/Stow   

The Beacon-Villager

www.wickedlocal.com/maynard

   Paid Weekly
   Medfield   

Medfield Press

www.wickedlocal.com/medfield

   Paid Weekly

 

36


Table of Contents

State

  

City

  

Masthead

  

Circulation Type

   Medford   

Medford Transcript

www.wickedlocal.com/medford

   Paid Weekly
   Melrose   

Melrose Free Press

www.wickedlocal.com/melrose

   Paid Weekly
   Natick   

Natick Bulletin & Tab

www.wickedlocal.com/natick

   Paid Weekly
   North Andover   

North Andover Citizen

www.wickedlocal.com/northandover

   Paid Weekly
  

Northborough /

Southborough

  

The Northborough/Southborough Villager

www.wickedlocal.com/northborough

   Paid Weekly
   Norwell   

Norwell Mariner

www.wickedlocal.com/norwell

   Paid Weekly
   Norwood   

Norwood Transcript & Bulletin

www.wickedlocal.com/norwood

   Paid Weekly
   Pembroke   

Pembroke Mariner & Express

www.wickedlocal.com/pembroke

   Paid Weekly
   Plymouth   

Old Colony Memorial

www.wickedlocal.com/plymouth

   Paid Weekly
   Provincetown   

The Provincetown Banner

www.wikedlocal.com/provincetown

   Paid Weekly
   Reading   

The Reading Advocate

www.wickedlocal.com/reading

   Paid Weekly
   Rockland   

Rockland Standard

www.wickedlocal.com/rockland

   Paid Weekly
   Roslindale   

Roslindale Transcript

www.wickedlocal.com/roslindale

   Paid Weekly
   Saugus   

Saugus Advertiser

www.wickedlocal.com/saugus

   Paid Weekly
   Scituate   

Scituate Mariner

www.wickedlocal.com/scituate

   Paid Weekly
   Sharon   

Sharon Advocate

www.wickedlocal.com/sharon

   Paid Weekly
   Shrewsbury   

Shrewsbury Chronicle

www.wickedlocal.com/shrewsbury

   Paid Weekly
   Somerville   

Somerville Journal

www.wickedlocal.com/somerville

   Paid Weekly
   Stoughton   

Stoughton Journal

www.wickedlocal.com/stoughton

   Paid Weekly
   Sudbury   

The Sudbury Town Crier

www.wickedlocal.com/sudbury

   Paid Weekly
   Swampscott   

Swampscott Reporter

www.wickedlocal.com/swampscott

   Paid Weekly
   Tewksbury   

Tewksbury Reporter

www.wickedlocal.com/tewksbury

   Paid Weekly
   Wakefield   

Wakefield Observer

www.wickedlocal.com/wakefield

   Paid Weekly
   Walpole   

The Walpole Times

www.wickedlocal.com/walpole

   Paid Weekly
   Waltham   

Waltham News Tribune

www.wickedlocal.com/waltham

   Paid Weekly

 

37


Table of Contents

State

  

City

  

Masthead

  

Circulation Type

   Wareham   

Wareham Courier

www.wickedlocal.com/wareham

   Paid Weekly
   Watertown   

Watertown Tab & Press

www.wickedlocal.com/watertown

   Paid Weekly
   Wayland   

The Wayland Town Crier

www.wickedlocal.com/wayland

   Paid Weekly
   Wellesley   

The Wellesley Townsman

www.wickedlocal.com/wellesley

   Paid Weekly
   West Roxbury   

West Roxbury Transcript

www.wickedlocal.com/west-roxbury

   Paid Weekly
   Westborough   

Westborough News

www.wickedlocal.com/westborough

   Paid Weekly
   Westford   

Westford Eagle

www.wickedlocal.com/westford

   Paid Weekly
   Weston   

The Weston Town Crier

www.wickedlocal.com/weston

   Paid Weekly
   Weymouth   

Weymouth News

www.wickedlocal.com/weymouth

   Paid Weekly
   Winchester   

The Winchester Star

www.wickedlocal.com/winchester

   Paid Weekly
   Bellingham   

County Gazette

www.wickedlocal.com/franklin

   Free Weekly
   Boston   

Boston Homes

www.linkbostonhomes.com

   Free Weekly
   Bourne   

Bourne Courier

www.wickedlocal.com/bourne

   Free Weekly
   Bridgewater   

Bridgewater Independent

www.wickedlocal.com/bridgewater

   Free Weekly
   Brookline   

Brookline Tab

www.wickedlocal.com/brookline

   Free Weekly
   Canton   

Canton Journal

www.wickedlocal.com/canton

   Free Weekly
   Danvers    North Shore Sunday    Free Weekly
   Fall River   

OJornal

www.ojournal.com

   Free Weekly
   Falmouth   

Falmouth Bulletin

www.wickedlocal.com/falmouth

   Free Weekly
   Framingham   

Framingham Tab

www.wickedlocal.com/framingham

   Free Weekly
   Gloucester    Cape Ann Beacon    Free Weekly
   Needham   

Needham Times

www.wickedlocal.com/needham

   Free Weekly
   Newburyport   

The Newburyport Current

www.wickedlocal.com/newburyport

   Free Weekly
   Newton   

Newton Tab

www.wickedlocal.com/newton

   Free Weekly
   North Attleborough   

The North Attleborough Free Press

www.wickedlocal.com/northattleborough

   Free Weekly
   Randolph   

Randolph Herald

www.wickedlocal.com/randolph

   Free Weekly

 

38


Table of Contents

State

  

City

  

Masthead

  

Circulation Type

   Raynham   

Raynham Call

www.wickedlocal.com/raynham

   Free Weekly
   Salem   

Salem Gazette

www.wickedlocal.com/salem

   Free Weekly
   Sandwich    Sandwich Broadsider    Free Weekly
   Stoneham   

Stoneham Sun

www.wickedlocal.com/stoneham

   Free Weekly
   Wilmington   

Wilmington Advocate

www.wickedlocal.com/wilmington

   Free Weekly
   Woburn   

Woburn Advocate

www.wickedlocal.com/woburn

   Free Weekly
   Fall River    South Coast Life    Shopper
   Taunton    Yellow Jacket    Shopper
   Amesbury    www.wickedlocal.com/amesbury    On-line Only
   Ashland    www.wickedlocal.com/ashland    On-line Only
   Avon    www.wickedlocal.com/avon    On-line Only
   Bellingham    www.wickedlocal.com/bellingham    On-line Only
   Berkley    www.wickedlocal.com/berkley    On-line Only
   Bolton    www.wickedlocal.com/bolton    On-line Only
   Boston    www.wickedlocal.com/goodlife    On-line Only
   Boxborough    www.wickedlocal.com/boxborough    On-line Only
   Brewster    www.wickedlocal.com/brewster    On-line Only
   Brockton    www.wickedlocal.com/brockton    On-line Only
   Chatham    www.wickedlocal.com/chatham    On-line Only
   Clinton    www.wickedlocal.com/clinton    On-line Only
   Dennis    www.wickedlocal.com/dennis    On-line Only
   Dighton    www.wickedlocal.com/dighton    On-line Only
   Duxbury    www.wickedlocal.com/duxbury    On-line Only
   East Bridgewater    www.wickedlocal.com/bridgewatereast    On-line Only
   Eastham    www.wickedlocal.com/eastham    On-line Only
   Essex    www.wickedlocal.com/essex    On-line Only
   Fall River    www.wickedlocal.com/fall-river    On-line Only
   Foxborough    www.wickedlocal.com/foxborough    On-line Only
   Gloucester    www.wickedlocal.com/gloucester    On-line Only
   Halifax    www.wickedlocal.com/halifax    On-line Only
   Hanson    www.wickedlocal.com/hanson    On-line Only
   Harvard    www.wickedlocal.com/harvard    On-line Only
   Harwich    www.wickedlocal.com/harwich    On-line Only
   Holliston    www.wickedlocal.com/holliston    On-line Only
   Hopedale    www.wickedlocal.com/hopedale    On-line Only
   Hull    www.wickedlocal.com/hull    On-line Only
   Lakeville    www.wickedlocal.com/lakeville    On-line Only
   Lancaster    www.wickedlocal.com/lancaster    On-line Only
   Manchester    www.wickedlocal.com/manchester    On-line Only
   Mashpee    www.wickedlocal.com/mashpee    On-line Only
   Mattapoisett    www.wickedlocal.com/mattapoisett    On-line Only
   Medway    www.wickedlocal.com/medway    On-line Only
   Mendon    www.wickedlocal.com/mendon    On-line Only
   Middleborough    www.wickedlocal.com/middleborough    On-line Only
   Middleton    www.wickedlocal.com/middleton    On-line Only
   Milford    www.wickedlocal.com/milford    On-line Only

 

39


Table of Contents

State

  

City

  

Masthead

  

Circulation Type

   Millis    www.wickedlocal.com/millis    On-line Only
   Milton    www.wickedlocal.com/milton    On-line Only
   Nantucket    www.wickedlocal.com/nantucket    On-line Only
   Norfolk    www.wickedlocal.com/norfolk    On-line Only
   North Boston    www.wickedlocal.com/northofboston    On-line Only
   Norton    www.wickedlocal.com/norton    On-line Only
   Orleans    www.wickedlocal.com/orleans    On-line Only
   Plainville    www.wickedlocal.com/plainville    On-line Only
   Plymouth    www.plymouthguide.com    On-line Only
   Plympton    www.wickedlocal.com/plympton    On-line Only
   Quincy    www.wickedlocal.com/quincy    On-line Only
   Rehoboth    www.wickedlocal.com/rehoboth    On-line Only
   Rochester    www.wickedlocal.com/rochester    On-line Only
   Rockport    www.wickedlocal.com/rockport    On-line Only
   Sandwich    www.wickedlocal.com/sandwich    On-line Only
   Sherborn    www.wickedlocal.com/sherborn    On-line Only
   Somerset    www.wickedlocal.com/somerset    On-line Only
   Southborough    www.wickedlocal.com/southborough    On-line Only
   Stow    www.wickedlocal.com/stow    On-line Only
   Swansea    www.wickedlocal.com/swansea    On-line Only
   Taunton    www.wickedlocal.com/taunton    On-line Only
   Topsfield    www.wickedlocal.com/topsfield    On-line Only
   Truro    www.wickedlocal.com/truro    On-line Only
   Upton    www.wickedlocal.com/upton    On-line Only
   Wellfleet    www.wickedlocal.com/wellfleet    On-line Only
   Wenham    www.wickedlocal.com/wenham    On-line Only
   West Bridgewater    www.wickedlocal.com/bridgewaterwest    On-line Only
   West Port    www.wickedlocal.com/westport    On-line Only
   Whitman    www.wickedlocal.com/whitman    On-line Only
   Wrentham    www.wickedlocal.com/wrentham    On-line Only
   Yarmouth    www.wickedlocal.com/yarmouth    On-line Only
New York    Canandaigua   

Daily Messenger

www.mpnnow.com

www.mpnnow.com/commercialprinting

   Daily
   Newark/Palmyra   

Wayne Post

www.waynepost.com

   Paid Weekly
   Brighton/Pittsford   

Brighton-Pittsford Post

www.brightonpittsfordpost.com

   Free Weekly
   Canandaigua    Canandaigua Community Post    Free Weekly
   Fairport   

Fairport-ER Post

www.fairport-erpost.com

   Free Weekly
   Gates/Chili   

Gates-Chili Post

www.gateschilipost.com

   Free Weekly
   Greece   

Greece Post

www.greecepost.com

   Free Weekly
   Henrietta   

Henrietta Post

www.henriettapost.com

   Free Weekly
   Irondequoit   

Irondequoit Post

www.irondequiotpost.com

   Free Weekly
   Penfield   

Penfield Post

www.penfieldpost.com

   Free Weekly

 

40


Table of Contents

State

  

City

  

Masthead

  

Circulation Type

   Victor   

Victor Post

www.victorpost.com

   Free Weekly
   Webster   

Webster Post

www.websterpost.com

   Free Weekly
   Lyons    Lyons Shopping Guide    Shopper
   Newark    Newark Pennysaver    Shopper
   Sodus    Sodus Pennysaver    Shopper
   Wayne County    Timesaver    Shopper
Delaware    Dover   

Smyrna/Clayton Sun Times

www.scsuntimes.com

   Paid Weekly
   Dover   

The Middletown Transcript

www.middletowntranscript.com

   Paid Weekly
   Dover   

The Sussex Countian

www.sussexcountian.com

   Paid Weekly
   Dover   

Dover Post

www.doverpost.com

www.delmarvaexpress.com

   Free Weekly
   Dover   

Community Publication

www.communitypub.com

   Free Weekly
   Dover    Kent County Sunday    Free Weekly
   Dover   

Milford Beacon

www.milfordbeacon.com

   Free Weekly

 

41


Table of Contents

 

Large Daily Newspapers

 

State

  

City

  

Masthead

  

Circulation Type

Illinois    Freeport   

The Journal Standard

www.journalstandard.com

   Daily
   Lincoln   

The Courier

www.lincolncourier.com

   Daily
   Peoria   

Journal Star

www.pjstar.com

   Daily
   Rockford   

Rockford Register Star

www.rrstar.com

www.rockfordwoman.com

www.rockfordparent.com

   Daily
   Springfield   

The State Journal-Register

www.sj-r.com

   Daily
   Freeport    The Scene    Shopper
   Lincoln    Logan County Shopper    Shopper
   Peoria    The Marketplace    Shopper
   Peoria    Pekin Extra    Shopper
   Rockford    The Weekly    Shopper
   Springfield    Springfield Advertiser    Shopper
   Springfield    Springfield Shopper    Shopper
New York    Herkimer   

The Evening Telegram

www.herkimertelegram.com

   Daily
   Little Falls   

The Evening Times

www.littlefallstimes.com

   Daily
   Utica   

Utica Observer-Dispatch

www.uticaod.com

   Daily
   Hamilton    Mid-York Weekly    Free Weekly
   Utica    The Pennysaver    Free Weekly
   Herkimer    Your Valley    Shopper
Ohio    Canton   

The Repository

www.cantonrep.com

   Daily
   Dover/New Philadelphia   

The Times-Reporter

www.timesreporter.com

   Daily
   Massillon   

The Independent

www.indeonline.com

   Daily
   Green   

The Suburbanite

www.thesuburbanite.com

   Free Weekly
   Canton    The Wrap    Shopper
   Dover/New Philadelphia    TMC-ExTRa    Shopper
   Ohio    www.fridaynightohio.com    On-line Only
Connecticut    Norwich   

The Bulletin

www.norwichbulletin.com

   Daily
   Norwich    Bulletin Deals    Shopper

 

42


Table of Contents

 

Local Media Group

 

State

  

City

  

Masthead

  

Circulation Type

Massachusetts    Hyannis   

Cape Cod Times

www.CapeCodOnline.com

www.capecodeview.net

www.primetimecapcod.com

   Daily
   New Bedford   

The Standard-Times

www.southcoasttoday.com

   Daily
   Hyannis   

Barnstable Patriot

www.barnstablepatriot.com

   Paid Weekly
   Middleboro   

Middleboro Gazette

www.southcoasttoday.com

   Paid Weekly
   Nantucket   

Nantucket Inquirer & Mirror

www.ack.net

www.discovernantucket.com

   Paid Weekly
   New Bedford   

Advocate

www.southcoasttoday.com

   Paid Weekly
   New Bedford   

Chronicle

www.southcoasttoday.com

   Paid Weekly
   New Bedford   

Spectator

www.southcoasttoday.com

   Paid Weekly
   Fall River   

Fall River Spirit

www.southcoasttoday.com

   Free Weekly
   Hyannis    DollarSaver/TMC    Shopper
   Middleboro   

Middleboro Gazette Extra/TMC

www.southcoasttoday.com

   Shopper
   New Bedford    SouthCoast MarketPlace/TMC    Shopper
California    Barstow   

Desert Dispatch

www.desertdispatch.com

   Daily
   Stockton   

The Stockton Record

www.recordnet.com

   Daily
   Victorville   

Victorville Daily Press

www.vvdailypress.com

   Daily
   Lucerne
Valley
  

Lucerne Valley Leader

www.lucernevalleyleader.com

   Paid Weekly
   Hesperia   

Hesperia Star

www.hesperiastar.com

   Free Weekly
   Stockton    VIDA    Free Weekly
   Victorville   

El Mojave

www.elmojave.com

   Free Weekly
   Apple Valley   

Apple Valley Review

www.applevalley-review.com

   Shopper
   Barstow    Barstow Plus    Shopper
   Stockton    Sunday Select    Shopper
   Stockton   

The Valley Marketplace/TMC

www.esanjoaquin.com

   Shopper
   Victorville    Review    Shopper
New Hampshire    Fosters   

Foster’s Daily Democrat

www.fosters.com

   Daily

 

43


Table of Contents

State

  

City

  

Masthead

  

Circulation Type

   Portsmouth   

Portsmouth Herald

www.seacoastonline.com

   Daily
   Exeter   

Exeter News-Letter

www.seacoastonline.com

   Paid Weekly
   Hampton   

Hampton Union

www.seacoastonline.com

   Paid Weekly
   Portsmouth   

Seacoast Sunday

www.seacoastonline.com

   Paid Weekly
   Rochester    Rochester Times    Paid Weekly
   Hampton   

Beachcomber

www.seacoastonline.com

   Free Weekly
New York    Middletown   

Times Herald-Record

www.recordonline.com

   Daily
   Middletown   

The Gazette

www.hudsonvalley.com

   Free Weekly
   Middletown   

Pointer View

www.pointerview.com

   Free Weekly
   Middletown    Extra/TMC    Shopper
Oregon    Medford   

Ashland Daily Tidings

www.dailytidings.com

   Daily
   Medford   

Mail Tribune

www.mailtribune.com

   Daily
   Medford   

Nickel

www.medfordnickel.com

   Shopper
Pennsylvania    Stroudsburg   

Pocono Record

www.poconorecord.com

   Daily
   Stroudsburg    Pike & Monroe Life    Free Weekly
   Stroudsburg    Plus/TMC    Shopper
Maine    Kennebunk   

York County Coast Star

www.seacoastonline.com

   Paid Weekly
   York   

York Weekly

www.seacoastonline.com

   Paid Weekly
   Sanford    Sanford News    Paid Weekly
Rhode Island    Providence   

The Providence Journal

www.providencejournal.com

   Daily
   Providence    Providence Journal Express    Shopper

 

44


Table of Contents
Item 1A. Risk Factors

You should carefully consider the following risks and other information in this Annual Report in evaluating us and our common stock. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition. The risk factors generally have been separated into the following groups: Risks Related to Our Business, Risks Related to Our Manager, and Risks Related to Our Common Stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

We depend to a great extent on the economies and the demographics of the local communities that we serve, and we are also susceptible to general economic downturns, which have had, and could continue to have, a material and adverse impact on our advertising and circulation revenues and on our profitability.

Our advertising revenues and, to a lesser extent, circulation revenues, depend upon a variety of factors specific to the communities that our publications serve. These factors include, among others, the size and demographic characteristics of the local population, local economic conditions in general and the economic condition of the retail segments of the communities that our publications serve. If the local economy, population or prevailing retail environment of a community we serve experiences a downturn, our publications, revenues and profitability in that market could be adversely affected. Our advertising revenues are also susceptible to negative trends in the general economy that affect consumer spending. The advertisers in our newspapers and other publications and related websites are primarily retail businesses that can be significantly affected by regional or national economic downturns and other developments. Declines in the U.S. economy could also significantly affect key advertising revenue categories, such as help wanted, real estate and automotive.

Uncertainty and adverse changes in the general economic conditions of markets in which we participate may negatively affect our business.

Current and future conditions in the economy have an inherent degree of uncertainty. As a result, it is difficult to estimate the level of growth or contraction for the economy as a whole. It is even more difficult to estimate growth or contraction in various parts, sectors and regions of the economy, including the markets in which we participate. Adverse changes may occur as a result of weak global economic conditions, declining oil prices, wavering consumer confidence, unemployment, declines in stock markets, contraction of credit availability, declines in real estate values, or other factors affecting economic conditions in general. These changes may negatively affect the sales of our products, increase exposure to losses from bad debts, increase the cost and decrease the availability of financing, or increase costs associated with publishing and distributing our publications.

Our ability to generate revenues is correlated with the economic conditions of two geographic regions of the United States.

Our Company primarily generates revenue in two geographic regions: the Northeast and the Midwest. During the year ended December 28, 2014, approximately 36% of our total revenues were generated in two states in the Northeast: Massachusetts and New York. During the same period, approximately 26% of our total revenues were generated in two states in the Midwest: Illinois and Ohio. As a result of this geographic concentration, our financial results, including advertising and circulation revenue, depend largely upon economic conditions in these principal market areas. Accordingly, adverse economic developments within these two regions in particular could significantly affect our consolidated operations and financial results.

Our indebtedness and any future indebtedness may limit our financial and operating activities and our ability to incur additional debt to fund future needs or dividends.

As of December 28, 2014, New Media’s outstanding indebtedness consists of a credit agreement, entered into on June 4, 2014 (as amended, the “New Media Credit Agreement”) by and among New Media Holdings II LLC (the “New Media Borrower”), a wholly owned subsidiary of New Media, New Media Holdings I LLC

 

45


Table of Contents

(“Holdings I”), the lenders party thereto, RBS Citizens, N.A. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch as syndication agent and Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania as administration agent. The New Media Credit Agreement provides for (i) a $200 million senior secured term facility (the “Term Loan Facility”) and (ii) a $25 million senior secured revolving credit facility, with a $5 million sub-facility for letters of credit and a $5 million sub-facility for swing loans (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). In addition, the New Media Borrower may request one or more new commitments for term loans or revolving loans from time to time up to an aggregate total of $75 million, subject to certain conditions (the “Incremental Facility”). On September 3, 2014, the New Media Credit Agreement was amended to provide for additional term loans under the Incremental Facility in an aggregate principal amount of $25 million. On November 20, 2014, the New Media Credit Agreement was further amended to increase the amount available thereunder for incremental term loans to facilitate the financing of the acquisition of substantially all of the assets from Halifax Media Group LLC. On January 9, 2015, the New Media Credit Agreement was amended to provide for additional term loans and revolving commitments under the Incremental Facility in a combined aggregate principal amount of $152 million and to make certain amendments to the Revolving Credit Facility. On February 13, 2015, the New Media Credit Agreement was amended to, amongst other things, replace the existing term loans with a new class of replacement term loans with extended call protection.

This indebtedness and any future indebtedness we incur could:

 

   

require us to dedicate a portion of cash flow from operations to the payment of principal and interest on indebtedness, including indebtedness we may incur in the future, thereby reducing the funds available for other purposes, including dividends or other distributions;

 

   

subject us to increased sensitivity to increases in prevailing interest rates;

 

   

place us at a competitive disadvantage to competitors with relatively less debt in economic downturns, adverse industry conditions or catastrophic external events; or

 

   

reduce our flexibility in planning for or responding to changing business, industry and economic conditions.

In addition, our indebtedness could limit our ability to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms or at all to fund future acquisitions, working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, general corporate and other purposes, which would have a material effect on our business and financial condition. Our liquidity needs could vary significantly and may be affected by general economic conditions, industry trends, performance and many other factors not within our control.

The New Media Credit Agreement contains covenants that restrict our operations and may inhibit our ability to grow our business, increase revenues and pay dividends to our stockholders.

The New Media Credit Agreement contains various restrictions, covenants and representations and warranties. If we fail to comply with any of these covenants or breach these representations or warranties in any material respect, such noncompliance would constitute a default under the New Media Credit Agreement (subject to applicable cure periods), and the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the agreements related thereto to be immediately due and payable and enforce their respective interests against collateral pledged under such agreements.

The covenants and restrictions in the New Media Credit Agreement generally restrict our ability to, among other things:

 

   

incur or guarantee additional debt;

 

   

make certain investments, loans or acquisitions;

 

   

transfer or sell assets;

 

46


Table of Contents
   

make distributions on capital stock or redeem or repurchase capital stock;

 

   

create or incur liens;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

   

consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets; and

 

   

create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to us from our restricted subsidiaries.

The restrictions described above may interfere with our ability to obtain new or additional financing or may affect the manner in which we structure such new or additional financing or engage in other business activities, which may significantly limit or harm our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. A default and any resulting acceleration of obligations could also result in an event of default and declaration of acceleration under our other existing debt agreements. Such an acceleration of our debt would have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and our ability to continue as a going concern. A default could also significantly limit our alternatives to refinance both the debt under which the default occurred and other indebtedness. This limitation may significantly restrict our financing options during times of either market distress or our financial distress, which are precisely the times when having financing options is most important.

We may not generate a sufficient amount of cash or generate sufficient funds from operations to fund our operations, pay dividends or repay our indebtedness.

Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness as required depends on our ability to generate cash flow from operations in the future. This ability, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.

If we do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to satisfy our debt obligations, including interest payments and the payment of principal at maturity, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring our debt, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital investments or seeking to raise additional capital. We cannot provide assurance that any refinancing would be possible, that any assets could be sold, or, if sold, of the timeliness and amount of proceeds realized from those sales, that additional financing could be obtained on acceptable terms, if at all, or that additional financing would be permitted under the terms of our various debt instruments then in effect. Furthermore, our ability to refinance would depend upon the condition of the finance and credit markets. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt obligations, or to refinance our obligations on commercially reasonable terms or on a timely basis, would materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to pay dividends in accordance with our announced intent or at all.

We have announced our intent to distribute a substantial portion of our free cash flow as a dividend to our stockholders, through a quarterly dividend, subject to satisfactory financial performance, approval by our Board of Directors and dividend restrictions in the New Media Credit Agreement. The Board of Directors’ determinations regarding dividends will depend on a variety of factors, including the Company’s GAAP net income, free cash flow generated from operations or other sources, liquidity position and potential alternative uses of cash, such as acquisitions, as well as economic conditions and expected future financial results. Although we recently paid a third quarter 2014 cash dividend of $0.27 per share of Common Stock, there can be no guarantee that we will continue to pay dividends in the future or that this recent dividend is representative of the amount of any future dividends. Our ability to declare future dividends will depend on our future financial performance, which in turn depends on the successful implementation of our strategy and on financial, competitive, regulatory, technical and other factors, general economic conditions, demand and selling prices for our products and other factors specific to our industry or specific projects, many of which are beyond our control. Therefore, our ability to generate free cash flow depends on the performance of our operations and could be limited by decreases in our profitability or increases in costs, capital expenditures or debt servicing requirements.

 

47


Table of Contents

Our Predecessor suspended the payments of dividends commencing with the second quarter of 2008. We own substantially all of our Predecessor’s assets, and our Predecessor experienced revenue and cash flow declines in the past. In addition, we may acquire additional companies with declining cash flow as part of a strategy aimed at stabilizing cash flow through expense reduction and digital expansion. If our strategy is not successful, we may not be able to pay dividends.

As a holding company, we are also dependent on our subsidiaries being able to pay dividends to us. Our subsidiaries are subject to restrictions on the ability to pay dividends under the various instruments governing their indebtedness. If our subsidiaries incur additional debt or losses, such additional indebtedness or loss may further impair their ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to us. In addition, our ability to pay dividends will be substantially affected by the ability of our subsidiaries to provide cash to us. The ability of our subsidiaries to declare and pay dividends to us will also be dependent on their cash income and cash available and may be restricted under applicable law or regulation. Under Delaware law, approval of the board of directors is required to approve any dividend, which may only be paid out of surplus or net profit for the applicable fiscal year. We may not be able to pay dividends in accordance with our announced intent or at all.

Acquisitions have formed a significant part of our growth strategy in the past and are expected to continue to do so. If we are unable to identify suitable acquisition candidates or successfully integrate the businesses we acquire, our growth strategy may not succeed. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including risks related to integration, and these risks could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business strategy relies on acquisitions. We expect to derive a significant portion of our growth by acquiring businesses and integrating those businesses into our existing operations. We intend to seek acquisition opportunities, however we may not be successful in identifying acquisition opportunities, assessing the value, strengths and weaknesses of these opportunities or consummating acquisitions on acceptable terms. Furthermore, suitable acquisition opportunities may not even be made available or known to us. In addition, valuations of potential acquisitions may rise materially, making it economically unfeasible to complete identified acquisitions.

Additionally, our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of the synergies between New Media and our recent or potential future acquisitions of assets or companies will depend, in part, on our ability to appropriately integrate the business of New Media and the businesses of other such acquired companies. The process of acquiring assets or companies may disrupt our business and may not result in the full benefits expected. The risks associated with integrating the operations of New Media and recent and potential future acquisitions include, among others:

 

   

uncoordinated market functions;

 

   

unanticipated issues in integrating the operations and personnel of the acquired businesses;

 

   

the incurrence of indebtedness and the assumption of liabilities;

 

   

the incurrence of significant additional capital expenditures, transaction and operating expenses and non-recurring acquisition-related charges;

 

   

unanticipated adverse impact on our earnings from the amortization or write-off of acquired goodwill and other intangible assets;

 

   

not retaining key employees, vendors, service providers, readers and customers of the acquired businesses; and

 

   

the diversion of management’s attention from ongoing business concerns.

If we are unable to successfully implement our acquisition strategy or address the risks associated with integrating the operations of New Media and acquisitions or potential future acquisitions, or if we encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications or delays frequently encountered in connection with the integration of acquired entities and the expansion of operations, our growth and ability to compete may be impaired, we may fail to achieve acquisition synergies and we may be required to focus resources on integration

 

48


Table of Contents

of operations rather than other profitable areas. Moreover, the success of any acquisition will depend upon our ability to effectively integrate the acquired assets or businesses. The acquired assets or businesses may not contribute to our revenues or earnings to any material extent, and cost savings and synergies we expect at the time of an acquisition may not be realized once the acquisition has been completed. Furthermore, if we incur indebtedness to finance an acquisition, the acquired business may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow to service that indebtedness. Unsuitable or unsuccessful acquisitions could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and ability to pay dividends.

We have invested in growing our digital business, including Propel, but such investments may not be successful, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We continue to evaluate our business and how we intend to grow our digital business. Internal resources and effort are put towards this business and key partnerships have been entered into to assist with our digital business, including Propel. We continue to believe that our digital businesses, including Propel, offer opportunities for revenue growth to support and, in some cases, offset the revenue trends we have seen in our print business. There can be no assurances that the partnerships we have entered into or the internal strategy being employed will result in generating or increasing digital revenues in amounts necessary to stabilize or offset trends in print revenues. In addition, we have a limited history of operations in this area and there can be no assurances that past performance will be indicative of future performance or future trends. If our digital strategy, including with regard to Propel, is not as successful as we anticipate, our financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends could be adversely affected.

If we are unable to retain and grow our digital audience and advertiser base, our digital businesses will be adversely affected.

Given the ever-growing and rapidly changing number of digital media options available on the internet, we may not be able to increase our online traffic sufficiently and retain or grow a base of frequent visitors to our websites and applications on mobile devices.

Our Predecessor experienced declines in advertising revenue due in part to advertisers’ shift from print to digital media and we may not be able to create sufficient advertiser interest in our digital businesses and to maintain or increase the advertising rates of the inventory on our websites.

In addition, the ever-growing and rapidly changing number of digital media options available on the internet may lead to technologies and alternatives that we are not able to offer or about which we are not able to advise. Such circumstances could directly and adversely affect the availability, applicability, marketability and profitability of the suite of SMB services and the private ad exchange we offer as a significant part of our digital business.

Technological developments and any changes we make to our business strategy may require significant capital investments. Such investments may be restricted by our current or future credit facilities.

Our Predecessor had a history of losses and filed a voluntary petition to reorganize under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in 2013.

Our Predecessor experienced losses from continuing operations of approximately $27.5 million and $21.0 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. On September 27, 2013, GateHouse filed a voluntary petition to reorganize under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and emerged from Chapter 11 protection on November 26, 2013. Additionally, we may not be able to maintain profitable operations in the future and our failure to achieve profitability in the future could adversely affect the trading price of our Common Stock and our ability to pay dividends and raise additional capital for growth.

 

49


Table of Contents

If there is a significant increase in the price of newsprint or a reduction in the availability of newsprint, our results of operations and financial condition may suffer.

The basic raw material for our publications is newsprint. We generally maintain only a 45 to 55-day inventory of newsprint, although our participation in a newsprint-buying consortium has helped ensure adequate supply. An inability to obtain an adequate supply of newsprint at a favorable price or at all in the future could have a material adverse effect on our ability to produce our publications. Historically, the price of newsprint has been volatile, reaching a high of approximately $823 per metric ton in 2008 and experiencing a low of almost $410 per metric ton in 2002. The average price of newsprint for 2014 was approximately $605 per metric ton. Recent and future consolidation of major newsprint suppliers may adversely affect price competition among suppliers. Significant increases in newsprint costs for properties and periods not covered by our newsprint vendor agreement could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our Predecessor experienced declines in advertising revenue, and further declines, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition, may occur.

Our Predecessor experienced declines in advertising revenue over the past few years, due primarily to the economic recession and advertisers’ shift from print to digital media. Advertising revenue decreased by $26.2 million, or 7.4%, in the year ended December 30, 2012, as compared to the year ended January 1, 2012. Advertising revenue decreased by $29.6 million, or 9.0%, in the year ended December 29, 2013, as compared to the year ended December 30, 2012 for total company excluding Local Media. Advertising revenue increased by $57.0 million, or 17.4%, in the year ended December 28, 2014, as compared to the year ended December 29, 2013, however, excluding acquisitions, there was a decrease in advertising revenue. We continue to search for organic growth opportunities, including in our digital advertising business, and for ways to stabilize print revenue declines through new product launches and pricing. However, there can be no assurance that our advertising revenue will not continue to decline. Further declines in advertising revenue could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We compete with a large number of companies in the local media industry; if we are unable to compete effectively, our advertising and circulation revenues may decline.

Our business is concentrated in newspapers and other print publications located primarily in small and midsize markets in the United States. Our revenues primarily consist of advertising and paid circulation. Competition for advertising revenues and paid circulation comes from direct mail, directories, radio, television, outdoor advertising, other newspaper publications, the internet and other media. For example, as the use of the internet and mobile devices has increased, we have lost some classified advertising and subscribers to online advertising businesses and our free internet sites that contain abbreviated versions of our publications. Competition for advertising revenues is based largely upon advertiser results, advertising rates, readership, demographics and circulation levels. Competition for circulation is based largely upon the content of the publication and its price and editorial quality. Our local and regional competitors vary from market to market and many of our competitors for advertising revenues are larger and have greater financial and distribution resources than us. We may incur increased costs competing for advertising expenditures and paid circulation. We may also experience a decline of circulation or print advertising revenue due to alternative media, such as the internet. If we are not able to compete effectively for advertising expenditures and paid circulation, our revenues may decline.

We are undertaking strategic process upgrades that could have a material adverse financial impact if unsuccessful.

We are implementing strategic process upgrades of our business. Among other things we are implementing the standardization and centralization of systems and processes, the outsourcing of certain financial processes and the use of new software for our circulation, advertising and editorial systems. As a result of ongoing strategic evaluation and analysis, we have made and will continue to make changes that, if unsuccessful, could have a material adverse financial impact.

 

50


Table of Contents

Our business is subject to seasonal and other fluctuations, which affects our revenues and operating results.

Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations that we expect to continue to be reflected in our operating results in future periods. Our first fiscal quarter of the year tends to be our weakest quarter because advertising volume is at its lowest levels following the December holiday season. Correspondingly, our second and fourth fiscal quarters tend to be our strongest because they include heavy holiday and seasonal advertising. Other factors that affect our quarterly revenues and operating results may be beyond our control, including changes in the pricing policies of our competitors, the hiring and retention of key personnel, wage and cost pressures, distribution costs, changes in newsprint prices and general economic factors.

We could be adversely affected by declining circulation.

Overall daily newspaper circulation, including national and urban newspapers, has declined in recent years. For the year ended December 30, 2012, our Predecessor’s circulation revenue decreased by $0.3 million, or 0.2%, as compared to the year ended January 1, 2012. There can be no assurance that our circulation revenue will not decline again in the future. Our Predecessor and us were able to maintain annual circulation revenue from existing operations in recent years through, among other things, increases in per copy prices. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to increase prices to offset any declines in circulation. Further declines in circulation could impair our ability to maintain or increase our advertising prices, cause purchasers of advertising in our publications to reduce or discontinue those purchases and discourage potential new advertising customers, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to pay dividends.

The increasing popularity of digital media could also adversely affect circulation of our newspapers, which may decrease circulation revenue and cause more marked declines in print advertising. If we are not successful in offsetting such declines in revenues from our print products, our business, financial condition and prospects will be adversely affected.

The value of our intangible assets may become impaired, depending upon future operating results.

As a result of the Restructuring, which was considered a triggering event for the non-amortizable intangibles, our Predecessor performed a valuation analysis to determine if an impairment existed as of September 29, 2013. The fair values of our Predecessor’s reporting units for goodwill and newspaper mastheads were estimated using the expected present value of future cash flows, recent industry transaction multiples and using estimates, judgments and assumptions that their management believed were appropriate in the circumstances and were consistent with the terms of the Plan. The estimates and judgments used in the assessment included multiples for revenue and EBITDA, the weighted average cost of capital and the terminal growth rate. Given the Restructuring, our Predecessor determined that discounted cash flows provided the best estimate of the fair value of its reporting units. The estimated fair value of the Large Daily reporting unit exceeded its carrying value and Step 2 of the analysis was not necessary. The Small Community reporting unit failed the Step 1 goodwill impairment analysis. Our Predecessor performed Step 2 of the analysis using consistent assumptions, as discussed above, and determined an impairment was not present for this reporting unit. The estimated fair value of each reporting unit’s mastheads exceeded their carrying values, using consistent assumptions as discussed above. The masthead fair value was estimated using the relief from royalty valuation method. For further information on goodwill and intangible assets, see Note 8 “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” to the consolidated financial statements.

Due to reductions in our Predecessor’s operating projections during the third quarter in conjunction with the Restructuring, an impairment charge of $68.6 million was recognized for advertiser relationships within the Predecessor’s Metro and Small Community reporting units, an impairment charge of $19.1 million was recognized for subscriber relationships within the Company’s Metro and Small Community reporting units, an impairment charge of $2.1 million was recognized for customer relationships within the Company’s Metro reporting unit and an impairment charge of $1.8 million was recognized for trade names and publication rights

 

51


Table of Contents

within the Directories business unit. Refer to Note 18 “Fair Value Measurement” for additional information on the impairment charge. For further information on our Predecessor’s impairment charge and its effect on the Company financial statements, see Note 18 “Fair Value Measurement” to the consolidated financial statements.

Given the recent revaluation of assets related to fresh start accounting, there is a relatively small amount of fair value excess for certain reporting units as of the second quarter 2014 annual impairment test. Specifically the fair value of the Large Daily Newspapers, Metro Newspapers and Small Community Newspaper reporting units exceeded carrying value by less than 10%. In addition, the masthead fair value for these groups exceeded carrying value by less than 3%. Considering a relatively low headroom for these reporting units and mastheads and declining same store revenue and profitability in the newspaper industry over the past several years, these are considered to be at risk for a future impairment in the event of decline in general economic, market or business conditions or any significant unfavorable changes in the forecasted cash flows, weighted-average cost of capital and/or market transaction multiples.

At December 28, 2014 the carrying value of our goodwill is $134.0 million, mastheads is $51.2 million, and amortizable intangible assets is $105.5 million.

We are subject to environmental and employee safety and health laws and regulations that could cause us to incur significant compliance expenditures and liabilities.

Our operations are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations pertaining to the environment, storage tanks and the management and disposal of wastes at our facilities. Under various environmental laws, a current or previous owner or operator of real property may be liable for contamination resulting from the release or threatened release of hazardous or toxic substances or petroleum at that property. Such laws often impose liability on the owner or operator without regard to fault and the costs of any required investigation or cleanup can be substantial. Although in connection with certain of our Predecessor’s acquisitions we have rights to indemnification for certain environmental liabilities, these rights may not be sufficient to reimburse us for all losses that we might incur if a property acquired by us has environmental contamination.

Our operations are also subject to various employee safety and health laws and regulations, including those pertaining to occupational injury and illness, employee exposure to hazardous materials and employee complaints. Environmental and employee safety and health laws tend to be complex, comprehensive and frequently changing. As a result, we may be involved from time to time in administrative and judicial proceedings and investigations related to environmental and employee safety and health issues. These proceedings and investigations could result in substantial costs to us, divert our management’s attention and adversely affect our ability to sell, lease or develop our real property. Furthermore, if it is determined that we are not in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, or if our properties are contaminated, it could result in significant liabilities, fines or the suspension or interruption of the operations of specific printing facilities.

Future events, such as changes in existing laws and regulations, new laws or regulations or the discovery of conditions not currently known to us, may give rise to additional compliance or remedial costs that could be material.

Sustained increases in costs of employee health and welfare benefits may reduce our profitability. Moreover, our pension plan obligations are currently underfunded, and we may have to make significant cash contributions to our plans, which could reduce the cash available for our business.

In recent years, we and our Predecessor experienced significant increases in the cost of employee medical benefits because of economic factors beyond its control, including increases in health care costs. At least some of these factors may continue to put upward pressure on the cost of providing medical benefits. Although we have actively sought to control increases in these costs, there can be no assurance that we will succeed in limiting cost increases, and continued upward pressure could reduce the profitability of our businesses.

 

52


Table of Contents

Our pension and postretirement plans were underfunded by $13.5 million at December 28, 2014. Our pension plan invests in a variety of equity and debt securities, many of which were affected by the disruptions in the credit and capital markets in 2009 and 2010. Future volatility and disruption in the stock markets could cause further declines in the asset values of our pension plans. In addition, a decrease in the discount rate used to determine minimum funding requirements could result in increased future contributions. If either occurs, we may need to make additional pension contributions above what is currently estimated, which could reduce the cash available for our businesses.

We may not be able to protect intellectual property rights upon which our business relies and, if we lose intellectual property protection, our assets may lose value.

Our business depends on our intellectual property, including, but not limited to, our titles, mastheads, content and services, which we attempt to protect through patents, copyrights, trade laws and contractual restrictions, such as confidentiality agreements. We believe our proprietary and other intellectual property rights are important to our success and our competitive position.

Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized third parties may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain and use our content, services and other intellectual property, and we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent any misappropriation or confusion among consumers and merchants, or unauthorized use of these rights. If we are unable to procure, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights, we may not realize the full value of these assets, and our business may suffer. If we must litigate to enforce our intellectual property rights or determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of third parties, such litigation may be costly and divert the attention of our management from day-to-day operations.

We depend on key personnel and we may not be able to operate or grow our business effectively if we lose the services of any of our key personnel or are unable to attract qualified personnel in the future.

The success of our business is heavily dependent on our ability to retain our management and other key personnel and to attract and retain qualified personnel in the future. Competition for senior management personnel is intense and we may not be able to retain our key personnel. Although our Predecessor entered into employment agreements with certain of our key personnel, these agreements do not ensure that our key personnel will continue in their present capacity with us for any particular period of time. We do not have key man insurance for any of our current management or other key personnel. The loss of any key personnel would require our remaining key personnel to divert immediate and substantial attention to seeking a replacement. An inability to find a suitable replacement for any departing executive officer on a timely basis could adversely affect our ability to operate or grow our business.

A shortage of skilled or experienced employees in the media industry, or our inability to retain such employees, could pose a risk to achieving improved productivity and reducing costs, which could adversely affect our profitability.

Production and distribution of our various publications requires skilled and experienced employees. A shortage of such employees, or our inability to retain such employees, could have an adverse impact on our productivity and costs, our ability to expand, develop and distribute new products and our entry into new markets. The cost of retaining or hiring such employees could exceed our expectations which could adversely affect our results of operations.

A number of our employees are unionized, and our business and results of operations could be adversely affected if current or additional labor negotiations or contracts were to further restrict our ability to maximize the efficiency of our operations.

As of December 28, 2014, we employed 6,133 employees, of whom 923 (or approximately 15.0%) were represented by 30 unions. 92% of the unionized employees are in four states: Illinois, Rhode Island, Ohio and Massachusetts and represent 25%, 25%, 22% and 20% of all our union employees, respectively. Most of our unionized employees work under collective bargaining agreements that expire in 2017.

 

53


Table of Contents

Although our newspapers have not experienced a union strike in the recent past nor do we anticipate a union strike to occur, we cannot preclude the possibility that a strike may occur at one or more of our newspapers at some point in the future. We believe that, in the event of a newspaper strike, we would be able to continue to publish and deliver to subscribers, which is critical to retaining advertising and circulation revenues, although there can be no assurance of this.

The collectability of accounts receivable under adverse economic conditions could deteriorate to a greater extent than provided for in our financial statements and in our projections of future results.

Adverse economic conditions in the United States have increased our exposure to losses resulting from financial distress, insolvency and the potential bankruptcy of our advertising customers. Our accounts receivable are stated at net estimated realizable value and our allowance for doubtful accounts has been determined based on several factors, including receivable agings, significant individual credit risk accounts and historical experience. If such collectability estimates prove inaccurate, adjustments to future operating results could occur.

Our potential inability to successfully execute cost control measures could result in greater than expected total operating costs.

We and our Predecessor have implemented general cost control measures, and we expect to continue such cost control efforts in the future. If we do not achieve expected savings as a result of such measures or if our operating costs increase as a result of our growth strategy, our total operating costs may be greater than expected. In addition, reductions in staff and employee benefits could affect our ability to attract and retain key employees.

Our financial results were affected by the adoption of fresh start reporting and may not reflect historical trends.

Pursuant to the Plan, we acquired substantially all of the assets of our Predecessor. The Restructuring resulted in us becoming a new reporting entity and adopting fresh start accounting. As required by fresh start accounting, our Predecessor’s assets and liabilities were adjusted to measured value, and we recognized certain assets and liabilities not previously recognized in our Predecessor’s financial statements. Accordingly, our financial condition and results of operations from and after the Effective Date are not comparable to the financial condition and results of operations reflected in our Predecessor’s historical consolidated financial statements, including those presented herein.

Risks Related to Our Manager

We are dependent on our Manager and may not find a suitable replacement if our Manager terminates the Management Agreement.

We are externally managed by our Manager. Our Manager does not have any prior experience directly managing our Company or media-related assets. We are completely reliant on our Manager, which has significant discretion as to the implementation of our operating policies and strategies, to conduct our business. We are subject to the risk that our Manager will terminate the Management Agreement and that we will not be able to find a suitable replacement for our Manager in a timely manner, at a reasonable cost or at all. Furthermore, we are dependent on the services of certain key employees of our Manager whose compensation is partially or entirely dependent upon the amount of incentive or management compensation earned by our Manager and whose continued service is not guaranteed, and the loss of such services could adversely affect our operations.

There may be conflicts of interest in our relationship with our Manager, including with respect to corporate opportunities.

We have entered into a Management Agreement with an affiliate of Fortress pursuant to which our management team will not be required to exclusively dedicate their services to us and will provide services for other entities affiliated with our Manager.

 

54


Table of Contents

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that if Fortress or any of their officers, directors or employees acquire knowledge of a potential transaction that could be a corporate opportunity, they have no duty, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to offer such corporate opportunity to us, our stockholders or our affiliates. In the event that any of our directors and officers who is also a director, officer or employee of Fortress acquires knowledge of a corporate opportunity or is offered a corporate opportunity, provided that this knowledge was not acquired solely in such person’s capacity as a director or officer of the Company and such person acts in good faith, then to the fullest extent permitted by law such person is deemed to have fully satisfied such person’s fiduciary duties owed to us and is not liable to us if Fortress, or its affiliates, pursues or acquires the corporate opportunity or if such person did not present the corporate opportunity to us.

The ability of our Manager and its officers and employees to engage in other business activities, subject to the terms of our Management Agreement with our Manager, may reduce the amount of time our Manager, its officers or other employees spend managing us. In addition, we may engage in material transactions with our Manager or another entity managed by our Manager or one of its affiliates that present an actual, potential or perceived conflict of interest. It is possible that actual, potential or perceived conflicts could give rise to investor dissatisfaction, litigation or regulatory enforcement actions. Appropriately dealing with conflicts of interest is complex and difficult, and our reputation could be damaged if we fail, or appear to fail, to deal appropriately with one or more potential, actual or perceived conflicts of interest. Regulatory scrutiny of, or litigation in connection with, conflicts of interest could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, which could materially adversely affect our business in a number of ways, including causing an inability to raise additional funds, a reluctance of counterparties to do business with us, a decrease in the prices of our equity securities and a resulting increased risk of litigation and regulatory enforcement actions.

The management compensation structure that we have agreed to with our Manager, as well as compensation arrangements that we may enter into with our Manager in the future (in connection with new lines of business or other activities), may have unintended consequences for us. We have agreed to pay our Manager a management fee that is not tied to our performance. The management fee may not sufficiently incentivize our Manager to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns for us. In addition, our Manager may be eligible to receive incentive compensation, which may incentivize our Manager to invest in high risk investments. In evaluating investments and other management strategies, the opportunity to earn incentive compensation may lead our Manager to place undue emphasis on the maximization of such measures at the expense of other criteria, such as preservation of capital, in order to achieve higher incentive compensation. Investments with higher yield potential are generally riskier or more speculative than lower-yielding investments. Moreover, because our Manager receives compensation in the form of options in connection with the completion of our common equity offerings, our Manager may be incentivized to cause us to issue additional Common Stock, which could be dilutive to existing stockholders. See “Description of Our Capital Stock—Corporate Opportunity.”

We may compete with affiliates of our Manager, which could adversely affect our and their results of operations.

Affiliates of our Manager are not restricted in any manner from competing with us. Affiliates of our Manager may decide to invest in the same types of assets that we invest in. See “—Risks Related to Our Manager—There may be conflicts of interest in our relationship with our Manager, including with respect to corporate opportunities.”

It would be difficult and costly to terminate our Management Agreement with our Manager.

It would be difficult and costly for us to terminate our Management Agreement with our Manager. The Management Agreement may only be terminated annually upon (i) the reasonable affirmative vote of a majority of at least two-thirds of our independent directors, or by a vote of the holders of a simple majority of the outstanding shares of our Common Stock, that there has been unsatisfactory performance by our Manager that is materially detrimental to us or (ii) a determination by a simple majority of our independent directors that the

 

55


Table of Contents

management fee payable to our Manager is not fair, subject to our Manager’s right to prevent such a termination by accepting a mutually acceptable reduction of fees. Our Manager will be provided 60 days’ prior notice of any termination and will be paid a termination fee equal to the amount of the management fee earned by the Manager during the twelve month period preceding such termination. In addition, following any termination of the Management Agreement, our Manager may require us to purchase its right to receive incentive compensation at a price determined as if our assets were sold for their fair market value (as determined by an appraisal, taking into account, among other things, the expected future value of the underlying investments) or otherwise we may continue to pay the incentive compensation to our Manager. These provisions may increase the effective cost to us of terminating the Management Agreement, thereby adversely affecting our ability to terminate our Manager without cause. In addition, our independent directors may not vigorously enforce the provisions of our Management Agreement against our Manager. For example, our independent directors may refrain from terminating our Manager because doing so could result in the loss of key personnel. Furthermore, we are dependent on our Manager and may not find a suitable replacement if our Manager terminates the Management Agreement.

Our Manager will not be liable to us for any acts or omissions performed in accordance with the Management Agreement, including with respect to the performance of our investments.

Pursuant to our Management Agreement, our Manager will not assume any responsibility other than to render the services called for thereunder in good faith and will not be responsible for any action of our Board in following or declining to follow its advice or recommendations. Our Manager, its members, managers, officers and employees will not be liable to us or any of our subsidiaries, to our Board, or our or any subsidiary’s stockholders or partners for any acts or omissions by our Manager, its members, managers, officers or employees, except by reason of acts constituting bad faith, willful misconduct, gross negligence or reckless disregard of our Manager’s duties under our Management Agreement. We shall, to the full extent lawful, reimburse, indemnify and hold our Manager, its members, managers, officers and employees and each other person, if any, controlling our Manager harmless of and from any and all expenses, losses, damages, liabilities, demands, charges and claims of any nature whatsoever (including attorneys’ fees) in respect of or arising from any acts or omissions of an indemnified party made in good faith in the performance of our Manager’s duties under our Management Agreement and not constituting such indemnified party’s bad faith, willful misconduct, gross negligence or reckless disregard of our Manager’s duties under our Management Agreement.

Our Manager’s due diligence of business opportunities or other transactions may not identify all pertinent risks, which could materially affect our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

Our Manager intends to conduct due diligence with respect to each business opportunity or other transaction it pursues. It is possible, however, that our Manager’s due diligence processes will not uncover all relevant facts, particularly with respect to any assets we acquire from third parties. In these cases, our Manager may be given limited access to information about the business opportunity and will rely on information provided by the target of the business opportunity. In addition, if business opportunities are scarce, the process for selecting bidders is competitive, or the timeframe in which we are required to complete diligence is short, our ability to conduct a due diligence investigation may be limited, and we would be required to make business decisions based upon a less thorough diligence process than would otherwise be the case. Accordingly, business opportunities and other transactions that initially appear to be viable may prove not to be over time, due to the limitations of the due diligence process or other factors.

Risks Related to our Common Stock

There can be no assurance that the market for our stock will provide you with adequate liquidity.

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate widely, depending upon many factors, some of which may be beyond our control. These factors include, without limitation:

 

   

our business profile and market capitalization may not fit the investment objectives of any stockholder;

 

   

a shift in our investor base;

 

56


Table of Contents
   

our quarterly or annual earnings, or those of other comparable companies;

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;

 

   

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant investments, acquisitions or dispositions;

 

   

the failure of securities analysts to cover our Common Stock;

 

   

changes in earnings estimates by securities analysts or our ability to meet those estimates;

 

   

the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies;

 

   

overall market fluctuations; and

 

   

general economic conditions.

Stock markets in general have experienced volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of a particular company. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our Common Stock. Additionally, these and other external factors have caused and may continue to cause the market price and demand for our Common Stock to fluctuate, which may limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares of Common Stock, and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of our common stock.

Sales or issuances of shares of our common stock could adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock.

Sales of substantial amounts of shares of our Common Stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales might occur, could adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock. The issuance of our common stock in connection with property, portfolio or business acquisitions or the settlement of awards that may be granted under our Incentive Plan or otherwise could also have an adverse effect on the market price of our Common Stock.

Failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.

As a public company, we are required to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Internal control over financial reporting is complex and may be revised over time to adapt to changes in our business, or changes in applicable accounting rules. We cannot assure you that our internal control over financial reporting will be effective in the future or that a material weakness will not be discovered with respect to a prior period for which we had previously believed that internal controls were effective. If we are not able to maintain or document effective internal control over financial reporting, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be able to certify as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Matters impacting our internal controls may cause us to be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis, or may cause us to restate previously issued financial information, and thereby subject us to adverse regulatory consequences, including sanctions or investigations by the SEC, or violations of applicable stock exchange listing rules. There could also be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in us and the reliability of our financial statements. Confidence in the reliability of our financial statements is also likely to suffer if we or our independent registered public accounting firm reports a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. This could materially adversely affect us by, for example, leading to a decline in our share price and impairing our ability to raise capital, if and when desirable.

The percentage ownership of existing shareholders in New Media may be diluted in the future.

We may issue equity in order to raise capital or in connection with future acquisitions and strategic investments, which would dilute investors’ percentage ownership in New Media. In addition, your percentage ownership may be diluted if we issue equity instruments such as debt and equity financing.

 

57


Table of Contents

The percentage ownership of existing shareholders in New Media may also be diluted in the future as result of the issuance of ordinary shares in New Media upon the exercise of 10-year warrants, collectively representing the right to acquire, in the aggregate, equity equal to 5% of the issued and outstanding shares of New Media (the “New Media Warrants”). The New Media Warrants collectively represent the right to acquire New Media Common Stock, which in the aggregate are equal to 5% of New Media Common Stock as of the Effective Date (calculated prior to dilution from shares of New Media Common Stock issued pursuant to Newcastle’s contribution of Local Media Parent and assignment of related stock purchase agreement to New Media (the “Local Media Contribution”)) at a strike price of $46.35 calculated based on a total equity value of New Media prior to the Local Media Contribution of $1.2 billion as of the Effective Date. As a result, New Media Common Stock may be subject to dilution upon the exercise of such New Media Warrants.

Furthermore, the percentage ownership in New Media may be diluted in the future because of equity awards that we expect will be granted to our Manager pursuant to our Management Agreement. Upon the successful completion of an offering of shares of our Common Stock or any shares of preferred stock, we will grant our Manager options equal to 10% of the number of shares being sold in the offering, with an exercise price equal to the offering price per share paid by the public or other ultimate purchaser. The board of directors of New Media approved a Nonqualified Stock Option and Incentive Award Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) which provides for the grant of equity and equity-based awards, including restricted stock, stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance awards, restricted stock units, tandem awards and other equity-based and non-equity based awards, in each case to our Manager, to the directors, officers, employees, service providers, consultants and advisors of our Manager who perform services for us, and to our directors, officers, employees, service providers, consultants and advisors. Any future grant would cause further dilution. We initially reserved 15 million shares of our Common Stock for issuance under the Incentive Plan; on the first day of each fiscal year beginning during the ten-year term of the Incentive Plan and in and after calendar year 2015, that number will be increased by a number of shares of our Common Stock equal to 10% of the number of shares of our Common Stock newly issued by us during the immediately preceding fiscal year (and, in the case of fiscal year 2014, after the effective date of the Incentive Plan). In January 2015, the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Incentive Plan was increased by 746,649, representing 10% of the shares of Common Stock newly issued in fiscal year 2014.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and of Delaware law may prevent or delay an acquisition of our company, which could decrease the trading price of our Common Stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that are intended to deter coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids by making such practices or bids unacceptably expensive to the raider and to encourage prospective acquirers to negotiate with our Board rather than to attempt a hostile takeover. These provisions provide for:

 

   

a classified board of directors with staggered three-year terms;

 

   

amendment of provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws regarding the election of directors, classes of directors, the term of office of directors, the filling of director vacancies and the resignation and removal of directors only upon the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the then issued and outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote thereon (provided, however, that for so long as Newcastle and certain other affiliates of Fortress and permitted transferees (collectively, the “Fortress Stockholders”) beneficially own at least 20% of our issued and outstanding Common Stock, such provisions may be amended with the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting interest of stockholders entitled to vote or by a majority of the entire Board of Directors);

 

   

amendment of provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation regarding corporate opportunity only upon the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the then issued and outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote thereon;

 

58


Table of Contents
   

removal of directors only for cause and only with the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the voting interest of stockholders entitled to vote in the election of directors (provided, however, that for so long as the Fortress Stockholders beneficially own at least 20% of our issued and outstanding Common Stock, directors may be removed with or without cause with the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting interest of stockholders entitled to vote);

 

   

our Board to determine the powers, preferences and rights of our preferred stock and to issue such preferred stock without stockholder approval;

 

   

provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws prevent stockholders from calling special meetings of our stockholders (provided, however, that for so long as the Fortress Stockholders beneficially own at least 20% of our issued and outstanding Common Stock, Fortress Stockholders may call special meetings of our stockholders);

 

   

advance notice requirements applicable to stockholders for director nominations and actions to be taken at annual meetings;

 

   

a prohibition, in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, stating that no holder of shares of our Common Stock will have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors, which means that the holders of majority of the issued and outstanding shares of our Common Stock can elect all the directors standing for election; and

 

   

action by our stockholders outside a meeting, in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, only by unanimous written consent (provided, however, that for so long as the Fortress Stockholders beneficially own at least 20% of our issued and outstanding Common Stock, our stockholders may act without a meeting by written consent of a majority of the voting interest of stockholders entitled to vote).

Public stockholders who might desire to participate in these types of transactions may not have an opportunity to do so, even if the transaction is considered favorable to stockholders. These anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of public stockholders to benefit from a change in control or a change in our management and Board and, as a result, may adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock and your ability to realize any potential change of control premium.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

 

Item 2. Properties

We own and operate 43 print facilities across the United States. GateHouse’s print facilities range in size from approximately 500 to 82,000 square feet (combined printing and office space). GateHouse’s executive offices are located in Pittsford, New York, where we lease approximately 25,870 square feet under a lease terminating in October 2022. Local Media’s executive offices are in a 47,000 square feet owned building in Middletown, New York.

We maintain our properties in good condition and believe that our current facilities are adequate to meet the present needs of our business. We do not believe any individual property is material to our financial condition or results of operations.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

We become involved from time to time in claims and lawsuits incidental to the ordinary course of our business, including such matters as libel, invasion of privacy, intellectual property infringement, wrongful termination actions and complaints alleging discrimination. In addition, we are involved from time to time in governmental and administrative proceedings concerning employment, labor, environmental and other claims.

 

59


Table of Contents

Insurance coverage mitigates potential loss for certain of these matters. Historically, such claims and proceedings have not had a material adverse effect upon our consolidated results of operations or financial condition. While we are unable to predict the ultimate outcome of any currently outstanding legal actions, we believe that it is not a likely possibility that the disposition of these matters would have a material adverse effect upon our consolidated results of operations, financial condition or cash flow.

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

 

60


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

New Media Common Stock trades on the NYSE under the trading symbol “NEWM” since the spin-off from Newcastle. A “when-issued” trading market for New Media’s Common Stock on the NYSE began on February 4, 2014 and “regular-way” trading of New Media Common Stock began on February 14, 2014. Prior to February 4, 2014, there was no public market for New Media Common Stock. Set forth in the table below for the periods presented are the high and low sale prices for New Media Common Stock as reported on the NYSE.

 

     HIGH      LOW  

Fiscal Year Ending December 28, 2014:

     

First Quarter (since February 4, 2014)

   $ 15.65       $ 10.35   

Second Quarter

   $ 15.79       $ 12.89   

Third Quarter

   $ 17.95       $ 13.59   

Fourth Quarter

   $ 24.52       $ 15.76   

From the most recent available Company information, on March 3, 2015 there were approximately 48 holders of record.

Dividends

New Media currently intends to distribute a substantial portion of free cash flow as a dividend to stockholders, through a quarterly dividend, subject to satisfactory financial performance, Board approval and dividend restrictions in the New Media Credit Agreement. The Board of Directors’ determinations regarding dividends will depend on a variety of factors, including the Company’s GAAP net income, free cash flow generated from operations or other sources, liquidity position and potential alternative uses of cash, such as acquisitions, as well as economic conditions and expected future financial results.

On July 31, 2014, the Company announced a second quarter 2014 cash dividend of $0.27 per share of New Media Common Stock. The dividend was paid on August 21, 2014 to shareholders of record as of the close of business on August 12, 2014.

On October 30, 2014, the Company announced a third quarter 2014 cash dividend of $0.27 per share of New Media Common Stock. The dividend was paid on November 20, 2014, to shareholders of record as of the close of business on November 12, 2014.

On February 26, 2015, the Company announced a fourth quarter 2014 cash dividend of $0.30 per share of New Media Common Stock. The dividend will be paid on March 19, 2015, to shareholders of record as of the close of business on March 11, 2015.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities

In connection with the restructuring of GateHouse, on the Effective Date New Media issued 30,000,000 shares of New Media Common Stock pursuant to the Plan in accordance with Section 1145(a)(1) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”).

Additionally, on the Effective Date, New Media issued 1,362,479 10-year warrants at a strike price of $46.35 per share to the former equity holders of GateHouse pursuant to the Plan, in accordance with Section 1145(a)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

61


Table of Contents
Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following table presents our selected historical financial data as of and for each of the years in the five year period ended December 28, 2014. The information in this table should be read in conjunction with the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, “Business” and our historical consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this report. The selected consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) data and other data for the years ended January 1, 2012 and December 31, 2010 and the selected consolidated balance sheets data at December 30, 2012, January 1, 2012 and December 31, 2010 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of our Predecessor that are not included in this report.

 

    Successor Company          Predecessor Company  
    Year Ended
December 28,
2014
    Two
Months Ended
December 29,
2013
         Ten
Months Ended
November 6,
2013
    Year Ended
December
30, 2012(2)
    Year Ended
January 1,
2012
    Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 
(in thousands, except per share data)                                         

Statement of Operations Data:

               

Revenues:

               

Advertising

  $ 385,399      $ 63,340          $ 265,078      $ 330,881      $ 357,134      $ 385,579   

Circulation

    195,661        29,525            118,810        131,576        131,879        133,192   

Commercial printing and other

    71,263        10,366            29,402        26,097        25,657        25,967   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    652,323        103,231            413,290        488,554        514,670        544,738   

Operating costs and expenses:

               

Operating costs

    368,420        56,614            232,066        268,222        281,884        296,974   

Selling, general and administrative

    211,829        28,749            136,832        145,020        146,295        154,516   

Depreciation and amortization

    41,450        6,588            33,409        39,888        42,426        45,080   

Integration and reorganization costs

    2,796        1,758            1,577        4,393        5,884        2,324   

Impairment of long-lived assets

    —          —              91,599        —          1,733        430   

Loss on sale of assets

    1,472        27            1,163        1,238        455        1,551   

Goodwill and mastheads impairment

    —          —              —          —          385        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    26,356        9,495            (83,356     29,793        35,608        43,863   

Interest expense, amortization of deferred financing costs, loss on early extinguishment of debt, (gain) loss on derivative instruments, reorganization items, net, and other

    26,848        1,798            (871,399     57,463        58,361        69,520   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

    (492     7,697            788,043        (27,670     (22,753     (25,657

Income tax expense (benefit)

    2,713        491            (197     (207     (1,803     (155
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations

    (3,205     7,206            788,240        (27,463     (20,950     (25,502

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

    —          —              (1,034     (2,340     (699     (542
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

    (3,205     7,206            787,206        (29,803     (21,649     (26,044

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

    —          —              208        —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to New Media

  $ (3,205   $ 7,206          $ 787,414      $ (29,803   $ (21,649   $ (26,044
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

62


Table of Contents
    Successor Company          Predecessor Company  
    Year Ended
December 28,
2014
    Two
Months Ended
December 29,
2013
         Ten
Months Ended
November 6,
2013
    Year Ended
December
30, 2012(2)
    Year Ended
January 1,
2012
    Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 
(in thousands, except per share data)                                         

Basic net (loss) income from continuing operations attributable to New Media per share

  $ (0.10   $ 0.24          $ 13.58      $ (0.47   $ (0.36   $ (0.46

Diluted (loss) income from continuing operations attributable to New Media per share

  $ (0.10   $ 0.24          $ 13.58      $ (0.47   $ (0.36   $ (0.46

Basic net (loss) income attributable to New Media common stockholders per share

  $ (0.10   $ 0.24          $ 13.56      $ (0.51   $ (0.37   $ (0.45

Diluted net (loss) income attributable to New Media common stockholders per share

  $ (0.10   $ 0.24          $ 13.56      $ (0.51   $ (0.37   $ (0.45

Dividends declared per share

  $ 0.54      $ —            $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Other Data:

               

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

  $ 67,741      $ 16,096          $ 988,265      $ 69,766      $ 80,547      $ 89,511   

Cash interest paid

  $ 15,181      $ 925          $ 43,606      $ 55,976      $ 58,225      $ 59,317   

 

(1) We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense (benefit), interest/financing expense, depreciation and amortization and non-cash impairments. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement of financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to income from operations, net income (loss), cash flow from continuing operating activities or any other measure of performance or liquidity derived in accordance with GAAP. We believe this non-GAAP measure, as we have defined it, is helpful in identifying trends in our day-to-day performance because the items excluded have little or no significance in our day-to-day operations. This measure provides an assessment of controllable expenses and affords management the ability to make decisions which are expected to facilitate meeting current financial goals as well as achieve optimal financial performance. Adjusted EBITDA provides an indicator for management to determine if adjustments to current spending decisions are needed.

Adjusted EBITDA provides us with a measure of financial performance, independent of items that are beyond the control of management in the short-term, such as depreciation and amortization, taxation and interest expense associated with our capital structure. This metric measures our financial performance based on operational factors that management can impact in the short-term, namely our cost structure or expenses of the organization. Adjusted EBITDA is one of the metrics used by senior management and the board of directors to review the financial performance of our business on a monthly basis.

Not all companies calculate Adjusted EBITDA using the same methods; therefore, the Adjusted EBITDA figures set forth herein may not be comparable to Adjusted EBITDA reported by other companies. A substantial portion of our Adjusted EBITDA must be dedicated to the payment of interest on our outstanding indebtedness and to service other commitments, thereby reducing the funds available to us for other purposes. Accordingly, Adjusted EBITDA does not represent an amount of funds that is available for management’s discretionary use. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 of this report.

 

(2)

The year ended December 30, 2012 included a 53rd week of operations for approximately 60% of the business.

 

63


Table of Contents

The table below shows the reconciliation of income (loss) from continuing operations to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

 

    Successor Company          Predecessor Company  
    Year Ended
December 28, 2014
    Two Months Ended
December 29, 2013
         Ten Months Ended
November 6, 2013
    Year Ended
December 30,
2012(3)
    Year Ended
January 1,
2012
    Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 
(in thousands)                                         

(Loss) income from continuing operations

  $ (3,205   $ 7,206          $ 788,240      $ (27,463   $ (20,950   $ (25,502

Income tax expense (benefit)

    2,713        491            (197     (207     (1,803     (155

Loss (gain) on derivative instruments (1)

    51        —              14        (1,635     (913     8,277   

Loss on early extinguishment of debt(2)

    9,047        —              —          —          —          —     

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    1,049        171            842        1,255        1,360        1,360   

Interest expense

    16,636        1,640            74,358        57,928        58,309        60,021   

Impairment of long-lived assets

    —          —              91,599        —          1,733        430   

Depreciation and amortization

    41,450        6,588            33,409        39,888        42,426        45,080   

Goodwill and mastheads impairment

    —          —              —          —          385       —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations

  $ 67,741 (a)    $ 16,096 (b)        $ 988,265 (c)    $ 69,766 (d)    $ 80,547 (e)    $ 89,511 (f) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 28, 2014 included net expenses of $21,673, comprised of transaction and project costs, non-cash compensation, and other expenses of $17,405, integration and reorganization costs of $2,796 and a $1,472 loss on the sale of assets.
(b) Adjusted EBITDA for the two months ended December 29, 2013 included net expenses of $4,828, comprised of transaction and project costs and other expenses of $3,043, integration and reorganization costs of $1,758 and a $27 loss on the sale of assets.
(c) Adjusted EBITDA for the ten months ended November 6, 2013 included net income of $(930,229), comprised of transaction and project costs, non-cash compensation, and other expenses of $(932,969), integration and reorganization costs of $1,577 and a $1,163 loss on the sale of assets.

Adjusted EBITDA also does not include $123 of EBITDA generated from our discontinued operations.

 

(d) Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 30, 2012 included net expenses of $11,009, comprised of transaction and project costs, non-cash compensation, and other expenses of $5,378, integration and reorganization costs of $4,393 and a $1,238 loss on the sale of assets.

Adjusted EBITDA also does not include $255 of EBITDA generated from our discontinued operations.

 

(e) Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended January 1, 2012 included net expenses of $10,565, comprised of transaction and project costs, non-cash compensation, and other expenses of $4,226, integration and reorganization costs of $5,884 and a $455 loss on the sale of assets.

Adjusted EBITDA also does not include $432 of EBITDA generated from our discontinued operations.

 

(f) Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2010 included net expenses of $8,880, comprised of transaction and project costs, non-cash compensation, and other expenses of $5,005, integration and reorganization costs of $2,324 and a $1,551 loss on the sale of assets.

Adjusted EBITDA also does not include $463 of EBITDA generated from our discontinued operations.

 

64


Table of Contents

 

(1) Non-cash loss (gain) on derivative instruments is related to interest rate swap agreements which are financing related and are excluded from Adjusted EBITDA.
(2) Non-cash write-off of deferred financing costs are similar to interest expense and amortization of financing fees and are excluded from Adjusted EBITDA.
(3)

The year ended December 30, 2012 included a 53rd week of operations for approximately 60% of the business.

 

     As of  
     Successor Company           Predecessor Company  
     December 28,
2014
     December 29,
2013
          December 30,
2012
    January 1,
2012
    December 31,
2010
 
(in thousands)                                      

Balance Sheet Data:

                

Total assets

   $ 825,095       $ 693,399           $ 469,766      $ 510,802      $ 546,327   

Total long-term obligations, including current maturities

     228,311         187,119             1,177,298        1,185,212        1,197,347   

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     484,127         395,362             (834,159     (805,632     (792,121

 

65


Table of Contents
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our historical consolidated financial statements and notes to those statements appearing in this report. The discussion and analysis below includes certain forward-looking statements that are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors under the heading “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this report that could cause our actual future growth, results of operations, performance and business prospects and opportunities to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, such forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward Looking Information” at the beginning of this report.

Comparability of Information

As a result of the restructuring of GateHouse Media, LLC (formerly known as GateHouse Media, Inc.) (“GateHouse” or “Predecessor”) (the “Restructuring”), all GateHouse debt, including derivative liabilities and deferred financing assets, was eliminated on November 6, 2013, the confirmation date of the pre-packaged plan under Chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the “Plan”). Fresh start accounting also led to changes in the basis of our assets and liabilities including property, plant and equipment and intangible assets that will impact future depreciation and amortization expense levels. As a result of the adoption of fresh start accounting, New Media’s (“New Media,” “Company,” “us,” or “we”) reorganized company post-emergence financial statements will generally not be comparable with the financial statements of GateHouse prior to emergence, including historical financial information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Overview

New Media is a company that owns, operates and invests in high quality local media assets. We have a particular focus on owning and acquiring strong local media assets in small to mid-size markets. With our collection of assets, we focus on two large business categories; consumers and small to medium size businesses (“SMBs”).

Our portfolio of media assets today spans across 379 markets and 27 states. Our products include 452 community print publications, 379 websites, 360 mobile sites and six yellow page directories. We reach over 14 million people per week and serve over 140,000 business customers.

We are focused on growing our consumer revenues primarily through our penetration into the local consumer market that values comprehensive local news and receives their news primarily from our products. We believe our rich local content, our strong media brands, and multiple platforms for delivering content will impact our reach into the local consumers leading to growth in subscription income. We also believe our focus on smaller markets will allow us to be a dominant provider of valuable, unique local news to consumers in those markets. We believe that one result of our local consumer penetration in these smaller markets will be transaction revenues as we link consumers with local businesses. For our SMB business category, we focus on leveraging our strong local media brands, our in-market sales force and our high consumer penetration rates with a variety of products and services that we believe will help SMBs expand their marketing, advertising and other digital lead generation platforms. We also believe our strong position in our local markets will allow us to develop other products that will be of value to our SMBs in helping them run and grow their businesses.

Our business strategy is to be the preeminent provider of local news, information, advertising and digital services in the markets we operate in today. We aim to grow our business organically through what we believe are both our consumer and SMB strategies. We also plan to pursue strategic acquisitions of high quality local media assets at attractive valuation levels. Finally, we intend to distribute a substantial portion of our free cash flow as a dividend to stockholders through a quarterly dividend, subject to satisfactory financial performance and approval by our board of directors (the “Board of Directors”) and dividend restrictions in the New Media Credit Agreement (as defined below). The Board of Directors’ determinations regarding dividends will depend on a variety of factors, including the Company’s U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) net income, free cash flow generated from operations or other sources, liquidity position and potential alternative uses of cash, such as acquisitions, as well as economic conditions and expected future financial results.

 

66


Table of Contents

Our focus on owning and operating dominant local content oriented media properties in small to mid-size markets, we believe, puts us in a position to better execute on our strategy. We believe that being the dominant provider of local news and information in the markets in which we operate, and distributing that content across multiple print and digital platforms, gives us an opportunity to grow our audiences and reach. Further, we believe our strong local media brands and our in-markets presence gives us the opportunity to expand our advertising and lead generation products with local business customers.

Central to our business strategy is our digital marketing services business called Propel Marketing (“Propel”). We launched the business in 2012 and have seen rapid growth since then. Revenues have grown from $1 million in 2012 to $18.3 million in 2014. We believe Propel and its digital marketing service products, combined with our strong local brands and in market sales force, position this business to be a key component to our overall organic growth strategy.

The opportunity Propel looks to seize upon is as follows:

There are approximately 27 million SMBs in the U.S. Of these, approximately 26.7 million have 20 employees or less.

Many of the owners and managers of these SMBs do not have the bandwidth, expertise or resource to navigate the fast evolving digital marketing sector, but they increasingly know they have to be present there to stay connected with current and future customers.

Propel is designed to offer a complete set of digital marketing services to SMBs that are turn-key with results that are transparent to the business owners. Propel provides four broad categories of services: building businesses a presence, helping businesses to be located by consumers online, engaging with consumers, and growing their customer base.

We believe our local media properties are uniquely positioned to sell these digital marketing services to local business owners. Our strong and trusted local brands, combined with our in-market sales presence give us a distinct advantage to sell these services, which are new and can be complicated to local business owners.

Our core products include:

 

   

93 daily newspapers with total paid circulation of approximately 842,000;

 

   

256 weekly newspapers (published up to three times per week) with total paid circulation of approximately 297,000 and total free circulation of approximately 741,000;

 

   

103 “shoppers” (generally advertising-only publications) with total circulation of approximately 2.6 million;

 

   

379 locally focused websites and 360 mobile sites, which extend our businesses onto the internet and mobile devices with approximately 119 million page views per month;

 

   

six yellow page directories, with a distribution of approximately 430,000, that cover a population of approximately 1.1 million people; and

 

   

Propel digital marketing services.

In addition to our core products, we also opportunistically produce niche publications that address specific local market interests such as recreation, sports, healthcare and real estate.

Our advertising revenue tends to follow a seasonal pattern, with higher advertising revenue in months containing significant events or holidays. Accordingly, our first quarter, followed by our third quarter, historically are our weakest quarters of the year in terms of revenue. Correspondingly, our second and fourth fiscal quarters, historically, are our strongest quarters. We expect that this seasonality will continue to affect our advertising revenue in future periods.

 

67


Table of Contents

Our Predecessor has experienced on-going declines in print advertising revenue streams and increased volatility of operating performance, despite our geographic diversity, well-balanced portfolio of products, broad customer base and reliance on smaller markets. We may experience additional declines and volatility in the future. These declines in print advertising revenue have come with the shift from traditional media to the internet for consumers and businesses. We believe our local advertising tends to be less sensitive to economic cycles than national advertising because local businesses generally have fewer advertising channels through which to reach their target audience. We are making investments in digital platforms, such as Propel, as well as online, and mobile applications, to support our print publications in order to capture this shift as witnessed by our Predecessor’s digital advertising revenue growth, which doubled between 2009 and 2012.

Our operating costs consist primarily of labor, newsprint, and delivery costs. Our selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of labor costs.

Compensation represents just over 50% of our operating expenses. Over the last few years, we have worked to drive efficiencies and centralization of work throughout our Company. Additionally, we have taken steps to cluster our operations thereby increasing the usage of facilities and equipment while increasing the productivity of our labor force. We expect to continue to employ these steps as part of our business and clustering strategy.

The Company’s operating segments (Large Community Newspapers, Small Community Newspapers, Local Media Newspapers and Directories) are aggregated into one reportable business segment.

Industry

The newspaper industry and our Predecessor have experienced declining same store revenue and profitability over the past several years. As a result, we previously implemented plans to reduce costs and preserve cash flow. We have also invested in potential growth opportunities, primarily in the digital space. We believe the cost reductions and the new digital initiatives, together with the Restructuring described below, will provide the appropriate capital structure and financial resources necessary to invest in the business and ensure our future success and provide sufficient cash flow to enable us to meet our commitments for the next year.

General economic conditions, including declines in consumer confidence, continued high unemployment levels, declines in real estate values, and other trends, have also impacted the markets in which we operate. Additionally, media companies continue to be impacted by the migration of consumers and businesses to an internet and mobile-based, digital medium. These conditions may continue to negatively impact print advertising and other revenue sources as well as increase operating costs in the future, even after an economic recovery. We expect that we will have adequate capital resources and liquidity to meet our working capital needs, borrowing obligations and all required capital expenditures for at least the next twelve months.

We periodically perform testing for impairment of goodwill and newspaper mastheads in which the fair value of our reporting units for goodwill impairment testing and individual newspaper mastheads were estimated using the expected present value of future cash flows and recent industry transaction multiples, using estimates, judgments and assumptions, that we believe were appropriate in the circumstances. Should general economic, market or business conditions decline, and have a negative impact on estimates of future cash flow and market transaction multiples, we may be required to record additional impairment charges in the future.

Restructuring

On September 4, 2013, our Predecessor, GateHouse, and its affiliated debtors (the “Debtors”) announced that our Predecessor, the Administrative Agent (as defined below), Newcastle Investment Corp. (“Newcastle”) and other lenders (the “Participating Lenders”) under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement by and among certain affiliates of our Predecessor, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Cortland Products Corp., as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”), dated February 27, 2007 (the “2007 Credit Facility”) entered into the Restructuring Support Agreement, effective September 3, 2013 (the “Support

 

68


Table of Contents

Agreement”), in which the parties agreed to support, subject to the terms and conditions of the Support Agreement, the Restructuring pursuant to the consummation of the Plan. The Support Agreement relates to the Restructuring of our Predecessor’s obligations under the 2007 Credit Facility and certain interest rate swaps secured thereunder (collectively, the “Outstanding Debt”) and our Predecessor’s equity pursuant to the Plan.

On September 20, 2013, our Predecessor commenced a pre-packaged solicitation of the Plan (the “Solicitation”). Under the Support Agreement, which terminated on the Effective Date (as defined below), each of the Participating Lenders agreed to (a) support and take any reasonable action in furtherance of the Restructuring, (b) timely vote their Outstanding Debt to accept the Plan and not change or withdraw such vote, (c) support approval of the Disclosure Statement (defined below) and confirmation of the Plan, as well as certain relief to be requested by Debtors from the Bankruptcy Court, (d) refrain from taking any action inconsistent with the confirmation or consummation of the Plan, and (e) not propose, support, solicit or participate in the formulation of any plan other than the Plan. Holders of Outstanding Debt sufficient to meet the requisite threshold of 67% in amount and majority in number (calculated without including any insider) necessary for acceptance of the Plan under the Bankruptcy Code voted to accept the Plan in the Solicitation. 100% of the holders of the Outstanding Debt voted to accept the Plan under the terms of the Support Agreement. As a result, Debtors commenced Chapter 11 cases and sought approval of the disclosure statement for the Plan (the “Disclosure Statement”) and confirmation of the Plan therein. The Plan was confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court on November 6, 2013 and our Predecessor effected the transactions contemplated by the Plan to emerge from bankruptcy protection on November 26, 2013. On the Effective Date (as defined below), Newcastle owned 84.6% of New Media’s total equity.

On September 27, 2013, our Predecessor filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, case number 13-12503. On November 6, 2013 the Bankruptcy Court confirmed the Plan. Our Predecessor effected the transactions contemplated by the Plan and emerged from Chapter 11 protection on November 26, 2013 (the “Effective Date”).

The Plan discharged claims and interests against our Predecessor primarily through the (a) issuance of shares of common stock in a new holding company, New Media (“New Media Common Stock” or our “Common Stock”) and/or payment of cash to holders of claims in connection with the 2007 Credit Facility and related interest rate swaps, (b) reinstatement of certain claims, (c) entry into the Management Agreement (as defined below), (d) issuance of warrants by New Media to former equity holders in our Predecessor and (e) entry into the GateHouse Credit Facilities (as defined below) the net proceeds of which were distributed to holders that elected to receive New Media Common Stock. See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, “Voluntary Reorganization Under Chapter 11.”

Pursuant to the Restructuring, Newcastle purchased the Outstanding Debt claims in cash and at 40% of (i) $1,167 million of principal of claims under the 2007 Credit Facility, plus (ii) accrued and unpaid interest at the applicable contract non-default rate with respect thereto, plus (iii) all amounts, excluding any default interest, arising from transactions in connection with interest rate swaps secured under the 2007 Credit Facility (the “Cash-Out Offer”) on the Effective Date. The holders of the Outstanding Debt had the option of receiving, in satisfaction of their Outstanding Debt, their pro rata share of the (i) Cash-Out Offer and/or (ii) New Media Common Stock and the net proceeds, if any, of new debt facilities GateHouse Credit Facilities (as defined below). Newcastle received its pro rata share of New Media Common Stock and the $149 million in net proceeds of the GateHouse Credit Facilities (as defined below) for all Outstanding Debt it holds, including Outstanding Debt purchased in the Cash-Out Offer. All pensions, trade and all other unsecured claims will be paid in the ordinary course.

On the Effective Date, New Media entered into a management agreement with FIG LLC (the Manager) (“Management Agreement”) pursuant to which the Manager will manage the operations of New Media. The annual management fee will be 1.50% of New Media’s Total Equity (as defined in the Management Agreement) and is eligible to receive incentive compensation.

 

69


Table of Contents

On August 27, 2013, our Predecessor entered into a management agreement (the “Local Media Management Agreement”) with and among Local Media Group Holdings LLC (“Local Media Parent”) to manage the operations of its direct subsidiary Local Media Group Inc. (“Local Media”). The Company determined that the Local Media Management Agreement resulted in Local Media being a variable interest entity (“VIE”) and has consolidated Local Media’s financial position and results of operations from September 3, 2013. On September 3, 2013, Local Media Parent completed its acquisition of thirty three publications from News Corp Inc. Local Media was not part of the bankruptcy filing. However, as part of the Plan, Newcastle agreed to contribute 100% of the stock of Local Media Parent to New Media as of the Effective Date. The contribution was made to New Media to assign Newcastle’s rights under the stock purchase agreement to which it acquired Local Media as of the Effective Date. Consideration received by Newcastle was the New Media Common Stock collectively equal to the cost of the acquisition of Local Media by Newcastle (as adjusted pursuant to the Plan) upon emergence from Chapter 11 on the Effective Date. The Company accounted for the consolidation of Local Media under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 805, “Business Combinations”, as New Media received a controlling financial interest in Local Media as of the Effective Date. The Local Media Management Agreement was terminated effective June 4, 2014.

Upon GateHouse’s emergence from Chapter 11, New Media adopted fresh start reporting in accordance with ASC Topic 852, “Reorganizations” (“ASC 852”). Under fresh start accounting, a new entity is deemed to have been created on the Effective Date for financial reporting purposes and our Predecessor’s recorded amounts of assets and liabilities will be adjusted to reflect their estimated fair values. As a result of the adoption of fresh start accounting, New Media’s reorganized company post-emergence financial statements will generally not be comparable with the financial statements of our Predecessor prior to emergence, including the historical financial information in this report. See Notes 2 and 3 to the consolidated financial statements, “Voluntary Reorganization Under Chapter 11” and “Fresh Start Accounting.”

Spin-off from Newcastle

On February 13, 2014, Newcastle completed the spin-off of the Company. Each share of Newcastle common stock outstanding as of 5:00 PM, Eastern Time, on February 6, 2014, the Record Date, entitled the holder thereof to receive 0.07219481485 shares of New Media Common Stock (the “spin-off”). On February 14, 2014 New Media became a separate, publicly traded company trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the ticker symbol “NEWM”. As a result of the spin-off, the fees included in the management agreement with the Manager became effective.

Acquisitions

On June 30, 2014, we completed two acquisitions of 20 publications with a total purchase price of $15.85 million, which includes estimated working capital. The acquisitions included six daily, ten weekly publications, and four shoppers serving areas of Texas, Oklahoma, Kansas and Virginia with an aggregate circulation of approximately 54,000. The acquisitions were funded with $9.85 million of cash and $6 million from the Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below).

On September 3, 2014, we completed the acquisition of The Providence Journal with a total purchase price of $46 million. The acquisition included one daily and two weekly publications serving areas of Rhode Island with a daily circulation of approximately 72,000 and 96,000 on Sunday.

On December 1, 2014, we completed the acquisition of Foster’s Daily Democrat along with other publications and related assets for $5.4 million in cash, including estimated working capital, from the Foster family. The publications are located around Dover, NH, and the daily newspaper has a circulation of approximately 12,000.

 

70


Table of Contents

Subsequent Events

Acquisitions

On January 9, 2015, we completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets from Halifax Media Group (“Halifax Media”) for an aggregate purchase price of $280 million, subject to working capital adjustments (the “Halifax Acquisition”). $17 million of the purchase price is being held in an escrow account, to be available for application against indemnification and certain other obligations of the sellers arising during the first twelve months following the closing, with the remainder not so applied or subject to claims being delivered to the sellers after such twelve months. The acquisition includes 24 daily publications, 13 weekly publications, and 5 shoppers serving areas of Alabama, Florida, Louisiana, Massachusetts, North Carolina, and South Carolina with a daily circulation of approximately 635,000 and 752,000 on Sunday.

We financed the Halifax Acquisition with a combination of cash on hand, debt financing from the proceeds of incremental loans under the New Media Credit Agreement and the assumption of debt from Halifax Media.

On February 19, 2015, we reached an agreement to purchase substantially all of the assets of Stephens Media, LLC (“Stephens Media”) for $102.5 million in cash, plus working capital. We intend to fund the acquisition with cash on the balance sheet and available capacity under the New Media Credit Agreement. Stephens Media is a leading newspaper publisher operating eight daily newspapers, over 65 weekly and niche publications, and more than 50 websites serving communities throughout the United States. The assets have a combined average daily circulation of approximately 221,000 and 244,000 on Sunday. We anticipate the deal will close in the first quarter of 2015 subject to customary closing conditions; however, there can be no assurance as to the timing or the occurrence of the closing.

Common Stock Offering

On January 20, 2015, we completed the sale of 7,000,000 shares of our common stock, including the 104,400 shares of our common stock sold to certain of our officers and directors and an officer of the Manager. The gross proceeds of the sale were approximately $152 million, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses. In connection with this offering, we issued to an affiliate of our Manager 700,000 options to purchase shares of our common stock.

On February 24, 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors granted 196,164 shares of restricted stock to employees under the Incentive Plan.

Amendments to New Media Credit Agreement

On January 9, 2015, in connection with the Halifax Acquisition, the New Media Credit Agreement was amended to provide for additional term loans and revolving commitments under the Incremental Facility (as defined below) in a combined aggregate principal amount of $152 million and to make certain amendments to the Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below). On January 20, 2015, we repaid the outstanding loans under the Incremental Facility and these commitments were terminated.

On February 13, 2015, the New Media Credit Agreement was amended to, amongst other things, replace the outstanding Term Loans, 2014 Incremental Term Loans and 2015 Incremental Term Loan with a new class of replacement term loans (the “Replacement Term Loans”) which are subject to a 1.00% prepayment premium for any prepayments made in connection with certain repricing transactions with respect to the Replacement Term Loans effected within six months of the date of the amendment.

Dividends

On February 26, 2015, the Company announced a fourth quarter 2014 cash dividend of $0.30 per share of New Media Common Stock. The dividend will be paid on March 19, 2015, to shareholders of record as of the close of business on March 11, 2015.

 

71


Table of Contents

Management Agreement

On March 6, 2015, the Company’s Independent Directors on the Board approved an amendment to the Management Agreement. The amended Management Agreement is included as exhibit 10.39 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Critical Accounting Policy Disclosure

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make decisions based on estimates, assumptions and factors it considers relevant to the circumstances. Such decisions include the selection of applicable principles and the use of judgment in their application, the results of which could differ from those anticipated. Due to the bankruptcy filing, we have applied debtor-in-possession accounting and fresh start accounting as described in ASC 852 for the applicable periods of 2013. The following accounting policies require significant estimates and judgments.

Business Combinations

The Company accounts for acquisitions in accordance with the provisions of ASC 805. ASC 805 provides guidance for recognition and measurement of identifiable assets and goodwill acquired, liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at fair value. In a business combination, the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and noncontrolling interest in the acquiree are recorded as of the date of acquisition at their respective fair values with limited exceptions. Any excess of the purchase price (consideration transferred) over the estimated fair values of net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Transaction costs are expensed as incurred. The operating results of the acquired business are reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements after the date of the acquisition.

Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets

The application of the purchase method of accounting for business combinations and fresh start accounting related to reorganization require the use of significant estimates and assumptions in the determination of the fair value of assets and liabilities in order to properly allocate the purchase price consideration or enterprise value between assets that are depreciated and amortized from goodwill. Our estimates of the fair values of assets and liabilities are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, and when appropriate, include assistance from independent third-party valuation firms. Refer to Note 3, “Fresh Start Accounting”, and Note 4, “Business Combinations” of the consolidated financial statements.

As a result of the application of fresh start accounting we have a significant amount of goodwill. Goodwill at December 28, 2014 was $134.0 million. We assess the potential impairment of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives on an annual basis as of the end or our second fiscal quarter in accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC Topic 350 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other.” We perform our impairment analysis on each of our reporting units. The reporting units have discrete financial information and are regularly reviewed by management. The fair value of the applicable reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. Calculating the fair value of a reporting unit requires us to make significant estimates and assumptions. We estimate fair value by applying third-party market value indicators to projected cash flows and/or projected earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization. In applying this methodology, we rely on a number of factors, including current operating results and cash flows, expected future operating results and cash flows, future business plans, and market data. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds the estimate of fair value, we calculate the impairment as the excess of the carrying value of goodwill over its implied fair value.

We account for long-lived assets in accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 360, “Property, Plant and Equipment”. We assess the recoverability of our long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment and

 

72


Table of Contents

definite lived intangible assets, whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the assets, or related group of assets, may not be fully recoverable. Factors leading to impairment include significant under-performance relative to historical or projected results, significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business and significant negative industry or economic trends. The assessment of recoverability is based on management’s estimates by comparing the sum of the estimated undiscounted cash flows generated by the underlying asset, or other appropriate grouping of assets, to its carrying value to determine whether an impairment existed at its lowest level of identifiable cash flows. If the carrying amount of the asset is greater than the expected undiscounted cash flows to be generated by such asset, an impairment is recognized to the extent the carrying value of such asset exceeds its fair value.

The fair values of our reporting units for goodwill impairment testing and individual newspaper mastheads are estimated using the expected present value of future cash flows, recent industry transaction multiples and using estimates, judgments and assumptions that management believes are appropriate in the circumstances.

The sum of the fair values of the reporting units are reconciled to our current market capitalization (based upon the stock market price) plus an estimated control premium.

Significant judgment is required in determining the fair value of our goodwill and long-lived assets to measure impairment, including the determination of multiples of revenue and Adjusted EBITDA and future earnings projections. The estimates and judgments that most significantly affect the future cash flow estimates are assumptions related to revenue, and in particular, potential changes in future advertising (including the impact of economic trends and the speed of conversion of advertising and readership to online products from traditional print products); trends in newsprint prices; and other operating expense items.

We performed annual impairment testing of goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets during the second quarter of 2014, 2013 and 2012. Additionally, we performed impairment testing of goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles during the first quarter of 2012 due to operational management changes. As a result, an impairment charge related to goodwill was recorded in fiscal 2012, see additional information in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements “Goodwill and Intangible Assets.”

Newspaper mastheads (newspaper titles) are not subject to amortization and are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. The impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of each group of mastheads with their carrying amount. We used a relief from royalty approach which utilizes a discounted cash flow model to determine the fair value of each newspaper masthead. Our judgments and estimates of future operating results in determining the reporting unit fair values are consistently applied in determining the fair value of mastheads. We performed impairment tests on newspaper mastheads as of June 29, 2014, June 30, 2013, July 1, 2012 and April 1, 2012. See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets,” for a discussion of the impairment charges taken.

Intangible assets subject to amortization (primarily advertiser and subscriber lists) are tested for recoverability whenever events or change in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. The carrying amount of each asset group is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of such asset group. We performed impairment assessments on long lived assets (including intangible assets subject to amortization) as of June 29, 2014, September 29, 2013, June 30, 2013 and July 1, 2012. Due to reductions in the Company’s operating projections during the third quarter of 2013 in conjunction with the bankruptcy process, an impairment charge was recognized for intangible assets subject to amortization. See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets,” for a discussion of the impairment charges taken.

The newspaper industry and our Predecessor have experienced declining same store revenue and profitability over the past several years. Should general economic, market or business conditions decline, and

 

73


Table of Contents

have a negative impact on estimates of future cash flow and market transaction multiples, we may be required to record additional impairment charges in the future.

Derivative Instruments

We record all of our derivative instruments on our balance sheet at fair value pursuant to ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging” (“ASC 815”) and ASC Topic 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures.” Fair value is based on counterparty quotations adjusted for our credit related risk. Our derivative instruments are measured using significant unobservable inputs and they represent all liabilities measured at fair value. To the extent a derivative qualifies as a cash flow hedge under ASC 815, unrealized changes in the fair value of the derivative are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income. However, any ineffective portion of a derivative’s change in fair value is recognized immediately in earnings. Fair values of derivatives are subject to significant variability based on market conditions, such as future levels of interest rates. This variability could result in a significant increase or decrease in our accumulated other comprehensive income and/or earnings but will generally have no effect on cash flows, provided the derivative is carried through to full term. We also assess the capabilities of our counterparties to perform under the terms of the contracts. A change in the assessment could have an impact on the accounting and economics of our derivatives.

Revenue Recognition

Advertising revenue is recognized upon publication of the advertisement. Circulation revenue from subscribers is billed to customers at the beginning of the subscription period and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related subscription. Circulation revenue from single copy sales is recognized based on date of publication, net of provisions for related returns. Revenue for commercial printing is recognized upon delivery. Directory revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period in which the corresponding directory is distributed.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the provisions of ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”). Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. The assessment of the realizability of deferred tax assets involves a high degree of judgment and complexity. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts that are expected to be realized. When we determine that it is more likely than not that we will be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of our net recorded amount, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would be made and reflected either in income or as an adjustment to goodwill. This determination will be made by considering various factors, including our expected future results, that in our judgment will make it more likely than not that these deferred tax assets will be realized.

FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of SFAS No. 109” and now codified as ASC 740. ASC 740 prescribes a comprehensive model for how a company should recognize, measure, present and disclose in its financial statements uncertain tax positions that a company has taken or expects to take on a tax return. Under ASC 740, the financial statements will reflect expected future tax consequences of such positions presuming the taxing authorities’ full knowledge of the position and all relevant facts, but without considering time values.

Pension and Postretirement Liabilities

ASC Topic 715, “Compensation—Retirement Benefits” requires recognition of an asset or liability in the consolidated balance sheet reflecting the funded status of pension and other postretirement benefit plans such as retiree health and life, with current-year changes in the funded status recognized in the statement of stockholders’ equity.

 

74


Table of Contents

The determination of pension plan obligations and expense is based on a number of actuarial assumptions. Two critical assumptions are the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and the discount rate applied to pension plan obligations. For other postretirement benefit plans, which provide for certain health care and life insurance benefits for qualifying retired employees and which are not funded, critical assumptions in determining other postretirement benefit obligations and expense are the discount rate and the assumed health care cost-trend rates.

Our only pension plan has assets valued at $21.3 million and the plan’s benefit obligation is $28.3 million resulting in the plan being 75% funded.

To determine the expected long-term rate of return on pension plan’s assets, we consider the current and expected asset allocations, as well as historical and expected returns on various categories of plan assets, input from the actuaries and investment consultants, and long-term inflation assumptions. We used an assumption of 8.0% for its expected return on pension plan assets for 2014. If we were to reduce its rate of return by 50 basis points then the expense for 2014 would have increased approximately $0.1 million.

The assumed health care cost-trend rate also affects other postretirement benefit liabilities and expense. A 100 basis point increase in the health care cost trend rate would result in an increase of approximately $0.6 million in the December 28, 2014 postretirement benefit obligation and a 100 basis point decrease in the health care cost trend rate would result in a decrease of approximately $0.5 million in the December 28, 2014 postretirement benefit obligation.

Self-Insurance Liability Accruals

We maintain self-insured medical and workers’ compensation programs. We purchase stop loss coverage from third parties which limits our exposure to large claims. We record a liability for healthcare and workers’ compensation costs during the period in which they occur as well as an estimate of incurred but not reported claims.

 

75


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table summarizes our historical results of operations for New Media, otherwise known as the Successor Company for the year ended December 28, 2014 and the two months ended December 29, 2013, and the Predecessor Company for the ten months ended November 6, 2013 and for the year ended December 30, 2012. We believe the comparison of combined results for the year ended December 29, 2013 versus the years ended December 28, 2014 and December 30, 2012, provides the best analysis of our results of operations, while the adoption of fresh start accounting presents the results of operations of a new reporting entity, the only consolidated statement of operations items impacted by the bankruptcy reorganization under Chapter 11 are depreciation and amortization expense, interest expense, and reorganization items. Those effects of fresh start accounting are discussed in more detail in the respective sections below. References to “same store” results below take into account material acquisitions and divestitures of the Company by adjusting prior year performance to include or exclude financial results as if the Company had owned or divested a business for the comparable period. The Victorville, American Consolidated Media Southwest Group, Petersburg, and Fosters (“Tuck-In”) acquisitions were not considered material.

 

    Successor
Company
    Combined     Successor
Company
         Predecessor Company  
    Year Ended
December 28,
2014
    Year Ended
December 29,
2013
    Two Months
Ended
December
29, 2013
         Ten
Months Ended
November 6,
2013
    Year Ended
December 30,
2012
 
(in thousands)                                   

Revenues:

             

Advertising

  $ 385,399      $ 328,418      $ 63,340          $ 265,078      $ 330,881   

Circulation

    195,661        148,335        29,525            118,810        131,576   

Commercial printing and other

    71,263        39,768        10,366            29,402        26,097   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    652,323        516,521        103,231            413,290        488,554   

Operating costs and expenses:

             

Operating costs

    368,420        288,680        56,614            232,066        268,222   

Selling, general and administrative

    211,829        165,581        28,749            136,832        145,020   

Depreciation and amortization

    41,450        39,997        6,588            33,409        39,888   

Integration and reorganization costs

    2,796        3,335        1,758            1,577        4,393   

Impairment of long-lived assets

    —          91,599        —              91,599        —     

Loss on sale of assets

    1,472        1,190        27            1,163        1,238   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    26,356        (73,861     9,495            (83,356     29,793   

Interest expense

    16,636        75,998        1,640            74,358        57,928   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    1,049        1,013        171            842        1,255   

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

    9,047        —          —              —          —     

Loss (gain) on derivative instruments

    51        14        —              14        (1,635

Other expense (income)

    65        991        (13         1,004        (85

Reorganization items, net

    —          (947,617     —              (947,617     —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

    (492     795,740        7,697            788,043        (27,670

Income tax expense (benefit)

    2,713        294        491            (197     (207
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $ (3,205   $ 795,446      $ 7,206          $ 788,240      $ (27,463
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year Ended December 28, 2014 Compared To Year Ended December 29, 2013

Revenue. Total revenue for the year ended December 28, 2014 increased by $135.8 million, or 26.3%, to $652.3 million from $516.5 million for the year ended December 29, 2013. The increase in total revenue was comprised of a $57.0 million, or 17.4%, increase in advertising revenue, a $47.3 million, or 31.9%, increase in circulation revenue, and a $31.5 million, or 79.2%, increase in commercial printing and other revenue. The increase in revenue of $135.8 million includes revenues from our Local Media and The Providence Journal acquisitions of $131.0 million, which is comprised of $62.5 million from advertising, $44.9 million from circulation, and $23.6 million from commercial printing and other.

Same store revenue for the Successor Company for the year ended December 28, 2014 increased by $1.0 million, or 0.1%, to $652.3 million. The increase in same store revenue was comprised of a $1.7 million, or

 

76


Table of Contents

0.9%, increase in circulation revenue and an $8.9 million, or 14.3%, increase in commercial printing and other revenue, which was partially offset by a $9.6 million, or 2.4%, decrease in advertising revenue. Same store advertising revenue declines were primarily driven by declines on the print side of our business in the local retail category due to secular pressures and a continuing uncertain economic environment. These secular trends and economic conditions have also led to a decline in our print circulation volumes, which have been offset by price increases in select locations. The $8.9 million increase in commercial printing and other revenue is primarily the result of the growth in Propel, our small business marketing service business within GateHouse Ventures.

Operating Costs. Operating costs for the year ended December 28, 2014 increased by $79.7 million, or 27.6%, to $368.4 million from $288.7 million for the year ended December 29, 2013. The increase in operating costs of $79.7 million includes operating costs from all acquisitions of $87.7 million, which were partially offset by an $8.0 million decrease in operating costs. This decline in operating costs was primarily due to a decrease in compensation, hauling and delivery, and newsprint expenses of $4.4 million, $2.1 million, and $2.0 million, respectively. On a same store basis, operating costs for the year ended December 28, 2014 decreased by $3.7 million, or 1.0%, to $368.4 million. These decreases are the result of permanent cost reductions as we continue to work to consolidate operations and improve the productivity of our labor force.

Selling, General and Administrative. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 28, 2014 increased by $46.2 million, or 27.9%, to $211.8 million from $165.6 million for the year ended December 29, 2013. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses of $46.2 million includes selling, general and administrative expenses from acquisitions of $38.8 million. The additional $7.4 million increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily due to an increase in outside services and professional and consulting fees of $4.5 million and $3.9 million, respectively, which were partially offset by a decrease in compensation of $1.4 million. On a same store basis, selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 28, 2014 increased by $11.9 million, or 6.0%, to $211.8 million, which includes $2.4 million of debt refinancing fees that did not meet capitalization requirements, an increase of $3.7 million of acquisition, closing and transition costs, and $5.6 million of management fees.

Integration and Reorganization Costs. During the year ended December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, we recorded integration and reorganization costs of $2.8 million and $3.3 million, respectively, primarily resulting from severance costs related to the continued consolidation of our operations resulting from our ongoing implementation of our plans to reduce costs and preserve cash flow.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets. During the year ended December 29, 2013 we incurred a charge of $91.6 million related to the impairment on our advertiser relationships, subscriber relationships, customer relationships and other intangible assets due to reductions in our operating projections within our various reporting units. There were no such charges during the year ended December 28, 2014.

Interest Expense. Interest expense for the year ended December 28, 2014 decreased by $59.4 million to $16.6 million from $76.0 million for the year ended December 29, 2013. The decrease in interest expense was primarily due to the decrease in our total outstanding debt as a result of our restructuring during 2013 and the reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income related to the write-off of the derivative instruments due to the termination of the swap agreements of $26.3 million during the year ended December 29, 2013.

Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt. During the year ended December 28, 2014 we recorded a loss of $9.0 million due to the early extinguishment of long-term debt.

Reorganization Items, Net. Costs directly attributable to the bankruptcy filing are reported as reorganization items, net during the Predecessor ten month period ending November 6, 2013. Reorganization items, net primarily relates to the gain on extinguishment of debt of $722.8 million and the revaluation of assets of $246.2 million which were partially offset by $11.6 million of third party bankruptcy fees and a $6.8 million credit agreement amendment fee. There were no such charges during the year ended December 28, 2014.

 

77


Table of Contents

Income Tax Expense (Benefit). During the year ended December 28, 2014, we recorded an income tax expense of $2.7 million related to a deferred tax liability for indefinite-lived assets where book basis exceeded tax basis. During the year ended December 29, 2013, we recorded an income tax expense of $0.3 million due to the state tax related to the bankruptcy filing.

Net Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations. Net loss from continuing operations for the year ended December 28, 2014 was $3.2 million and net income from continuing operations for the year ended December 29, 2013 was $795.4 million. Our net loss from continuing operations increased due to the factors noted above.

Year Ended December 29, 2013 Compared To Year Ended December 30, 2012

Revenue. Total revenue for the year ended December 29, 2013 increased by $28.0 million, or 5.7%, to $516.5 million from $488.5 million for the year ended December 30, 2012. The increase in total revenue was comprised of a $2.5 million, or 0.7%, decrease in advertising revenue which was offset by a $16.8 million, or 12.7%, increase in circulation revenue and a $13.7 million, or 52.4%, increase in commercial printing and other revenue. The increase in revenue of $28.0 million includes revenues from our Local Media acquisition of $53.2 million, which is comprised of $27.2 million from advertising, $16.4 million from circulation, and $9.6 million from commercial printing and other. Advertising revenue includes $27.2 million from Local Media in 2013 while total company excluding Local Media declines were $29.6 million or 9.0%. Advertising revenue declines were primarily driven by declines on the print side of our business in the local retail and classified categories, which were partially offset by growth in digital advertising. The local retail print declines reflect both secular pressures and a continuing uncertain and economic environment. These secular trends and economic conditions have also led to a decline in our print circulation volumes which have been slightly offset by price increases in certain locations. Our circulation revenue was also impacted by approximately $1.4 million for a net to gross accounting change at two of our larger locations in 2013. The increase in circulation revenue was primarily due to circulation revenue from Local Media of $16.4 million. The increase in commercial printing and other revenue was primarily due to commercial printing and other revenue from growth of our small business marketing services at Propel combined with Local Media commercial print and other revenue of $9.7 million.

Operating Costs. Operating costs for the year ended December 29, 2013 increased by $20.5 million, or 7.6%, to $288.7 million from $268.2 million for the year ended December 30, 2012. The increase in operating costs primarily relates to operating costs from Local Media of $32.0 million, which were partially offset by an increase in legacy operating costs. This increase in legacy operating costs was primarily due to outside service expenses of $4.7 million. This increase in legacy operating costs was partially offset by a decrease in compensation expenses, newsprint expenses, professional and consulting fees, supplies, repairs and maintenance, and travel expenses of $6.2 million, $4.5 million, $3.5 million, $0.9 million, $0.4 million, and $0.4 million, respectively. These legacy decreases are the result of permanent cost reductions as we continue to work to consolidate operations and improve the productivity of our labor force.

Selling, General and Administrative. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 29, 2013 increased by $20.6 million, or 14.2%, to $165.6 million from $145.0 million for the year ended December 30, 2012. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses primarily relates to selling, general and administrative expenses from Local Media of $12.9 million and an increase in legacy selling, general and administrative expenses. This increase in legacy selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily due to outside services and professional and consulting fees of $8.5 million and $1.4 million respectively. These increases in legacy selling, general and administrative expenses were partially offset by a decrease in compensation expenses of $2.0 million. The increase in legacy outside services is primarily from legal expenses of $6.5 million related to reorganization costs prior to filing bankruptcy.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense for the year ended December 29, 2013 increased by $0.1 million to $40.0 million from $39.9 million for the year ended December 30, 2012. Depreciation and amortization expense increased due to depreciation expense of Local Media of $3.8 million,

 

78


Table of Contents

which was offset by a reduction in depreciation expense due to the sale and disposal of assets. The application of fresh start accounting did not have a material impact on depreciation and amortization.

Integration and Reorganization Costs. During the year ended December 29, 2013 and December 30, 2012, we recorded integration and reorganization costs of $3.3 million and $4.4 million, respectively, primarily resulting from severance costs related to the continued consolidation of our operations resulting from our ongoing implementation of our plans to reduce costs and preserve cash flow.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets. During the year ended December 29, 2013 we incurred a charge of $91.6 million related to the impairment on our advertiser relationships, subscriber relationships, customer relationships and other intangible assets due to reductions in our operating projections within our various reporting units. There were no such charges during the year ended December 30, 2012.

Interest Expense. Interest expense for the year ended December 29, 2013 increased by $18.1 million to $76.0 million from $57.9 million for the year ended December 30, 2012, which primarily resulted from the reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income of $26.3 million related to the dedesignation of the hedging relationship related to swap agreements in connection with the bankruptcy filing. The 2013 interest expense was also impacted by there being no interest on the GateHouse debt in November and a significantly lower debt balance in December.

Loss (Gain) on Derivative Instruments. During the year ended December 30, 2012, we recorded a net gain on derivative instruments of $1.6 million, which was comprised of reclassifications of accumulated other comprehensive income amortization related to swaps terminated in 2008 that were partially offset by the impact of the ineffectiveness of our remaining swap agreements. The accumulated other comprehensive income reclassification for swaps terminated in 2008 was fully amortized in 2012 and the 2013 loss on derivative instruments relates only to the ineffectiveness of our remaining swaps.

Reorganization Items, Net. Costs directly attributable to the bankruptcy filing are reported as reorganization items, net during the predecessor ten month period ending November 6, 2013. Reorganization items, net primarily relates to the gain on extinguishment of debt of $722.8 million and the revaluation of assets of $246.2 million which were partially offset by $11.6 million of third party bankruptcy fees and a $6.8 million credit agreement amendment fee.

Income Tax Expense (Benefit). During the year ended December 29, 2013, we recorded an income tax expense of $0.3 million due to the state tax related to the bankruptcy filing. During the year ended December 30, 2012, we recorded an income tax benefit of $0.2 million due to a reduction in uncertain tax positions which was partially offset by a tax expense due to the elimination of the tax effect related to the expiration of a previously terminated swap that could be fully recognized for tax purposes in the current year.

Net Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations. Net income from continuing operations for the year ended December 29, 2013 was $795.4 million and net loss from continuing operations for the year ended December 30, 2012 was $27.5 million. Our net income from continuing operations increased due to the factors noted above.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary cash requirements are for working capital, debt obligations and capital expenditures. We have no material outstanding commitments for capital expenditures. We expect our 2015 capital expenditure to total between $11.5 million and $13.5 million. The 2015 capital expenditures will be primarily comprised of projects related to the consolidation of print operations and system upgrades. Our long term debt and debt service obligations were significantly reduced following the Restructuring. For more information on our long term debt and debt service obligations, see Note 11 “Indebtedness” of the consolidated financial statements. Our principal sources of funds have historically been, and are expected to continue to be, cash provided by operating activities.

As a holding company, we have no operations of our own and accordingly we have no independent means of generating revenue, and our internal sources of funds to meet our cash needs, including payment of expenses, are dividends and other permitted payments from our subsidiaries.

 

79


Table of Contents

We expect to fund our operations through cash provided by operating activities, the incurrence of debt or the issuance of additional equity securities. The Company expects that it will have adequate capital resources and liquidity to meet its working capital needs, borrowing obligations and all required capital expenditures for at least the next twelve months.

Our leverage may adversely affect our business and financial performance and restrict our operating flexibility. The level of our indebtedness and our on-going cash flow requirements may expose us to a risk that a substantial decrease in operating cash flows due to, among other things, continued or additional adverse economic developments or adverse developments in our business, could make it difficult for us to meet the financial and operating covenants contained in our credit facilities. In addition, our leverage may limit cash flow available for general corporate purposes such as capital expenditures and our flexibility to react to competitive, technological and other changes in our industry and economic conditions generally.

GateHouse Credit Facilities

The Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement (the “First Lien Credit Facility”) dated November 26, 2013 by and among GateHouse, GateHouse Media Intermediate Holdco, LLC formerly known as GateHouse Media Intermediate Holdco, Inc. (“GMIH”), certain wholly-owned subsidiaries of GMIH, all of which are wholly owned subsidiaries of New Media (collectively with GMIH and GateHouse, the “Loan Parties”), PNC Bank, National Association, as the administrative agent, Crystal Financial LLC, as term loan B agent, and each of the lenders party thereto provided for (i) a term loan A in the aggregate principal amount of $25 million, (ii) a term loan B in the aggregate principal amount of $50 million, and (iii) a revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $40 million. The Term Loan and Security Agreement (the “Second Lien Credit Facility” and together with the First Lien Credit Facility, the “GateHouse Credit Facilities”) dated November 26, 2013 by and among the Loan Parties, Mutual Quest Fund and each of the lenders party thereto provided for a term loan in an aggregate principal amount of $50 million. The GateHouse Credit Facilities were secured by a first and second priority security interest in substantially all the assets of the Loan Parties.

The GateHouse Credit Facilities imposed upon GateHouse certain financial and operating covenants, including, among others, requirements that GateHouse satisfy certain financial tests, including a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.0 to 1.0, a maximum leverage ratio of not greater than 3.25 to 1.0, a minimum EBITDA and a limitation on capital expenditures, and restrictions on GateHouse’s ability to incur additional debt, incur liens and encumbrances, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with any other person, pay dividends, dispose of assets, make certain restricted payments, engage in transactions with affiliates, materially alter the business it conducts and taking certain other corporate actions.

The GateHouse Credit Facilities were paid in full on June 4, 2014.

Local Media Credit Facility

Certain of Local Media Parent’s subsidiaries (together, the “Borrowers”) and Local Media Parent entered into a Credit Agreement, dated as of September 3, 2013, with a syndicate of financial institutions with Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative agent (the “Local Media Credit Facility”). The Local Media Credit Facility provided for: (a) a $33 million term loan facility; and (b) a $10 million revolving credit facility, with a $3 million sub-facility for letters of credit and a $4 million sub-facility for swing loans. On October 25, 2013, CS assigned the revolving loan commitment to Capital One Business Corp and the revolving credit facility was activated.

The Local Media Credit Facility contained financial covenants that required Local Media Parent and the Borrowers to maintain (a) a Leverage Ratio of not more than 2.5 to 1.0 and a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the Local Media Credit Facility) of at least 2.0 to 1.0, each measured at the end of each fiscal quarter for the four-quarter period then ended. The Local Media Credit Facility contained affirmative and negative

 

80


Table of Contents

covenants applicable to Local Media and the Borrowers customarily found in loan agreements for similar transactions, including, but not limited to, restrictions on their ability to incur indebtedness, create liens on assets, engage in certain lines of business, engage in mergers or consolidations, dispose of assets, make investments or acquisitions, engage in transactions with affiliates, pay dividends or make other restricted payments. The Local Media Credit Facility contained customary events of default, including, but not limited to, defaults based on a failure to pay principal, interest, fees or other obligations, subject to specified grace periods (other than with respect to principal); any material inaccuracy of representation or warranty; breach of covenants; default in other material indebtedness; a Change of Control (as defined in the Local Media Credit Facility); bankruptcy and insolvency events; material judgments; certain ERISA events; and impairment of collateral. The Local Media Credit Facility was amended on October 17, 2013 and on February 28, 2014. The October 17, 2013 amendment corrected a typographical mistake. The February 28, 2014 amendment provided that among other things, sales of real property collateral and reinvestment of the proceeds from such sales could only be made with the consent of the Administrative Agent, modified the properties included in the real property collateral, and set forth in detail the documentary post-closing requirements with respect to the real property collateral.

The Local Media Credit Facility was paid in full on June 4, 2014.

New Media Credit Agreement

On June 4, 2014, New Media Holdings II LLC (the “New Media Borrower”), a wholly owned subsidiary of New Media, entered into a credit agreement (the “New Media Credit Agreement”) among the New Media Borrower, New Media Holdings I LLC (“Holdings”), the lenders party thereto, RBS Citizens, N.A. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch as syndication agent and Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania as administration agent which provides for (i) a $200 million senior secured term facility (the “Term Loan Facility”) and (ii) a $25 million senior secured revolving credit facility (of which $5.0 million was drawn as of December 28, 2014), with a $5 million sub-facility for letters of credit and a $5 million sub-facility for swing loans, (the “Revolving Credit Facility” and together with the Term Loan Facility, the “Senior Secured Credit Facilities”). In addition, the New Media Borrower may request one or more new commitments for term loans or revolving loans from time to time up to an aggregate total of $75 million (the “Incremental Facility”) subject to certain conditions. On June 4, 2014, the New Media Borrower borrowed $200 million under the Term Loan Facility (the “Term Loans”). The Term Loans mature on June 4, 2020 and the maturity date for the Revolving Credit Facility is June 4, 2019. The proceeds of the Term Loans, which included a $6.7 million original issue discount, were used to repay in full all amounts outstanding under the GateHouse Credit Facilities and the Local Media Credit Facility and to pay fees associated with the financing, with the balance going to the Company for general corporate purposes. On November 20, 2014, the New Media Credit Agreement was amended to increase the amount of the Incremental Facility that may be requested after the date of the amendment to $225 million.

The New Media Credit Agreement contains customary representations and warranties and customary affirmative and negative covenants applicable to Holdings, the New Media Borrower and the New Media Borrower’s subsidiaries, including, among other things, restrictions on indebtedness, liens, investments, fundamental changes, dispositions, and dividends and other distributions. The New Media Credit Agreement contains a financial covenant that requires Holdings I, the New Media Borrower and the New Media Borrower’s subsidiaries to maintain a maximum total leverage ratio of 3.25:1.00. The New Media Credit Agreement contains customary events of default. The foregoing descriptions of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are qualified in their entirety by reference to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The New Media Credit Agreement was amended on July 17, 2014 to cure an omission.

One lender under the New Media Credit Agreement was also a lender under the GateHouse Credit Facilities. This portion of the transaction was accounted for as a modification under ASC Subtopic 470-50, “Debt Modifications and Extinguishments” (“ASC Subtopic 470-50”), as the difference between the present value of the cash flows under the New Media Credit Agreement and the present value of the cash flows under the GateHouse

 

81


Table of Contents

Credit Facilities was less than 10%. The unamortized deferred financing costs and original issuance discount balances as of the refinance date pertaining to this lender’s portion of the GateHouse Credit Facilities will be amortized over the terms of the new facility. The remaining portion of the GateHouse Credit Facilities and the Local Media Credit Facility debt refinancing constituted an extinguishment of debt under ASC Subtopic 470-50, and was accounted for accordingly. In connection with this transaction, the Company incurred approximately $10.2 million of fees and expenses, of which $6.7 million were recognized as original issue discount and $1.7 million were capitalized as deferred financing costs. These amounts will be amortized over the term of the new Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Additionally, the Company recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $9.0 million associated with this transaction, which consisted of the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs and other expenses not eligible for capitalization under ASC Subtopic 470-50.

On September 3, 2014, the New Media Credit Agreement was amended to provide for additional term loans under the Incremental Facility in an aggregate principal amount of $25 million (such term loans, the “2014 Incremental Term Loan,” and such amendment, the “2014 Incremental Amendment”) in connection with the acquisition of the assets of The Providence Journal. The 2014 Incremental Term Loan is on terms identical to the term loans that were extended pursuant to the New Media Credit Agreement and will mature on June 4, 2020. In addition, the New Media Borrower was required to pay an upfront fee of 2.00% of the aggregate amount of the 2014 Incremental Term Loan as of the effective date of the 2014 Incremental Amendment.

As of December 28, 2014, the Company is in compliance with all of the covenants and obligations under the New Media Credit Agreement.

Refer to “Indebtedness” section below for further discussion of the New Media Credit Agreement.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our historical cash flows.

 

     Successor Company           Predecessor Company  
     Year Ended
December 28,
2014
    Two Months
Ended
December 29,
2013
          Ten Months
Ended
November 6,
2013
    Year Ended
December 30,
2012
 
(in thousands)                               

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 41,446      $ 16,160           $ (5,972   $ 23,499   

Cash used in investing activities

     (81,603     (1,377          (2,799     (1,044

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     132,055        (3,690          (5,038     (7,140

Cash Flows from Operating Activities. Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 28, 2014 was $41.4 million. The net cash provided by operating activities resulted from depreciation and amortization of $41.5 million, a non-cash loss on early extinguishment of debt of $5.9 million, deferred income taxes of $2.8 million, loss on the sale of assets of $1.5 million, amortization of deferred financing costs of $1.0 million and non-cash interest expense of $0.8 million, partially offset by a net decrease in cash provided by working capital of $7.3 million, a net loss of $3.2 million, and an increase funding of pension and other post-retirement obligations of $1.6 million. The decrease in cash provided by working capital primarily resulted from a decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses.

Net cash provided by operating activities for the two months ended December 29, 2013 was $16.2 million. The net cash provided by operating activities resulted from net income of $7.2 million, depreciation and amortization of $6.6 million, a net increase in cash provided by working capital of $2.2 million, and amortization of deferred financing costs of $0.2 million. The increase in cash provided by working capital primarily resulted from an increase in accrued expenses and accounts payable partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable.

 

82


Table of Contents

Net cash used in operating activities for the ten months ended November 6, 2013 was $6.0 million. The net cash used in operating activities resulted from non-cash reorganization items, net of $954.6 million and an increase funding of pension and other post-retirement obligations of $1.1 million, partially offset by net income of $787.2 million, an impairment of long-lived assets of $91.6 million, an increase in non-cash interest related to unrealized losses upon dedesignation of cash flow hedges of $26.3 million, depreciation and amortization of $33.5 million, a net increase in cash provided by working capital of $8.0 million, a $2.3 million loss on the sale of assets, and amortization of deferred financing costs of $0.8 million. The increase in cash provided by working capital primarily resulted from an increase in accrued expenses.

Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 30, 2012 was $23.5 million. The net cash provided by operating activities resulted from a depreciation and amortization of $40.6 million, a net increase in cash provided by working capital of $10.3 million, an impairment of long-lived assets of $2.1 million, a $1.3 million loss on the sale of assets, amortization of deferred financing costs of $1.2 million, a goodwill impairment charge of $0.2 million, and non-cash compensation of $0.1 million, partially offset by a net loss of $29.8 million, a gain of $1.6 million on derivative instruments, and an increase funding of pension and other post-retirement obligations of $0.9 million. The increase in cash provided by working capital primarily resulted from a decrease in prepaid expenses related to a newsprint pricing agreement that required a prepayment of $10 million in fiscal 2011. No such prepayment was required in fiscal 2012.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities. Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 28, 2014 was $81.6 million. During the year ended December 28, 2014, we used $77.6 million, net of cash acquired, for acquisitions and $5.0 million for capital expenditures, which was offset by $1.0 million received from the sale of publications and other assets.

Net cash used in investing activities for the two months ended December 29, 2013 was $1.4 million. During the two months ended December 29, 2013, we used $1.5 million for capital expenditures, which was offset by 0.1 million received from the sale of publications and other assets.

Net cash used in investing activities for the ten months ended November 6, 2013 was $2.8 million. During the ten months ended November 6, 2013, we used $3.6 million for capital expenditures, which was offset by $0.8 million received from the sale of publications and other assets.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 30, 2012 was $1.0 million. During the year ended December 30, 2012, we used $4.6 million for capital expenditures, which was offset by $3.6 million received from the sale of publications, other assets and insurance proceeds.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities. Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 28, 2014 was $132.1 million due to borrowings under term loans of $217.8 million, the issuance of common stock of $115.7 million from the public offering, net of underwriters’ discount and offering costs, and borrowings under the revolving credit facility of $24.1 million, which were offset by repayments under long-term debt of $158.6 million, repayments under the revolving credit facility of $44.1 million, payment of dividends of $18.2 million, and the payment of debt issuance costs of $4.6 million.

Net cash used in financing activities for the two months ended December 29, 2013 was $3.7 million due to the payment of dividends of $149.0 million and the payment of debt issuance costs of $3.7 million offset by borrowings under the GateHouse Credit Facilities of $149.0 million.

Net cash used in financing activities for the ten months ended November 6, 2013 was $5.0 million due to a repayment under the 2007 Credit Facility of $6.6 million which was offset by additional paid-in capital of $1.6 million related to the VIE Local Media.

Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 30, 2012 was $7.1 million due to repayments under the 2007 Credit Facility.

 

83


Table of Contents

Changes in Financial Position

The discussion that follows highlights significant changes in our financial position and working capital from December 29, 2013 to December 28, 2014.

Accounts Receivable. Accounts receivable increased $8.8 million from December 29, 2013 to December 28, 2014, which relates to $10.7 million of assets acquired during the year ended December 28, 2014, which was partially offset by the timing of cash collections and lower revenue recognized in 2014 for non-acquired businesses compared to 2013.

Inventory. Inventory increased $2.1 million from December 29, 2013 to December 28, 2014, which primarily relates to the acquisitions during the year ended December 28, 2014.

Prepaid Expenses. Prepaid expenses increased $1.1 million from December 29, 2013 to December 28, 2014, which primarily relates to the acquisitions during the year ended December 28, 2014.

Deferred Income Taxes. Deferred income taxes increased $0.8 million from December 29, 2013 to December 28, 2014, which primarily relates to an increase in accrued expenses deductible for tax purposes when paid and an increase in the allocated valuation allowance.

Property, Plant, and Equipment. Property, plant, and equipment increased $13.6 million from December 29, 2013 to December 28, 2014, of which $45.8 million relates to assets acquired and $5.0 million of capital expenditures. These increases were partially offset by depreciation of $34.8 million and $2.0 million related to assets sold or classified as held for sale.

Goodwill. Goodwill increased $8.1 million from December 29, 2013 to December 28, 2014, which primarily relates to acquisitions during the year ended December 28, 2014.

Intangible Assets. Intangible assets increased $11.3 million from December 29, 2013 to December 28, 2014, of which $18.4 million relates to acquisitions during the year ended December 28, 2014, which was partially offset by $6.7 million of amortization and $0.4 million from assets sold.

Deferred Financing Costs, Net. Deferred financing costs, net decreased $5.0 million during the period from December 29, 2013 to December 28, 2014, of which $5.9 million relates to the non-cash loss on early extinguishment of debt and $1.0 million relates to amortization of deferred financing costs, which was offset by $1.7 million of new debt issuance costs that were capitalized related to the New Media Credit Agreement.

Current Portion of Long-term Debt. Current portion of long-term debt decreased $2.1 million from December 29, 2013 to December 28, 2014, due to the amortization terms within the New Media Credit Agreement (1% annually) compared to the GateHouse Credit Facilities and Local Media Credit Facility.

Accounts Payable. Accounts payable decreased $1.7 million from December 29, 2013 to December 28, 2014, which primarily relates to the timing of vendor payments. This decrease was partially offset by $2.6 million of liabilities acquired in 2014.

Accrued Expenses. Accrued expenses decreased $8.8 million from December 29, 2013 to December 28, 2014, due to the payment of legal fees of $7.1 million, a $4.6 million payment of a pension liability made by Local Media on behalf of the seller (an affiliate of Dow Jones & Company, Inc.) which was accrued for at December 29, 2013, and the payment of debt issuance costs of $2.6 million which were accrued at December 29, 2013. These decreases in accrued expenses were partially offset by an increase in accrued payroll and bonuses of $2.5 million which relates to the timing of pay periods and an increase of work force resulting from acquisitions in 2014, $1.2 million which was acquired in 2014, and an increase in accrued professional fees of $2.1 million.

 

84


Table of Contents

Deferred Revenue. Deferred revenue increased $5.2 million from December 29, 2013 to December 28, 2014, which primarily relates to businesses acquired during the year ended December 28, 2014.

Long-term Debt. Long-term debt increased $42.1 million from December 29, 2013 to December 28, 2014, due to borrowings under term loans of $215.5 million, which includes a $7.2 million original issue discount, borrowings under the revolving credit facility of $24.1 million, and $0.8 million non-cash interest expense. These increases were offset by repayments under long-term debt of $153.5 million, repayments under the revolving credit facility of $44.1 million, a $0.8 million reclassification from long-term debt to current portion of long-term debt.

Deferred Income Taxes. Deferred income taxes increased $3.6 million from December 29, 2013 to December 28, 2014, which primarily relates to a deferred tax liability for indefinite-lived assets where book basis exceeded tax basis.

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Obligations. Pension and other postretirement benefit obligations increased $3.3 million from December 29, 2013 to December 28, 2014, which is primarily due to the unrealized loss recognized during the Company’s annual revaluation of pension and postretirement, which was partially offset by payments made during the year.

Additional Paid-In Capital. Additional paid-in capital increased $96.8 million from December 29, 2013 to December 28, 2014, which resulted from the issuance of common stock from the public offering of $115.7 million, net of underwriters’ discount and offering costs, which was partially offset by the payment of dividends of $18.2 million.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss). Accumulated other comprehensive income decreased $4.9 million from December 29, 2013 to December 28, 2014, which primarily relates to the changes to the Company’s pension and postretirement plans.

Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit). Retained earnings decreased $3.2 million from December 29, 2013 to December 28, 2014, due to a net loss of $3.2 million.

Indebtedness

As part of the Restructuring, our Predecessor’s previous long-term debt was extinguished pursuant to the Support Agreement on the Effective Date of the Plan.

GateHouse Credit Facilities

The First Lien Credit Facility provides for (i) a term loan A in the aggregate principal amount of $25 million, (ii) a term loan B in the aggregate principal amount of $50 million, (iii) and a revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $40 million. The Second Lien Credit Facility provides for a term loan in an aggregate principal amount of $50 million. The GateHouse Credit Facilities were secured by a first and second priority security interest in substantially all the assets of the Loan Parties.

The GateHouse Credit Facilities imposed upon GateHouse certain financial and operating covenants, including, among others, requirements that GateHouse satisfy certain financial tests, including a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.0 to 1.0, a maximum leverage ratio of not greater than 3.25 to 1.0, a minimum EBITDA and a limitation on capital expenditures, and restrictions on GateHouse’s ability to incur additional debt, incur liens and encumbrances, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with any other person, pay dividends, dispose of assets, make certain restricted payments, engage in transactions with affiliates, materially alter the business it conducts and taking certain other corporate actions.

 

85


Table of Contents

The GateHouse Credit Facilities were paid in full on June 4, 2014.

Local Media Credit Facility

The Local Media Credit Facility provided for: (a) a $33 million term loan facility; and (b) a $10 million revolving credit facility, with a $3 million sub-limit for letters of credit and a $4 million sub-limit for swing loans. On October 25, 2013, CS assigned the revolving loan commitment to Capital One Business Corp and the revolving credit facility was activated.

The Local Media Credit Facility contained financial covenants that required Local Media Parent and the Borrowers to maintain (a) a Leverage Ratio of not more than 2.5 to 1.0 and a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the Local Media Credit Facility) of at least 2.0 to 1.0, each measured at the end of each fiscal quarter for the four-quarter period then ended. The Local Media Credit Facility contained affirmative and negative covenants applicable to Local Media and the Borrowers customarily found in loan agreements for similar transactions, including, but not limited to, restrictions on their ability to incur indebtedness, create liens on assets, engage in certain lines of business, engage in mergers or consolidations, dispose of assets, make investments or acquisitions, engage in transactions with affiliates, pay dividends or make other restricted payments. The Local Media Credit Facility contained customary events of default, including, but not limited to, defaults based on a failure to pay principal, interest, fees or other obligations, subject to specified grace periods (other than with respect to principal); any material inaccuracy of representation or warranty; breach of covenants; default in other material indebtedness; a Change of Control (as defined in the Local Media Credit Facility); bankruptcy and insolvency events; material judgments; certain ERISA events; and impairment of collateral. The Local Media Credit Facility was amended on October 17, 2013 and on February 28, 2014. The October 17, 2013 amendment corrected a typographical mistake. The February 28, 2014 amendment provided that among other things, sales of real property collateral and reinvestment of the proceeds from such sales could only be made with the consent of the Administrative Agent, modified the properties included in the real property collateral, and set forth in detail the documentary post-closing requirements with respect to the real property collateral.

The Local Media Credit Facility was paid in full on June 4, 2014.

New Media Credit Agreement

On June 4, 2014, New Media Borrower, a wholly owned subsidiary of New Media, entered into the New Media Credit Agreement among the New Media Borrower, Holdings I, the lenders party thereto, RBS Citizens, N.A. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch as syndication agent and Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania as administration agent which provides for (i) a $200 million Term Loan Facility and (ii) a $25 million Revolving Credit Facility (of which $5 million was drawn as of December 28, 2014), with a $5 million sub-facility for letters of credit and a $5 million sub-facility for swing loans. In addition, the New Media Borrower may request one or more new commitments under the Incremental Facility from time to time up to an aggregate total of $75 million subject to certain conditions. On June 4, 2014, the New Media Borrower borrowed $200 million under the Term Loans. The Term Loans mature on June 4, 2020 and the maturity date for the Revolving Credit Facility is June 4, 2019. On November 20, 2014, the New Media Credit Agreement was amended to increase the amount of the Incremental Facility that may be requested after the date of the amendment to $225 million.

The proceeds of the Term Loans, which included a $6.7 million original issue discount, were used to repay in full all amounts outstanding under the GateHouse Credit Facilities and the Local Media Credit Facility and to pay fees associated with the financing, with the balance going to us for general corporate purposes.

Borrowings under the Term Loan Facility bear interest, at the New Media Borrower’s option, at a rate equal to either (i) the Eurodollar Rate (as defined in the New Media Credit Agreement), plus an applicable margin equal to 6.25% per annum (subject to a Eurodollar Rate floor of 1.00%) or (ii) the Base Rate (as defined in the New Media Credit Agreement), plus an applicable margin equal to 5.25% per annum (subject to a Base Rate floor of 2.00%).

 

86


Table of Contents

Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility bear interest, at the New Media Borrower’s option, at a rate equal to either (i) the Eurodollar Rate, plus an applicable margin equal to 5.25% per annum or (ii) the Base Rate, plus an applicable margin equal to 4.25% per annum, with a step down based on achievement of a certain total leverage ratio. The New Media Borrower currently uses the Eurodollar Rate option.

If any borrowings under the Incremental Facility have an all-in yield more than 50 basis points greater than the Term Loans (the “Incremental Yield”), the all-in yield for the Term Loans shall be adjusted to be 50 basis points less than the Incremental Yield. As of December 28, 2014 the New Media Credit Agreement had a weighted average interest rate of 7.21%.

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities are unconditionally guaranteed by Holdings I and certain subsidiaries of the New Media Borrower (collectively, the “Guarantors”) and is required to be guaranteed by all future material wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions. All obligations under the New Media Credit Agreement are secured, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all of the New Media Borrower’s assets and the assets of the Guarantors, including (a) a pledge of 100% of the equity interests of the New Media Borrower and the Guarantors (other than Holdings I), (b) a mortgage lien on the New Media Borrower’s material real property and that of the Guarantors and (c) all proceeds of the foregoing.

Repayments made under the Term Loans are equal to 1.0% annually of the original principal amount in equal quarterly installments for the life of the Term Loans, with the remainder due at maturity. The New Media Borrower is permitted to make voluntary prepayments at any time without premium or penalty, except in the case of prepayments made in connection with certain repricing transactions with respect to the Term Loans effected within six months of the closing date of the New Media Credit Agreement, to which a 1.00% prepayment premium applies. The period during which a prepayment premium applies was later extended by amendment, refer to “Subsequent Events” section above. The New Media Borrower is required to repay borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities (without payment of a premium) with (i) net cash proceeds of certain debt obligations (except as otherwise permitted under the New Media Credit Agreement), (ii) net cash proceeds from non-ordinary course asset sales (subject to reinvestment rights and other exceptions), and (iii) commencing with our fiscal year started December 30, 2013, 100% of Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the New Media Credit Agreement), subject to step-downs to 50%, 25% and 0% of Excess Cash Flow based on achievement of a total leverage ratio of less than or equal to 3.00 to 1.00 but greater than 2.75 to 1.00; less than or equal to 2.75 to 1.00 but greater than 2.50 to 1.00; and less than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00, respectively.

The New Media Credit Agreement contains customary representations and warranties and customary affirmative and negative covenants applicable to Holdings I, the New Media Borrower and the New Media Borrower’s subsidiaries, including, among other things, restrictions on indebtedness, liens, investments, fundamental changes, dispositions, and dividends and other distributions. The New Media Credit Agreement contains a financial covenant that requires Holdings I, the New Media Borrower and the New Media Borrower’s subsidiaries to maintain a maximum total leverage ratio of 3.25 to 1.00. The New Media Credit Agreement contains customary events of default. The foregoing descriptions of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are qualified in their entirety by reference to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The New Media Credit Agreement was amended on July 17, 2014 to cure an omission.

One lender under the New Media Credit Agreement was also a lender under the GateHouse Credit Facilities. This portion of the transaction was accounted for as a modification under ASC Subtopic 470-50, “Debt Modifications and Extinguishments” (“ASC Subtopic 470-50”), as the difference between the present value of the cash flows under the New Media Credit Agreement and the present value of the cash flows under the GateHouse Credit Facilities was less than 10%. The unamortized deferred financing costs and original issuance discount balances as of the refinance date pertaining to this lender’s portion of the GateHouse Credit Facilities will be amortized over the terms of the new facility. The remaining portion of the GateHouse Credit Facilities and the Local Media Credit Facility debt refinancing constituted an extinguishment of debt under ASC Subtopic 470-50, and was accounted for accordingly. In connection with this transaction, we incurred approximately $10.2 million

 

87


Table of Contents

of fees and expenses, of which $6.7 million was recognized as original issue discount and $1.7 million were capitalized as deferred financing costs. These amounts will be amortized over the term of the new Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Additionally, we recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $9.0 million associated with this transaction, which consisted of the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs and other expenses not eligible for capitalization under ASC Subtopic 470-50.

On September 3, 2014, the New Media Credit Agreement was amended to provide for the 2014 Incremental Term Loan in an aggregate principal amount of $25 million in connection with the acquisition of the assets of The Providence Journal. The 2014 Incremental Term Loan is on terms identical to the term loans that were extended pursuant to the New Media Credit Agreement and will mature on June 4, 2020. In addition, the New Media Borrower was required to pay an upfront fee of 2.00% of the aggregate amount of the 2014 Incremental Term Loan as of the effective date of the 2014 Incremental Amendment. This amendment was considered a modification and the related $0.6 million of fees were expensed during the quarter.

As of December 28, 2014, we were in compliance with all of the covenants and obligations under the New Media Credit Agreement.

Summary Disclosure About Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

The following table reflects a summary of our contractual cash obligations, including estimated interest payments where applicable, as of December 28, 2014:

 

     2015      2016      2017      2018      2019      Thereafter      Total  
     (In Thousands)  

Debt obligations

   $ 18,987       $ 19,852       $ 22,107       $ 22,050       $ 27,343       $ 221,869       $ 332,208   

Noncompete payments

     250         200         200         200         —           —           850   

Operating lease obligations

     6,800         4,985         4,801         3,671         1,450         3,449         25,156   

Letters of credit

     5,182         —           —           —           —           —           5,182   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 31,219       $ 25,037       $ 27,108       $ 25,921       $ 28,793       $ 225,318       $ 363,396   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The table above excludes future cash requirements for pension and postretirement obligations. The periods in which these obligations will be settled in cash are not readily determinable and are subject to numerous future events and assumptions. We estimate cash requirements for these obligations in 2015 totaling approximately $1.6 million. See Note 16 “Pension and Postretirement Benefits” to the consolidated financial statements, included herein.

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial statements.

Contractual Commitments

Credit Amendment

On or around September 4, 2013, GateHouse and certain lenders (including Newcastle) constituting the “Required Lenders” under the 2007 Credit Agreement entered into Amendment Agreement to the 2007 Credit Agreement effective September 3, 2013 ( the “Credit Amendment”). Pursuant to the terms of the Credit Amendment, GateHouse obtained the following improvement in terms: a clarified and expanded definition of “Eligible Assignee” an increase in the base amount in the formula used to calculate the “Permitted Investments” basket from $35 million to a base of $50 million; the removal of the requirement that GateHouse’s annual financial statements not have a “going concern” or like qualification to the audit; the removal of a cross default from any Secured Hedging Agreement to the 2007 Credit Agreement; the removal of a Bankruptcy Default, as

 

88


Table of Contents

defined therein, arising from actions in furtherance of or indicating consent to the specified actions; and a waiver of any prior Default or Event of Default, as defined therein, including without limitation from the negotiation, entry into, or performance of the Support Agreement or the investment commitment letter entered into in connection with the Restructuring pursuant to which the Plan Sponsor agreed to purchase the Cash-Out Offer claims.

In consideration of the changes described above, GateHouse agreed to pay each of the lenders party to the Credit Amendment that timely executed and delivered its signature to the Credit Amendment and the Support Agreement, an amendment fee equal to 3.5% multiplied by the aggregate outstanding amount of the loans held (including through trades pending settlement) by such lender, unless waived in writing. Newcastle and certain other lenders elected to waive their amendment fee pursuant to the Credit Amendment. Newcastle indemnified other lenders with respect to their entry into the Credit Amendment, subject to the limitations set forth in the Credit Amendment. Such fee amounted to $6.8 million.

Derivative Instruments

The bankruptcy filing on September 27, 2013, was a termination event under our Predecessor’s interest rate swap agreements. For more detailed information on our interest rate swap agreements, See item 7A in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

No other material changes were made to our contractual commitments during the period from December 29, 2013 to December 28, 2014.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11, “Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists” which requires an unrecognized tax benefit to be presented as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward that the entity intends to use as of the reporting date. We adopted the provisions of ASU No. 2013-11 in fiscal 2014. The amendments in this update did not have a material impact on the financial statements.

In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-08, “Presentation of Financial Statements and Property, Plant, and Equipment: Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity”. ASU No. 2014-08 changes the criteria for reporting discontinued operations while enhancing disclosures in this area and is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2014. The amendments in ASU No. 2014-08 are not expected to have a material impact on the financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers.” ASU No. 2014-09 will replace all current U.S. GAAP guidance on this topic and eliminate all industry-specific guidance. The new revenue recognition standard provides a unified model to determine when and how revenue is recognized. The core principle is that a company should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This guidance will be effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and shall be applied retrospectively to each period presented or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. We are currently reviewing the amendments in ASU No. 2014-09, but do not expect them to have a material impact on the financial statements.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

A non-GAAP financial measure is generally defined as one that purports to measure historical or future financial performance, financial position or cash flows, but excludes or includes amounts that would not be so

 

89


Table of Contents

adjusted in the most comparable GAAP measure. In this report, we define and use Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, as set forth below.

Adjusted EBITDA

We define Adjusted EBITDA as follows:

Income (loss) from continuing operations before:

 

   

Income tax expense (benefit);

 

   

interest/financing expense;

 

   

depreciation and amortization; and

 

   

non-cash impairments.

Management’s Use of Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement of financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to income from operations, net income (loss), cash flow from continuing operating activities or any other measure of performance or liquidity derived in accordance with GAAP. We believe this non-GAAP measure, as we have defined it, is helpful in identifying trends in our day-to-day performance because the items excluded have little or no significance on our day-to-day operations. This measure provides an assessment of controllable expenses and affords management the ability to make decisions which are expected to facilitate meeting current financial goals as well as achieve optimal financial performance. We believe that it also provides an indicator for management to determine if adjustments to current spending decisions are needed.

Adjusted EBITDA provides us with a measure of financial performance, independent of items that are beyond the control of management in the short-term, such as depreciation and amortization, taxation and interest expense associated with our capital structure. This metric measures our financial performance based on operational factors that management can impact in the short-term, namely the cost structure or expenses of the organization. Adjusted EBITDA is one of the metrics used by senior management and New Media’s Board of Directors to review the financial performance of the business on a monthly basis.

Limitations of Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool. It should not be viewed in isolation or as a substitute for GAAP measures of earnings or cash flows. Material limitations in making the adjustments to our earnings to calculate Adjusted EBITDA and using this non-GAAP financial measure as compared to GAAP net income (loss), include: the cash portion of interest/financing expense, income tax (benefit) provision and charges related to gain (loss) on sale of facilities represent charges (gains), which may significantly affect our financial results.

Readers of our financial statements may find this item important in evaluating our performance, results of operations and financial position. We use non-GAAP financial measures to supplement our GAAP results in order to provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting our business.

Adjusted EBITDA is not an alternative to net income, income from operations or cash flows provided by or used in operations as calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Readers of our financial statements should not rely on Adjusted EBITDA as a substitute for any such GAAP financial measure. We strongly urge readers of our financial statements to review the reconciliation of income (loss) from continuing operations to Adjusted EBITDA, along with our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. We also strongly urge readers of our financial statements to not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business. In addition, because Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of financial performance under GAAP and is

 

90


Table of Contents

susceptible to varying calculations, the Adjusted EBITDA measure, as presented in this report, may differ from and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.

We use Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of our core operating performance, which is evidenced by the publishing and delivery of news and other media and excludes certain expenses that may not be indicative of our core business operating results. We consider the unrealized (gain) loss on derivative instruments and the (gain) loss on early extinguishment of debt to be financing related costs associated with interest expense or amortization of financing fees. Accordingly, we exclude financing related costs such as the early extinguishment of debt because they represent the write-off of deferred financing costs and we believe these non-cash write-offs are similar to interest expense and amortization of financing fees, which by definition are excluded from Adjusted EBITDA. Additionally, the non-cash gains (losses) on derivative contracts, which are related to interest rate swap agreements to manage interest rate risk, are financing costs associated with interest expense. Such charges are incidental to, but not reflective of, our core operating performance and it is appropriate to exclude charges related to financing activities such as the early extinguishment of debt and the unrealized (gain) loss on derivative instruments which, depending on the nature of the financing arrangement, would have otherwise been amortized over the period of the related agreement and does not require a current cash settlement.

The table below shows the reconciliation of income (loss) from continuing operations to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

 

    Successor
Company
    Combined     Successor
Company
         Predecessor Company  
    Year Ended
December
28, 2014
    Year Ended
December
29, 2013
    Two Months
Ended
December 29,
2013
         Ten
Months Ended
November 6,
2013
    Year Ended
December
30, 2012(3)
    Year Ended
January 1,
2012
    Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

(in thousands)

                 

(Loss) income from continuing operations

  $ (3,205   $ 795,446      $ 7,206          $ 788,240      $ (27,463   $ (20,950   $ (25,502

Income tax expense (benefit)

    2,713        294        491            (197     (207     (1,803     (155

Loss (gain) on derivative instruments (1)

    51        14        —              14        (1,635     (913     8,277   

Loss on early extinguishment of debt(2)

    9,047        —          —              —          —          —          —     

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    1,049        1,013        171            842        1,255        1,360        1,360   

Interest expense

    16,636        75,998        1,640            74,358        57,928        58,309        60,021   

Impairment of long-lived assets

    —          91,599        —              91,599        —          1,733        430   

Depreciation and amortization

    41,450        39,997        6,588            33,409        39,888        42,426        45,080   

Goodwill and mastheads impairment

    —          —          —              —          —          385       —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations

  $ 67,741 (a)    $ 1,004,361      $ 16,096 (b)        $ 988,265 (c)    $ 69,766 (d)    $ 80,547 (e)    $ 89,511 (f) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 28, 2014 included net expenses of $21,673, comprised of transaction and project costs, non-cash compensation, and other expenses of $17,405, integration and reorganization costs of $2,796 and a $1,472 loss on the sale of assets.
(b) Adjusted EBITDA for the two months ended December 29, 2013 included net expenses of $4,828, comprised of transaction and project costs and other expenses of $3,043, integration and reorganization costs of $1,758 and a $27 loss on the sale of assets.
(c) Adjusted EBITDA for the ten months ended November 6, 2013 included net income of $(930,229), comprised of transaction and project costs, non-cash compensation, and other expenses of $(932,969), integration and reorganization costs of $1,577 and a $1,163 loss on the sale of assets.

Adjusted EBITDA also does not include $123 of EBITDA generated from our discontinued operations.

 

(d) Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 30, 2012 included net expenses of $11,009, comprised of transaction and project costs, non-cash compensation, and other expenses of $5,378, integration and reorganization costs of $4,393 and a $1,238 loss on the sale of assets.

Adjusted EBITDA also does not include $255 of EBITDA generated from our discontinued operations.

 

91


Table of Contents
(e) Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended January 1, 2012 included net expenses of $10,565, comprised of transaction and project costs, non-cash compensation, and other expenses of $4,226, integration and reorganization costs of $5,884 and a $455 loss on the sale of assets.

Adjusted EBITDA also does not include $432 of EBITDA generated from our discontinued operations.

 

(f) Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2010 included net expenses of $8,880 comprised of transaction and project costs, non-cash compensation, and other expenses of $5,005, integration and reorganization costs of $2,324 and a $1,551 loss on the sale of assets.

Adjusted EBITDA also does not include $463 of EBITDA generated from our discontinued operations.

 

(1) Non-cash (gain) loss on derivative instruments is related to interest rate swap agreements which are financing related and are excluded from Adjusted EBITDA.
(2) Non-cash write-off of deferred financing costs are similar to interest expense and amortization of financing fees and are excluded from Adjusted EBITDA.
(3)

The year ended December 30, 2012 included a 53rd week of operations for approximately 60% of the business.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates and commodity prices. Changes in these factors could cause fluctuations in earnings and cash flow. In the normal course of business, exposure to certain of these market risks is managed as described below.

Interest Rates

On September 27, 2013, we filed for bankruptcy and on November 26, 2013, we emerged from bankruptcy with a new capital structure. The interest rate discussion below is based on our capital structure and interest rates pre-filing and post emergence.

Pre Bankruptcy Filing

The pre-filing discussion is based on our Predecessor’s average long-term debt of $1,171.2 million and interest rate swaps totaling $625.0 million during the pre-filing period.

On August 18, 2008, we terminated interest rate swaps with a total notional amount of $570.0 million. At September 27, 2013, after consideration of the interest rate swaps described below, $542.5 million of the remaining principal amount of our term loans were subject to floating interest rates.

The bankruptcy filing on September 27, 2013, was a termination event under our Predecessor’s interest rate swap agreements. Our Predecessor’s debt structure and interest rate risks were primarily managed through the use of floating rate debt and interest rate swaps.

On February 27, 2007, we executed an interest rate swap in the notional amount of $100.0 million with a forward starting date of February 28, 2007. The interest rate swap had a term of seven years. Under this swap, we paid an amount to the swap counterparty representing interest on a notional amount at a rate of 5.14% and received an amount from the swap counterparty representing, interest on the notional amount at a rate equal to the one month LIBOR.

On April 4, 2007, we executed an additional interest rate swap in the notional amount of $250.0 million with a forward starting date of April 13, 2007. The interest rate swap had a term of seven years. Under this swap, we paid an amount to the swap counterparty representing interest on a notional amount at a rate of 4.971% and received an amount from the swap counterparty representing interest on the notional amount at a rate equal to one month LIBOR.

On April 13, 2007, we executed an additional interest rate swap in the notional amount of $200.0 million with a forward starting date of April 30, 2007. The interest rate swap had a term of seven years. Under this swap,

 

92


Table of Contents

we paid an amount to the swap counterparty representing interest on a notional amount at a rate of 5.079% and received an amount from the swap counterparty representing interest on the notional amount at a rate equal to one month LIBOR.

On September 18, 2007, we executed an additional interest rate swap based on a notional amount of $75.0 million with a forward starting date of September 18, 2007. The interest rate swap had a term of seven years. Under the swap, we paid an amount to the swap counterparty representing interest on a notional amount at a rate of 4.941% and received an amount from the swap counterparty representing interest on the notional amount at a rate equal to one month LIBOR.

Post Emergence

The post emergence discussion is based on average long-term debt of $200.6 million during the year ended December 28, 2014. There were no interest rate swaps in place during this period.

As of December 28, 2014, we have $229.4 million of debt comprised of $224.4 million of term debt, with a minimum variable rate plus a fixed margin, and a $5.0 million revolving credit loan. On the term debt the minimum variable rate is 1.0% and the fixed margin is 6.25%. Our revolving loan has a variable rate plus a fixed margin of 5.25%. Our primary exposure is to LIBOR. A 100 basis point change in LIBOR would change our interest expense on an annualized basis by approximately $0.4 million, based on average floating rate debt outstanding for the year ended December 28, 2014 and after consideration of minimum variable rates.

Commodities

Certain operating expenses of ours are sensitive to commodity price fluctuations. Primary commodity price exposures are newsprint, energy costs and, to a lesser extent, ink. We manage these risks through annual fixed pricing agreements for our newsprint purchases and annual contracts with independent contractors or third party distributers for our newspaper distributions.

A $10 per metric ton newsprint price change would result in a corresponding annualized change in our income from continuing operations before income taxes of $0.6 million based on newsprint usage for the year ended December 28, 2014 of approximately 57,300 metric tons.

 

93


Table of Contents
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

NEW MEDIA INVESTMENT GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Consolidated Financial Statements:

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     95   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013

     96   

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended December  28, 2014 (Successor Company), the two months ended December 29, 2013 (Successor Company), the ten months ended November 6, 2013 (Predecessor Company) and the year ended December 30, 2012 (Predecessor Company)

     97   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the year ended December  28, 2014 (Successor Company), the two months ended December 29, 2013 (Successor Company), the ten months ended November 6, 2013 (Predecessor Company) and the year ended December 30, 2012 (Predecessor Company)

     98   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December  28, 2014 (Successor Company), the two months ended December 29, 2013 (Successor Company), the ten months ended November 6, 2013 (Predecessor Company) and the year ended December 30, 2012 (Predecessor Company)

     99   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     100   

 

94


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of

New Media Investment Group Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of New Media Investment Group Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the year ended December 28, 2014, the period from November 7, 2013 to December 29, 2013, the period from December 31, 2012 through November 6, 2013 (Predecessor), and the year ended December 30, 2012 (Predecessor). Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)(2). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Note 1, 2 and 3 to the consolidated financial statements, on November 6, 2013, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order confirming the plan of reorganization, which became effective November 26, 2013. Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with Accounting Standards Codification 852-10, “Reorganizations”, for the Successor Company as a new entity with assets, liability and a capital structure having carrying amounts not comparable with prior periods as described in Note 1, 2 and 3.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of New Media Investment Group Inc. at December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 28, 2014, the period from November 7, 2013 to December 29, 2013, the period from December 31, 2012 through November 6, 2013 (Predecessor), and the year ended December 30, 2012 (Predecessor), in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, New York

March 6, 2015

 

95


Table of Contents

NEW MEDIA INVESTMENT GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share data)

 

     December 28,
2014
    December 29,
2013
 
ASSETS     

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 123,709      $ 31,811   

Restricted cash

     6,467        6,477   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $3,462 and $349 at December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, respectively

     80,151        71,401   

Inventory

     9,824        7,697   

Prepaid expenses

     9,129        7,986   

Deferred income taxes

     4,269        3,446   

Other current assets

     10,632        11,799   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     244,181        140,617   

Property, plant, and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $40,172 and $5,539 at December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, respectively

     283,786        270,187   

Goodwill

     134,042        125,911   

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $7,709 and $1,049 at December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, respectively

     156,742        145,401   

Deferred financing costs, net

     3,252        8,297   

Other assets

     3,092        2,986   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 825,095      $ 693,399   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

Current liabilities:

    

Current portion of long-term liabilities

   $ 650      $ 699   

Current portion of long-term debt

     2,250        4,312   

Accounts payable

     9,306        10,973   

Accrued expenses

     47,061        55,818   

Deferred revenue

     35,806        30,620   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     95,073        102,422   

Long-term liabilities:

    

Long-term debt

     219,802        177,703   

Long-term liabilities, less current portion

     5,609        4,405   

Deferred income taxes

     7,090        3,446   

Pension and other postretirement benefit obligations

     13,394        10,061   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     340,968        298,037   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 2,000,000,000 shares authorized at December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013; 37,466,495 and 30,000,000 issued and outstanding at December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, respectively

     375        300   

Additional paid-in capital

     484,220        387,398   

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

     (4,469     458   

Retained earnings

     4,001        7,206   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     484,127        395,362   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 825,095      $ 693,399   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

96


Table of Contents

NEW MEDIA INVESTMENT GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

    Successor Company          Predecessor Company  
    Year Ended
December 28, 2014
    Two Months
Ended
December 29,
2013
         Ten Months
Ended
November 6,
2013
    Year Ended
December 30, 2012
 

Revenues:

           

Advertising

  $ 385,399      $ 63,340          $ 265,078      $ 330,881   

Circulation

    195,661        29,525            118,810        131,576   

Commercial printing and other

    71,263        10,366            29,402        26,097   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    652,323        103,231            413,290        488,554   

Operating costs and expenses:

           

Operating costs

    368,420        56,614            232,066        268,222   

Selling, general, and administrative

    211,829        28,749            136,832        145,020   

Depreciation and amortization

    41,450        6,588            33,409        39,888   

Integration and reorganization costs

    2,796        1,758            1,577        4,393   

Impairment of long-lived assets

    —         —              91,599        —     

Loss on sale of assets

    1,472        27            1,163        1,238   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    26,356        9,495            (83,356     29,793   

Interest expense

    16,636        1,640            74,358        57,928   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    1,049        171            842        1,255   

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

    9,047        —              —          —     

Loss (gain) on derivative instruments

    51        —              14        (1,635

Other expense (income)

    65        (13         1,004        (85

Reorganization items, net

    —          —              (947,617     —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

    (492     7,697            788,043        (27,670

Income tax expense (benefit)

    2,713        491            (197     (207
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations

    (3,205     7,206            788,240        (27,463

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

    —          —              (1,034     (2,340
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

    (3,205     7,206            787,206        (29,803

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

    —          —              208        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to New Media

  $ (3,205   $ 7,206          $ 787,414      $ (29,803
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) per share:

           

Basic and Diluted:

           

(Loss) income from continuing operations attributable to New Media

  $ (0.10   $ 0.24          $ 13.58      $ (0.47

Net (loss) income attributable to New Media

  $ (0.10   $ 0.24          $ 13.56      $ (0.51

Dividends declared per share

  $ 0.54      $ —            $ —        $ —     

Other comprehensive income:

           

Derivative instrument items:

           

Gain on derivative instruments, net of income taxes of $0

  $ —        $ —            $ 19,339      $ 4,364   

Reclassification of accumulated other comprehensive loss related to derivative instruments, net of income taxes of $0

    —          —              26,313        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative items, net of income taxes of $0

    —          —              45,652        4,364   

Pension and other postretirement benefit items:

           

Net actuarial (loss) gain

    (4,927     458            69        (2,530

Amortization of net actuarial loss

    —          —              —          383   

Amortization of prior service credit

    —          —              —          (457

Other adjustment

    —          —              —          (43
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total pension and other postretirement benefit items, net of income taxes of $0

    (4,927     458            69        (2,647
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

    (4,927     458            45,721        1,717   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income

    (8,132     7,664            832,927        (28,086

Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

    —          —              (208     —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income attributable to New Media

  $ (8,132   $ 7,664          $ 833,135      $ (28,086
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

97


Table of Contents

NEW MEDIA INVESTMENT GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

    Common stock     Additional
paid-in
capital
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
    Retained
earnings
(accumulated
deficit)
    Treasury stock     Non-
controlling
interest
in
subsidiary
       
    Shares     Amount           Shares     Amount       Total  

Balance at January 1, 2012, Predecessor Company

    58,313,868      $ 568      $ 831,249      $ (54,359   $ (1,581,114     236,837      $ (310   $ (1,666   $ (805,632

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          (29,803     —          —          (536     (30,339

Gain on derivative instruments, net of income taxes of $0

    —          —          —          4,364        —          —          —          —          4,364   

Net actuarial loss and prior service cost, net of income taxes of $0

    —          —          —          (2,647     —          —          —          —          (2,647

Non-cash compensation expense

    —          —          95        —          —          —          —          —          95   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 30, 2012, Predecessor Company

    58,313,868      $ 568      $ 831,344      $ (52,642   $ (1,610,917     236,837      $ (310   $ (2,202   $ (834,159
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    —          —          —          —          787,414        —          —          (208     787,206   

Gain on derivative instruments, net of income taxes of $0

    —          —          —          19,339        —          —          —          —          19,339   

Reclassification of accumulated other comprehensive loss related to derivative instruments, net of income taxes of $0

    —          —          —          26,313        —          —          —          —          26,313   

Net actuarial loss and prior service cost, net of income taxes of $0

    —          —          —          69        —          —          —          —          69   

Non-cash compensation expense

    —          —          25        —          —          —          —          —          25   

Disposal of non wholly owned subsidiary

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          2,202       2,202   

Cancellation of Predecessor Company common stock, net of fair value of new warrants of $995

    (58,313,868     (568     (830,374     —          830,632        (236,837 )     310       —          —     

Elimination of Predecessor Company accumulated deficit and accumulated other comprehensive income

    —          —          —          6,921        (7,129     —          —          208        —     

Issuance of new common stock and contribution of Local Media in connection with emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code

    30,000,000        300        535,403        —          —          —          —          —          535,703   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at November 6, 2013, Predecessor Company

    30,000,000      $ 300      $ 536,398      $ —        $ —          —        $ —        $ —        $ 536,698   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    —          —          —          —          7,206        —          —          —          7,206   

Net actuarial gain and prior service cost, net of income taxes of $0

    —          —          —          458        —          —          —          —          458   

Common stock cash dividends

    —          —          (149,000     —          —          —          —          —          (149,000
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 29, 2013, Successor Company

    30,000,000      $ 300      $ 387,398      $ 458      $ 7,206        —        $ —        $ —        $ 395,362   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          (3,205     —          —          —          (3,205

Restricted share grants

    15,870        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Net actuarial loss and prior service cost, net of income taxes of $0

    —          —          —          (4,927     —          —          —          —          (4,927

Non-cash compensation expense

    —          —          59        —          —          —          —          —          59   

Issuance of common stock, net of underwriter’s discount

    7,450,625        75        114,983        —          —          —          —          —          115,058   

Common stock cash dividend

    —          —          (18,220     —          —          —          —          —          (18,220
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 28, 2014, Successor Company

    37,466,495      $ 375      $ 484,220      $ (4,469   $ 4,001        —        $ —        $ —        $ 484,127   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

98


Table of Contents

NEW MEDIA INVESTMENT GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

    Successor Company          Predecessor Company  
    Year Ended
December 28,
2014
    Two Months
Ended
December  29,

2013
         Ten Months
Ended

November 6,
2013
    Year ended
December  30,

2012
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

           

Net (loss) income

  $ (3,205   $ 7,206          $ 787,206      $ (29,803

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

           

Depreciation and amortization

    41,450        6,588            33,466        40,627   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    1,049        171            842        1,255   

(Gain) loss on derivative instruments

    (25     —              14        (1,635

Non-cash compensation expense

    59        —              25        95   

Non-cash interest expense

    824        15            —          —     

Non-cash reorganization costs, net

    —          —              (954,605     —     

Non-cash interest related to unrealized losses upon designation of cash flow hedges

    —          —              26,313        —     

Non-cash loss on early extinguishment of debt

    5,949        —              —          —     

Deferred income taxes

    2,821        —              —          —     

Loss on sale of assets

    1,472        27            2,318        1,270   

Pension and other postretirement benefit obligations

    (1,604     —              (1,137     (939

Impairment of long-lived assets

    —          —              91,599        2,128   

Goodwill impairment

    —          —              —          216   

Changes in assets and liabilities:

           

Accounts receivable, net

    1,781        (7,075         4,210        3,448   

Inventory

    1,226        (247         105        (2

Prepaid expenses

    (614     173            (1,594     9,605   

Other assets

    1,045        232            (2,498     (1,903

Accounts payable

    (4,292     726            243        1,322   

Accrued expenses

    (7,476     8,933            9,135        —     

Deferred revenue

    (218     (665         (868     (1,597

Other long-term liabilities

    1,204        76            (746     (588
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    41,446        16,160            (5,972     23,499   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

           

Purchases of property, plant, and equipment

    (5,012     (1,536         (3,632     (4,687

Proceeds from sale of publications, other assets and insurance

    1,027        159            833        3,643   

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

    (77,618     —              —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (81,603     (1,377         (2,799     (1,044
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

           

Capital contribution to Local Media

    —          —              1,610        —     

Payment of debt issuance costs

    (4,610     (3,690         —          —     

Borrowings under term loans

    217,775        149,000            —          —     

Borrowings under revolving credit facility

    24,068        —              —          —     

Repayments under long-term debt

    (158,562     —              (6,648     (7,140

Repayments under revolving credit facility

    (44,068     —              —          —     

Payment of offering costs

    (1,073     —              —          —     

Issuance of common stock, net of underwriter’s discount

    116,737        —              —          —     

Payment of dividends

    (18,212     (149,000         —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    132,055        (3,690         (5,038     (7,140
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    91,898        11,093            (13,809     15,315   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    31,811        20,718            34,527        19,212   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 123,709      $ 31,811          $ 20,718      $ 34,527   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures on cash flow information:

           

Cash interest paid

  $ 15,181      $ 925          $ 43,606      $ 55,976   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

99


Table of Contents

NEW MEDIA INVESTMENT GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share data)

(1) Description of Business, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Description of Business

New Media Investment Group Inc. (“New Media,” “Company,” “us,” or “we”), formerly known as GateHouse Media, Inc. (“GateHouse” or “Predecessor”), was formed as a Delaware corporation on June 18, 2013. New Media was capitalized and issued 1,000 common shares to Newcastle Investment Corp. (“Newcastle”). Newcastle owned approximately 84.6% of New Media until February 13, 2014, upon which date Newcastle distributed the shares that it held in New Media to its shareholders on a prorata basis. New Media had no operations until November 26, 2013, when it assumed control of GateHouse and Local Media Group Holdings LLC (“Local Media Parent”). The Company’s Predecessor and certain of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Debtors”) filed voluntary petitions under Chapter 11 of title 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”), in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the “Bankruptcy Court”) on September 27, 2013. On November 6, 2013 (the “Confirmation Date”), the Bankruptcy Court confirmed the plan of reorganization (the “Plan” or “Plan of Reorganization”) and on November 26, 2013 (the “Effective Date”), the Debtors emerged from Chapter 11.

GateHouse was determined to be the predecessor to New Media, as the operations of GateHouse comprise substantially all of the business operations of the combined entities. As such, the consolidated financial statements presented herein for all periods prior to November 6, 2013 reflect the historical consolidated financial statements of GateHouse and its subsidiaries. Further, the Reorganization Value, as defined below, of GateHouse at the Confirmation Date, as defined below, approximated fair value as of November 26, 2013. The Company is a leading U.S. publisher of local newspapers and related publications that are generally the dominant source of local news and print advertising in their markets. As of December 28, 2014, the Company owned and operated 452 publications located in 27 states. The majority of the Company’s paid daily newspapers have been published for more than 100 years and are typically the only paid daily newspapers of general circulation in their respective nonmetropolitan markets. The Company’s publications generally face limited competition as a result of operating in small and midsized markets that can typically support only one newspaper. The Company has strategically clustered its publications in geographically diverse, nonmetropolitan markets in the Midwest and Northeast United States, which limits its exposure to economic conditions in any single market or region.

The Company’s operating segments (Large Community Newspapers, Small Community Newspapers, Local Media and Ventures) are aggregated into one reportable business segment.

(b) Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of New Media and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

As discussed in Note 2 “Voluntary Reorganization Under Chapter 11”, the Debtors emerged from Chapter 11 protection and adopted fresh start accounting in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”), Topic 852, “Reorganizations” (“ASC 852”). The adoption of fresh start accounting resulted in the Company becoming a new entity for financial reporting purposes as of November 6, 2013. Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements on November 7, 2013 and subsequent periods are not comparable, in various material respects, to the Company’s consolidated financial statements prior to that date.

Fresh start accounting requires resetting the historical net book value of assets and liabilities to fair value by allocating the entity’s reorganization value (“Reorganization Value”) to its assets and liabilities pursuant to ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations” (“ASC 805”). The excess reorganization value over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible assets is recorded as goodwill on the consolidated balance sheet. Deferred taxes are determined in conformity with ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”).

 

100


Table of Contents

In addition, ASC 852 requires that financial statements, for periods including and subsequent to a Chapter 11 filing, distinguish transactions and events that are directly associated with the reorganization proceedings and the ongoing operations of the business, as well as additional disclosures. Effective September 27, 2013, expenses, gains and losses directly associated with the reorganization proceedings were reported as reorganization items in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. In addition, liabilities subject to compromise in the Chapter 11 cases were distinguished from liabilities not subject to compromise and from post-petition liabilities. Liabilities subject to compromise were reported at amounts allowed or expected to be allowed under Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings.

The “Company,” when used in reference to the period subsequent to the application of fresh start accounting on November 6, 2013, refers to the “Successor Company,” and when used in reference to periods prior to fresh start accounting, refers to the “Predecessor Company.” Further, references to the “Ten months ended November 6, 2013” refer to the period from December 31, 2012 to November 6, 2013 and references to the “Two months ended December 29, 2013” refer to the period from November 7, 2013 to December 29, 2013.

(c) Newspaper Industry

The newspaper industry and our Predecessor have experienced declining same store revenue and profitability over the past several years. As a result, the Company’s Predecessor previously implemented, and the Company continues to implement, plans to reduce costs and preserve cash flow. This includes cost reduction programs and the sale of non-core assets. The Company believes these initiatives will provide it with the financial resources necessary to invest in the business and provide sufficient cash flow to enable the Company to meet its commitments for the next year.

(d) Equity

In September 2014, the Company issued 7,450,625 shares of its common stock in a public offering at a price to the public of $16.25 per share for net proceeds of approximately $115,058. Certain principals of Fortress and certain of the Company’s officers and directors participated in this offering and purchased an aggregate of 224,038 shares at a price of $16.25 per share.

For the purpose of compensating the Manager (as defined below) for its successful efforts in raising capital for the Company, in connection with this offering, the Company granted options to the Manager to purchase 745,062 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of $16.25, which had an aggregate fair value of approximately $2,963 as of the grant date. The assumptions used in valuing the options were: a 2.8% risk-free rate, a 6.6% dividend yield, 31.8% volatility and a 10 year term. The options granted to the Manager, were fully vested on the date of grant and one thirtieth of the options become exercisable on the first day of each of the following thirty calendar months, or earlier upon the occurrence of certain events, such as a change in control of the Company or the termination of the Management Agreement (as defined below). The options expire ten years from the date of issuance. The fair value of the options issued as compensation to the Manager was recorded as an increase in equity with an offsetting reduction of capital proceeds received.

(e) Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Examples of significant estimates include fresh start accounting, pension and postretirement benefit obligation assumptions, income taxes, allowance for doubtful accounts, self-insurance liabilities, goodwill impairment analysis, stock-based compensation, and valuation of intangible assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

101


Table of Contents

(f) Fiscal Year

The Company’s fiscal year is a 52 week operating year ending on the Sunday closest to December 31. The Company’s 2014 and 2013 fiscal years ended on December 28 and December 29, respectively, and encompassed 52-week periods. The Company’s 2012 fiscal year ended on December 30, 2012 and encompassed a 53-week period for approximately 60% of the Company.

(g) Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are stated at amounts due from customers, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts is based upon several factors including the length of time the receivables are past due, historical payment trends and current economic factors. The Company generally does not require collateral.

In connection with the application of fresh start accounting on November 6, 2013, the carrying value of accounts receivable was adjusted to fair value, eliminating the allowance for doubtful accounts.

(h) Inventory

Inventory consists principally of newsprint, which is valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. In 2013 and 2014 the Company purchased approximately 95% of its newsprint from one vendor.

(i) Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Routine maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

Depreciation is calculated under the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives, principally 4 to 38 years for buildings and improvements, 1 to 15 years for machinery and equipment, and 1 to 9 years for furniture, fixtures and computer software. Leasehold improvements are amortized under the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life of the asset.

As part of fresh start accounting, property, plant and equipment were restated to fair value and the depreciable lives were updated to reflect the remaining estimated useful life of the assets.

(j) Business Combinations

The Company accounts for acquisitions in accordance with the provisions of ASC 805. ASC 805 provides guidance for recognition and measurement of identifiable assets and goodwill acquired, liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at fair value. In a business combination, the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and noncontrolling interest in the acquiree are recorded as of the date of acquisition at their respective fair values with limited exceptions. Any excess of the purchase price (consideration transferred) over the estimated fair values of net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Transaction costs are expensed as incurred. The operating results of the acquired business are reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements after the date of the acquisition.

(k) Goodwill, Intangible, and Long-Lived Assets

Intangible assets consist of noncompete agreements, advertiser, subscriber and customer relationships, mastheads, trade names and publication rights. Goodwill is not amortized pursuant to ASC Topic 350 “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other” (“ASC 350”). Mastheads are not amortized because it has been determined that the useful lives of such mastheads are indefinite.

 

102


Table of Contents

In accordance with ASC 350, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested for impairment annually or when events indicate that an impairment could exist which may include an economic downturn in a market, a change in the assessment of future operations or a decline in the Company’s stock price. The Company performs an annual impairment assessment on the last day of its fiscal second quarter. As required by ASC 350, the Company performs its impairment analysis on each of its reporting units. The reporting units have discrete financial information which are regularly reviewed by management. The fair value of the applicable reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. Calculating the fair value of a reporting unit requires significant estimates and assumptions by the Company. The Company estimates fair value by applying third-party market value indicators to projected cash flows and/or projected earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization. In applying this methodology, the Company relies on a number of factors, including current operating results and cash flows, expected future operating results and cash flows, future business plans, and market data. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds the estimate of fair value, the Company calculates the impairment as the excess of the carrying value of goodwill over its implied fair value.

Refer to Note 8 “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” for additional information on the impairment testing of goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets.

The Company accounts for long-lived assets in accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 360, “Property, Plant and Equipment” (“ASC 360”). The Company assesses the recoverability of its long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment and definite lived intangible assets, whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the assets, or related group of assets, may not be fully recoverable. Impairment indicators include significant under performance relative to historical or projected future operating losses, significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the Company’s overall business, and significant negative industry or economic trends. The assessment of recoverability is based on management’s estimates by comparing the sum of the estimated undiscounted cash flows generated by the underlying asset, or other appropriate grouping of assets, to its carrying value to determine whether an impairment existed at its lowest level of identifiable cash flows. If the carrying amount of the asset is greater than the expected undiscounted cash flows to be generated by such asset, an impairment is recognized to the extent the carrying value of such asset exceeds its fair value.

(l) Revenue Recognition

Advertising revenue is recognized upon publication of the advertisement. Circulation revenue from subscribers is billed to customers at the beginning of the subscription period and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related subscription. Circulation revenue from single-copy income is recognized based on date of publication, net of provisions for related returns. Revenue for commercial printing is recognized upon delivery. Directory revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period in which the corresponding directory is distributed.

(m) Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company has determined that it is more likely than not that its existing deferred tax assets will not be realized, and accordingly has provided a full valuation allowance. Any changes in the scheduled reversals of deferred taxes may require an additional valuation allowance against the remaining deferred tax assets. Any increase or decrease in the valuation allowance could result in an increase or decrease in income tax expense in the period of adjustment.

 

103


Table of Contents

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions under the provisions of ASC 740. The Company does not anticipate significant increases or decreases in our uncertain tax positions within the next twelve months. The Company recognizes penalties and interest relating to uncertain tax positions in tax expense.

(n) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying value of the Company’s cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued expenses approximate fair value due to the short maturity of these instruments. An estimate of the fair value of the Company’s debt is disclosed in Note 11 “Indebtedness”.

The Company accounts for derivative instruments in accordance with ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging” (“ASC 815”) and ASC Topic 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC 820”). These standards require an entity to recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet and measure those instruments at fair value. Additionally, the fair value adjustments will affect either accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income or net income (loss) depending on whether the derivative instrument qualifies as an effective hedge for accounting purposes and, if so, the nature of the hedging activity. The fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments is disclosed in Note 12 “Derivative Instruments”.

(o) Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents represent highly liquid certificates of deposit which have original maturities of three months or less.

(p) Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs consist of costs incurred in connection with debt financings. Such costs are amortized on a straight-line basis, which approximates the effective interest method, over the estimated remaining term of the related debt.

(q) Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed in the period incurred. The Company incurred total advertising expenses for the Successor Company for the year ended December 28, 2014 and the two months ended December 29, 2013, the Predecessor Company for the ten months ended November 6, 2013 and for the year ended December 30, 2012 of $5,179, $808, $2,693 and $3,419, respectively.

(r) Earnings (loss) per share

Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed as net income (loss) available to common stockholders divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur from common shares issued through common stock equivalents.

(s) Stock-based Employee Compensation

ASC Topic 718, “Compensation – Stock Compensation” requires that all share-based payments to employees and the board of directors, including grants of employee stock options, be recognized in the consolidated financial statements over the service period (generally the vesting period) based on fair values measured on grant dates.

(t) Pension and Postretirement Liabilities

ASC Topic 715, “Compensation – Retirement Benefits” requires recognition of an asset or liability in the consolidated balance sheet reflecting the funded status of pension and other postretirement benefit plans such as retiree health and life, with current-year changes in the funded status recognized in accumulated other

 

104


Table of Contents

comprehensive (loss) income. For the Successor Company for the year ended December 28, 2014 and the two months ended December 29, 2013, the Predecessor Company for the ten months ended November 6, 2013 and for the year ended December 30, 2012, a total of $(4,927), $458, $69 and $(2,647) net of taxes of $0, $0, $0 and $0, respectively, was recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) income (see Note 16 “Pension and Postretirement Benefits”).

(u) Self-Insurance Liability Accruals

The Company maintains self-insured medical and workers’ compensation programs. The Company purchases stop loss coverage from third parties which limits our exposure to large claims. The Company records a liability for healthcare and workers’ compensation costs during the period in which they occur as well as an estimate of incurred but not reported claims.

(v) Reclassifications

Certain amounts in the prior periods consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

(w) Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11, “Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists” which requires an unrecognized tax benefit to be presented as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward that the entity intends to use as of the reporting date. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU No. 2013-11 in fiscal 2014. The amendments in this Update did not have a material impact on the financial statements.

In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-08, “Presentation of Financial Statements and Property, Plant, and Equipment: Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity”. ASU No. 2014-08 changes the criteria for reporting discontinued operations while enhancing disclosures in this area and is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2014. The amendments in ASU No. 2014-08 are not expected to have a material impact on the financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers.” ASU No. 2014-09 will replace all current U.S. GAAP guidance on this topic and eliminate all industry-specific guidance. The new revenue recognition standard provides a unified model to determine when and how revenue is recognized. The core principle is that a company should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This guidance will be effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and shall be applied retrospectively to each period presented or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. The Company is currently reviewing the amendments in ASU No. 2014-09, but does not expect them to have a material impact on the financial statements.

 

105


Table of Contents

(x) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) by component for the years ended December 29, 2013 and December 28, 2014 are outlined below.

 

     Gain (loss) on
derivative
instruments
    Net actuarial loss
and prior service
cost
    Total  

Balance at December 30, 2012, Predecessor Company

   $ (45,651   $ (6,991   $ (52,642
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications

     (1,109     1       (1,108

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss(1)

     46,760        69       46,829  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current period other comprehensive income, net of taxes

     45,651       70       45,721  

Elimination of Predecessor Company accumulated other comprehensive income

     —          6,921       6,921   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at November 6, 2013, Predecessor Company

   $ —        $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

     —          458       458   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current period other comprehensive income, net of taxes

     —          458       458   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 29, 2013, Successor Company

   $ —        $ 458      $ 458   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications

     —          (4,927     (4,927 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current period other comprehensive loss, net of taxes

     —          (4,927     (4,927 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 28, 2014, Successor Company

   $ —        $ (4,469   $ (4,469
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) This accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) component is included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost. See Note 16 “Pension and Postretirement Benefits”.

The following table presents reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the Successor Company for the year ended December 28, 2014, the two months ended December 29, 2013, and the Predecessor Company for the ten months ended November 6, 2013.

 

    Amounts Reclassified from Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
    Affected Line Item in the
Consolidated Statements of
Operations and
Comprehensive

Income (Loss)
    Successor Company          Predecessor
Company
   
    Year ended
December 28,
2014
    Two months
ended
December 29,
2013
         Ten months
ended
November 6,
2013
   

Loss on interest rate swap agreements, designated as cash flow hedges

  $ —        $ —            $ 20,447      Interest expense

Amortization of prior service cost

    —          —              (383 )(1)   

Amortization of unrecognized loss

    —          —              452 (1)   

Reclassification of unrealized losses upon dedesignation of cash flow hedges

    —          —              26,313      Interest expense
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

    —          —              46,829      Loss from continuing
operations before
income taxes

Income tax benefit

    —          —              —        Income tax benefit
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of taxes

  $ —        $ —            $ 46,829      Net income (loss)
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

106


Table of Contents

 

(1) This accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) component is included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost. See Note 16 “Pension and Postretirement Benefits”.

(2) Voluntary Reorganization Under Chapter 11

Our Predecessor and certain of its subsidiaries commenced voluntary Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings in the Bankruptcy Court on September 27, 2013 (the “Petition Date”). Concurrent with the bankruptcy filing, our Predecessor filed and requested confirmation of the Plan. On September 4, 2013, our Predecessor entered into a restructuring support agreement (“RSA”) with Cortland Products Corp., as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”) and certain of the lenders under the 2007 Credit Facility (as defined below), including Newcastle and its affiliates.

Pursuant to its RSA, the Company solicited votes on the Plan from holders of claims under the Company’s 2007 Credit Facility and certain related interest rate swaps. The Plan was accepted by the only impaired class of creditors entitled to vote on it. Specifically, 100% of holders of secured debt voted to accept the Plan. No creditors voted to reject the Plan.

Pension, trade and all other unsecured creditors of the Company were not impaired under the prepackaged Plan, and their votes were not solicited. The Company’s common stock was canceled under the Plan, and holders of secured debt had the option of receiving a cash distribution equal to 40% of their claims, or stock in New Media, a holding company that owns GateHouse and Local Media Parent, as described below.

The key terms of the Plan were as follows:

The Plan proposed a restructuring of the Company pursuant to a pre-packaged restructuring under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code whereby each Creditor (as defined below) had the option of exchanging its holdings in the Outstanding Debt (as defined below) for either its pro rata share of cash or common stock in New Media (such common stock, “New Media Common Stock”) with ownership interests in the reorganized Company (such reorganized Company, “New GateHouse”).

The Plan included the restructuring of the following indebtedness of the Company (the “Outstanding Debt”):

(a) Indebtedness under the 2007 Credit Facility, consisting of a “Revolving Credit Facility,” a “Term Loan Facility,” a “Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility” and an “Incremental Term Loan Facility” (collectively, the “2007 Credit Facility Claims”). The 2007 Credit Facility Claims consisted of a (i) Revolving Credit Facility of $0 and $0 at December 30, 2012 and September 27, 2013, respectively, (ii) Term Loan Facility of $658,281 and $654,554 at December 30, 2012 and September 27, 2013, respectively, (iii) Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility of $245,627 and $244,236 at December 30, 2012 and September 27, 2013, respectively and (iv) Incremental Term Loan Facility of $270,190 and $268,660 at December 30, 2012 and September 27, 2013, respectively.

(b) Swap Liability, including (i) $100,000 notional amount executed February 27, 2007, (ii) $250,000 notional amount executed April 4, 2007, (iii) $200,000 notional amount executed April 13, 2007 and (iv) $75,000 notional amount executed September 18, 2007. As of December 31, 2012 and September 27, 2013, the carrying value of the Swap Liability totaled $45,724 and $28,440, respectively.

Holders of the Outstanding Debt are referred to herein as “Creditors.”

The Plan restructured the Outstanding Debt as follows:

(a) Each Creditor of the Outstanding Debt received, in full and final satisfaction of its respective claim, at its election (with respect to all or any portion of its claims) to be made in connection with solicitation of the Plan, its pro rata share of:

i. Cash pursuant to the Cash-Out Offer (described below under “Cash-Out Offer”) (the “Cash-Out Option”); and/or

 

107


Table of Contents

ii. (A) New Media Common Stock (subject to dilution as discussed herein) and (B) the Net Proceeds (as defined below), net of certain transaction costs (collectively, the “New Media Equity Option”).

Creditors that did not make an election during the solicitation period with respect to their claims were deemed to have elected the Cash-Out Option.

(b) Pension, trade and all other unsecured claims were unimpaired by the Plan.

(c) The interest of holders of equity interests in the Company, including warrants, rights and options to acquire such equity interests (“Former Equity Holders”), were cancelled, and Former Equity Holders received 10-year warrants, collectively representing the right to acquire, in the aggregate, equity equal to 5% of the issued and outstanding shares of New Media (the “New Media Warrants”) (subject to dilution) as of the Effective Date, with the strike price per share of $46.35 calculated based on a total equity value of New Media prior to the Local Media Contribution (as defined below) of $1,200,000 as of the Effective Date. New Media Warrants do not have the benefit of antidilution protections, other than customary protections including for stock splits and stock dividends.

Cash-Out Offer

In connection with the Plan, Newcastle (“Plan Sponsor”) (or its designated affiliates) offered to purchase, in cash, an amount equal to 40% of the sum of (a) $1,167,450 of principal of the claims under the 2007 Credit Facility, plus (b) accrued and unpaid interest at the applicable contract non-default rate with respect thereto, plus (c) all amounts due under and subject to the terms of the interest rate swaps secured under the 2007 Credit Facility (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any default interest) on the Effective Date of the Plan. The Cash-Out Offer was coterminous with the solicitation period.

Registration Rights

As of the Effective Date of the Plan, New Media entered into a registration rights agreement with certain holders of the Outstanding Debt that received 10% or more of the New Media Common Stock, to provide customary registration rights.

New Media Equity Option

Instead of the Cash-Out Offer, each Creditor could have elected to receive in satisfaction of its claims, a pro rata share of New Media Common Stock and the Net Proceeds (as defined below), net of certain transaction costs. New Media listed New Media Common Stock (the “Listing”) on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) on February 14, 2014 and may raise additional equity capital. The Listing was not a condition precedent to the effectiveness of the Plan. Under the Plan, New Media did not impose any transfer restrictions on New Media Common Stock.

Financing

The Company was to use commercially reasonable efforts based on market conditions and other factors, to raise up to $165,000 of new debt, including a $150,000 facility to fund distributions and other payments under the Plan (the “Financing”). The distribution was made to holders of New Media Common Stock, including Plan Sponsor (or its designated affiliates) on account of the Cash-Out Offer, on the Effective Date (the “Net Proceeds”). The Net Proceeds distributed to holders of the Outstanding Debt totaled $149,000. The Financing was not a condition precedent to the effectiveness of the Plan.

Contribution of Local Media Group Holdings LLC

The Plan Sponsor acquired Local Media Group, Inc. (“Local Media”), a publisher of weekly newspaper publications, on September 3, 2013. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Plan Sponsor contributed Local Media Parent and assigned its rights under the related stock purchase agreement to New Media on the Effective Date

 

108


Table of Contents

(the “Local Media Contribution”) in exchange for shares of New Media Common Stock equal in value to the cost of the Local Media Acquisition (as defined below) (as adjusted pursuant to the Plan) based upon the equity value of New Media as of the Effective Date prior to the contribution.

Management Agreement

On the Effective Date, New Media entered into a management agreement with FIG LLC (the “Manager”) (the “Management Agreement”) pursuant to which the Manager manages the operations of New Media. The annual management fee is 1.50% of New Media’s Total Equity (as defined in the Management Agreement) and is eligible to receive incentive compensation.

Releases

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the restructuring included a full release from liability of the Company, Plan Sponsor, the Administrative Agent, the Creditors, and all current and former direct and indirect members, partners, subsidiaries, affiliates, funds, managers, managing members, officers, directors, employees, advisors, principals, attorneys, professionals, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, agents, and other representatives (including their respective members, partners, subsidiaries, affiliates, funds, managers, managing members, officers, directors, employees, advisors, principals, attorneys, professionals, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, agents, and other representatives) by the Company, Plan Sponsor and the Creditors from any claims or causes of action related to or arising out of the Company, the Outstanding Debt or the Restructuring on or prior to the Effective Date, except for any claims and causes of action for fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct.

Confirmation of the Plan

On November 6, 2013, the Bankruptcy Court confirmed the Plan.

Investment Commitment Letter

On September 4, 2013 the Plan Sponsor and the Company entered into an investment commitment letter in connection with the restructuring, pursuant to which Plan Sponsor agreed to purchase the Cash-Out Offer claims, described above. The investment commitment letter provides that, on account of the claims purchased in the Cash-Out Offer on the Effective Date of the Plan, Plan Sponsor will receive its pro rata share of (a) New Media Common Stock and (b) Net Proceeds, net of transaction expenses associated with transactions under the Plan.

Liabilities Subject to Compromise

In accordance with ASC 852, the amount of liabilities subject to compromise represents certain liabilities of the Debtors pre-petition claims addressed in connection with the bankruptcy proceedings. Such liabilities are reported at the Debtors’ allowed claim amount, even though they may be settled for lesser amounts.

Liabilities subject to compromise for the Predecessor Company were as follows:

 

     Predecessor Company
November 6, 2013
 

Accrued interest

   $ 8,769   

Lease termination liability

     886   

Long-term debt

     1,167,450   

Derivative instruments

     28,440   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities subject to compromise

   $ 1,205,545   
  

 

 

 

 

109


Table of Contents

The Plan effects only the Company’s 2007 Credit Facility and derivative instruments. Refer to Note 11 “Indebtedness” for additional information. Pension, trade and other unsecured claims were not impaired under the Plan.

Reorganization Items, Net

In accordance with ASC 852 the Company has segregated reorganization items related to the Plan in its consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss). A summary of reorganization items, for the Predecessor Company is presented in the following table:

 

     Predecessor Company
Ten Months Ended
November 6, 2013
 

Write-off of deferred financing costs

   $ 948   

Credit agreement amendment fees

     6,790   

Bankruptcy fees

     11,643   

Net gain on reorganization adjustments

     (722,796

Net gain on fresh start adjustments

     (246,243

Adjustment to the allowed claim for derivative instruments

     2,041   
  

 

 

 

Reorganization items, net

   $ (947,617
  

 

 

 

For the Predecessor Company for the ten months ended November 6, 2013, the Company paid approximately $6,988 for reorganization items.

(3) Fresh Start Accounting

Upon confirmation of the Plan by the Bankruptcy Court on November 6, 2013, the Company satisfied the remaining material conditions to complete the implementation of the Plan, and as a result, the Company adopted fresh start accounting as (i) the reorganization value of the assets of the Successor Company immediately before the date of confirmation of the Plan was less than the total of all post-petition liabilities and allowed claims and (ii) the holders of the Predecessor Company’s voting shares immediately before confirmation of the Plan received less than 50% of the voting shares of the emerging entity.

The Bankruptcy Court confirmed the Plan based upon an estimated enterprise value of the Company between $385,000 and $515,000, which was estimated using various valuation methods, including (i) a comparison of the Company and its projected performance to the market values of comparable companies; (ii) a review and analysis of several recent transactions of companies in similar industries to the Company; and (iii) a calculation of the present value of the future cash flows of the Company based on its projections. The Company concluded the enterprise value was $489,931 based upon the Cash-Out Offer and equity distribution plus estimated transaction fees.

The determination of the estimated reorganization value was based on a discounted cash flow analysis. This value was reconciled to the transaction value as outlined within the Plan and was within a reasonable range of comparable market multiples. The assumptions used in the calculations for the discounted cash flow analysis included projected revenue, costs, and cash flows through 2016 and represented the Company’s best estimates at the time the analysis was prepared. The discounted cash flow method reflects the following assumptions: (i) terminal value, which was determined using a growth model that applied a long-term growth rate of 0.0% to GateHouse’s projected cash flows beyond 2016. The long-term growth rate was based on GateHouse’s internal projections as well as industry growth prospects; (ii) discount rates that considered various factors including bond yields, risk premiums, and tax rates to determine a weighted-average cost of capital (“WACC”), which represents a company’s cost of debt and equity weighted by the percentage of debt and equity in a company’s target capital structure. A WACC of 15% was used; and (iii) an effective tax rate of 39.15% and an assumed

 

110


Table of Contents

carry-over tax basis of $683,200 for fixed assets and intangibles. A deferred tax asset is not reflected within the fresh start opening balances given GateHouse’s history of losses. While the Company considers such estimates and assumptions reasonable, they are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties, many of which are beyond the Company’s control and, therefore, may not be realized.

Upon adoption of fresh start accounting, the recorded amounts of assets and liabilities were adjusted to reflect their estimated fair values. Accordingly, the reported historical financial statements of the Predecessor Company prior to the adoption of fresh start accounting for periods ended on or prior to November 6, 2013 are not comparable to those of the Successor Company.

In applying fresh start accounting, the Company followed these principles:

The Reorganization Value, which represents the concluded enterprise value plus excess cash and cash equivalents and non-interest bearing liabilities, of the Predecessor was allocated to the entity’s net assets in conformity with ASC 805. The Reorganization Value exceeded the sum of the fair value assigned to assets and liabilities. This excess was recorded as Successor Company goodwill as of November 6, 2013.

Each liability existing as of the fresh start accounting date, other than deferred taxes, has been stated at the fair value, and determined at appropriate risk adjusted interest rates. Deferred taxes were reported in conformity with applicable income tax accounting standards, principally ASC 740.

 

111


Table of Contents

The following table identifies the adjustments recorded to the Predecessor’s November 6, 2013 consolidated statement of financial position as a result of implementing the Plan and applying fresh start accounting:

 

       Predecessor
November 6,
2013
     Effects of
Plan
Adjustments
    Fresh Start
Adjustments
    Successor
November 6,
2013
 
ASSETS            

Current Assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents

     $ 20,718       $ —        $ —        $ 20,718   

Restricted cash

       6,716         —          —          6,716   

Accounts receivable

       64,315         —          —          64,315   

Inventory

       7,450         —          —          7,450   

Prepaid expenses

       9,420         —          —          9,420   

Other current assets

       10,533         —          —          10,533   
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

       119,152         —          —          119,152   

Property, plant, and equipment

     $ 176,644         —          97,475 (g)      274,119   

Goodwill

       14,204         725 (a)      110,982 (h)      125,911   

Intangible assets

       113,130         —          33,320 (h)      146,450   

Deferred financing costs, net

       2,061         —          —          2,061   

Other assets

       2,373         —          —          2,373   

Assets held for sale

       474         —          —          474   
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total Assets

     $ 428,038       $ 725      $ 241,777      $ 670,540   
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)            

Current Liabilities:

           

Current portion of long-term liabilities

       698       $ —        $ (322 )(i)    $ 376   

Current portion of long-term debt

       813         —          —          813   

Accounts payable

       10,247         —          —          10,247   

Accrued expenses

       45,788         886 (b)      239 (i,j)      46,913   

Accrued interest

       172         —          —          172   

Deferred revenue

       31,348         —          —          31,348   
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

       89,066         886        (83     89,869   

Long-term Liabilities:

           

Long-term debt

       32,188         —          —          32,188   

Long-term liabilities, less current portion

       2,047         —          (1,105 )(j)      942   

Derivative instruments

       —           —          —          —     

Pension and other postretirement benefit obligations

       14,120         —          (3,277 )(i)      10,843   

Liabilities subject to compromise

       1,205,545         (1,205,545 )(c)      —          —     
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

       1,342,966         (1,204,659     (4,465     133,842   

Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit):

           

Predecessor common stock

       568         —          (568 )(k)      —     

Successor common stock

       —           300 (d)      —          300   

Additional paid-in capital

       831,369         536,398 (a,d,e)      (831,369 )(k)      536,398   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

       (6,921      —          6,921 (k)      —     

Accumulated deficit

       (1,792,749      721,801 (f)      1,070,948 (k)      —     

Treasury stock, at cost

       (310      —          310 (k)      —     
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total New Media stockholders’ equity (deficit)

       (968,043      1,258,499        246,242        536,698   

Noncontrolling interest

       53,115         (53,115 )(a)      —          —     

Total Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

       (914,928      1,205,384        246,242        536,698   
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

     $ 428,038       $ 725      $ 241,777      $ 670,540   
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

112


Table of Contents

Effects of Plan Adjustments

 

(a) As part of the Plan, the Plan Sponsor agreed to contribute 100% of the stock of Local Media Parent to New Media and assign its rights under the related stock purchase agreement to New Media in exchange for shares of New Media Common Stock, collectively equal in value to the cost of the Local Media Acquisition (as adjusted pursuant to the Plan) upon the Effective Date. The Company accounted for the consolidation of Local Media under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805. Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their acquisition date fair values. Any excess of the acquisition value over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed were allocated to goodwill.

On the Effective Date, the noncontrolling interest of $53,115 is eliminated and recorded as additional paid-in capital as New Media obtained controlling financial interest in Local Media. The adjustment to goodwill results from New Media’s application of ASC 805 on the Effective Date as compared to the previously recognized goodwill recognized by GateHouse upon the consolidation of Local Media on September 3, 2013.

 

(b) The adjustment reclassifies $886 related to rejected lease obligations previously recorded as liabilities subject to compromise (see note (c)). These rejected lease obligations are to be paid by the Successor Company in subsequent periods.
(c) The adjustment to liabilities subject to compromise relates to the extinguishment of the Outstanding Debt and allowed claim on rejected leases. The holders of the Outstanding Debt received a settlement of New Media Common Stock and the allowed claim on rejected leases will be paid in full and has been reclassified to current payables (see note (b)).
(d) This adjustment reflects the Successor Company’s common stock and additional paid-in capital resulting from the exchange of the Outstanding Debt at 40% for New Media Common Stock with a par value of $0.01 plus the value of the contribution of Local Media Parent for a total issuance of 30,000 shares of New Media Common Stock. The issuance of New Media Warrants as described in note (e) to the Former Equity Holders is also included within the additional paid-in capital as follows:

 

Exchange by Plan Sponsor of $549,000 Outstanding Debt acquired other than in the Cash-Out Offer for New Media Common Stock

   $  219,125   

Exchange by Plan Sponsor of $442,000 Outstanding Debt acquired in the Cash-Out Offer for New Media Common Stock

     176,615   

Exchange by debt holders other than Plan Sponsor of $215,000 Outstanding Debt for New Media Common Stock

     86,123   

Contribution by Plan Sponsor of Local Media for New Media Common Stock

     53,840   

New Media Warrants issued to Former Equity Holders

     995   

Impact of classification of issuance of warrants within additional paid-in capital

     (995
  

 

 

 

Net impact to stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ 535,703   
  

 

 

 

 

(e) Former Equity Holders received New Media Warrants representing the right to acquire equity equal to 5.0% of the issued and outstanding shares of New Media as of the Effective Date of the Plan, with the strike price for such warrants calculated based on a total equity value of New Media, prior to the Local Media contribution, of $1,204,659 as of the Effective Date, subject to adjustment. Existing Predecessor equity values were cancelled under the Plan. The New Media Warrants were valued at $0.73 per share using the Black-Scholes valuation model. Significant assumptions used in determining the fair value of such warrants at issuance included an assumed dividend yield of 6.9%, share price volatility of 41.7% and a risk-free rate of return of 2.7% with a 10 year term. The dividend yield and volatility assumption were based on the implied volatility and historical realized volatility and historical yield for comparable companies. The risk-free rate assumption was based on 10-year U.S. Treasury bond yields. On the Effective Date, Former Equity Holders were deemed to have been issued 1,362,479 New Media Warrants with a value of $995. The New Media Warrants have a strike price of $46.35 per share and expire on November 26, 2023.

 

113


Table of Contents
(f) This adjustment reflects the net effect of the transaction related to the consummation of the Plan on Predecessor’s accumulated deficit and accumulated other comprehensive loss. The table below provides a summary of the adjustments to accumulated deficit as it pertains to the Plan:

 

Liabilities subject to compromise eliminated:

  

Secured indebtedness of $1,167,450 and accrued interest outstanding of $8,769

   $ 1,176,219   

Derivative instrument liability

     28,440   

Rejected lease claim

     886   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities subject to compromise eliminated

     1,205,545   

Consideration given:

  

Issuance of New Media common stock

     (481,863

Lease claim accrual

     (886
  

 

 

 

Gain on extinguishment of debt

     722,796   

Issuance of New Media Warrants

     (995
  

 

 

 

Total adjustment to accumulated deficit

   $ 721,801   
  

 

 

 

Fresh Start Adjustments

 

(g) An adjustment of $97,475 was recorded to adjust the net book value of property, plant and equipment to fair value. The Company obtained third party independent appraisals to assist in the determination of the fair values of property, plant and equipment. The property, plant and equipment appraisal included an analysis of recent comparable sales and offerings of land parcels in each of the subject’s markets. The appraised value used the standard accepted appraisal practices and valuation procedures. Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice require that the appraiser consider three basic approaches to value: the cost approach (used for equipment where an active secondary market is not available and building improvements), the direct sales comparison (market) approach (used for land and equipment where an active market is available), and the income approach (used for intangibles). These approaches are based on the cost to reproduce assets, market exchanges for comparable assets and the capitalization of income.
(h) Adjustment eliminated the balance of goodwill, mastheads, and other unamortized intangible assets of the Predecessor Company and records Successor Company intangible assets, including the reorganization value of assets in excess of amounts allocated to identified tangible and intangible assets, also referred to as Successor Company goodwill.

 

GateHouse business enterprise value

   $ 489,931   

Less: Transaction fees

     (7,073

Add: Local Media contribution

     53,840   

Add: Fair value of liabilities excluded from enterprise value

     133,842   

Less: Fair value of tangible assets

     (398,179

Less: Fair value of identified intangible assets

     (146,450
  

 

 

 

Reorganization value of assets in excess of amounts allocated to identified tangible and intangible assets (Successor company goodwill)

   $ 125,911   
  

 

 

 

The following represent the methodologies and significant assumptions used in determining the fair value of intangible assets, other than goodwill.

The Company valued the following intangible assets using the income approach, specifically the excess earnings method: subscriber relationships, advertiser relationships and customer relationships. In determining the fair value of these intangible assets, the excess earnings approach values the intangible asset at the present value of the incremental after-tax cash flows attributable only to the asset after deducting contributory asset charges. The incremental after-tax cash flows attributable to the subject intangible asset are then discounted to their present value. A static pool approach using historical attrition rates was used to estimate attrition rates of 5.0% to 7.5% for advertiser relationships, subscriber relationships and customer relationships. The growth rate was estimated to be 0.0% and the discount rates were estimated to range from 14.5% to 17.0% for advertiser relationships and 14.5% to 15.5% for subscriber and customer relationships.

The Company valued mastheads using the income approach, specifically the relief from royalty method. Under this method, the asset values were determined by estimating the hypothetical royalties that would have been paid if the mastheads were not owned. Key assumptions utilized in this valuation include revenue projections, royalty rates of 1.3% to 2.0%, a long-term growth rate of 0.0% and discount rates of 14.5% to 16.5%.

 

(i) A decrease of $3,719 was recorded to measure the pension and post-retirement obligations at fair value. This adjustment primarily reflects the difference between the expected return on plan assets as compared to the fair value of the plan assets and the change in the duration weighted discount rate associated with the payment of the benefit obligations from prior measurement date and the Effective Date. The weighted average discount rate for the pension plan is 4.85% and the postretirement medical plan is 4.3%.

 

114


Table of Contents
(j) As prescribed in ASC 805, lease arrangements are recognized at fair value as of the Effective Date. This adjustment reflects the elimination of Predecessor leases with escalating payment terms of $1,428. Also reflected is an unfavorable lease of $682. As part of the fresh start valuation, leases were reviewed to determine if terms were favorable or unfavorable. Based on a comparison of contractual lease terms and current market lease rates, eight leases were identified as unfavorable.
(k) The Predecessor Company’s accumulated deficit and accumulated other comprehensive income is eliminated in conjunction with the adoption of fresh start accounting. Also, pursuant to the Plan, Predecessor Company’s common stock and related additional paid-in capital were eliminated as all Predecessor Company equity interests were cancelled. The Predecessor Company recognized a $246,242 gain related to the fresh start accounting adjustments as follows:

 

Establishment of Successor Company’s goodwill

   $ (125,911

Elimination of Predecessor Company’s goodwill

     14,204   

Add-back Local Media goodwill adjustment

     725   

Establishment of Successor Company’s other intangible assets

     (146,450

Elimination of Predecessor Company’s other intangible assets

     113,130   

Property, plant and equipment fair value adjustments

     (97,475

Pension and postretirement fair value adjustments

     (3,719

Rent and unfavorable lease fair value adjustments

     (746
  

 

 

 

Gain on fresh start accounting adjustments

   $ (246,242
  

 

 

 

The net effect of the above adjustments on additional paid-in capital was $830,374 net of the impact of the classification of the warrants within additional paid-in capital of $995.

(4) Business Combinations

The Providence Journal

On September 3, 2014, the Company completed its acquisition of the assets of The Providence Journal Company for an aggregate purchase price, including working capital, of $48,666. The acquisition was completed because of the attractive nature of the newspaper assets and cash flows as well as the cost saving opportunities available by clustering with the Company’s nearby newspapers. The purchase price reflects a working capital adjustment of $576 paid in November 2014.

The Company accounted for the acquisition of The Providence Journal under the purchase method of accounting. The net assets, including goodwill have been recorded in the consolidated balance sheet at their fair value in accordance with ASC 805. The Providence Journal acquisition was financed with $9,000 of revolving debt, $25,000 of additional term debt under the New Media Credit Agreement (as defined below), and the remaining amount from operating cash. The Providence Journal consists of one daily and one weekly publications serving areas of Rhode Island. The results of operations for The Providence Journal were included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from September 3, 2014.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of The Providence Journal assets and liabilities:

 

Current assets

   $  10,068   

Property, plant and equipment

     32,080   

Advertiser relationships

     1,780   

Subscriber relationships

     1,510   

Customer relationships

     1,810   

Mastheads

     3,700   

Goodwill

     3,653   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     54,601   

Current liabilities

     5,935   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     5,935   
  

 

 

 

Net assets

   $ 48,666   
  

 

 

 

 

115


Table of Contents

The Company obtained a third party independent valuation to assist in the determination of the fair values of certain assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The property, plant and equipment valuation included an analysis of recent comparable sales and offerings of land parcels in each of the subject’s markets. The estimated fair value is supported by the consideration to be paid and was determined using standard generally accepted appraisal practices and valuation procedures. The valuation firm used the three basic approaches to value: the cost approach (used for equipment where an active secondary market is not available and building improvements), the direct sales comparison (market) approach (used for land and equipment where an active secondary market is available) and the income approach (used for intangible assets). These approaches used are based on the cost to reproduce assets, market exchanges for comparable assets and the capitalization of income. Useful lives range from 1 to 15 years for personal property and 4 to 28 years for real property.

The valuation utilized a relief from royalty method, an income approach, to determine the fair value of mastheads. Key assumptions utilized in this valuation include revenue projections, a royalty rate of 1.5%, long-term growth rate of 0%, tax rate of 40.0% and discount rate of 21.5%. The Company valued the following intangible assets using the income approach, specifically the excess earnings method: subscriber relationships, advertiser relationships and customer relationships. In determining the fair value of these intangible assets, the excess earnings approach values the intangible asset at the present value of the incremental after-tax cash flows attributable only to the asset after deducting contributory asset charges. The incremental after-tax cash flows attributable to the subject intangible asset are then discounted to their present value. A static pool approach using historical attrition rates was used to estimate attrition rates of 3.0% to 10.0% for advertiser relationships, subscriber relationships and customer relationships. The long-term growth rate was estimated to be 0.0% and the discount rate was estimated at 22.0%. Amortizable lives range from 13 to 16 years for subscriber relationships, advertiser relationships and customer relationships, while mastheads are considered a non-amortizable intangible asset.

Trade accounts receivable, having an estimated fair value of $6,851, were included in the acquired assets. The gross contractual amount of these receivables was $7,032 and the contractual cash flows not expected to be collected was estimated at $181 as of the acquisition date.

The Company recorded approximately $2,085 of selling, general and administrative expense for acquisition related costs.

From the date of acquisition through December 28, 2014, The Providence Journal had revenues of $28,322 and net income of $4,724.

For tax purposes, the amount of goodwill that is expected to be deductible is $3,653 as of December 28, 2014.

Local Media

On September 3, 2013, Local Media Parent, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Newcastle, acquired Local Media. Local Media was acquired primarily due to its newspaper assets and cash flows as well as the cost saving opportunities available by clustering with the Company’s nearby newspapers. GateHouse entered into a management and advisory agreement with Local Media Parent, which was assigned to Local Media, to manage the operations of Local Media, which was terminated effective June 4, 2014. In return, GateHouse received compensation including an annual fee and was eligible to earn an annual incentive pay out equal to 12.5% of the EBITDA of Local Media in excess of budget. Although Newcastle indirectly owned 100% of the equity of Local Media, GateHouse managed the daily operations of Local Media. GateHouse determined that the management and advisory agreement resulted in Local Media being a variable interest entity and GateHouse had the power to direct the activities that most significantly affected the economic performance of the entity. As a result, GateHouse was the primary beneficiary and therefore consolidated Local Media’s financial position and results of operations beginning on September 3, 2013. As 100% of Local Media was indirectly owned by Newcastle, the net income (loss) of Local Media was reflected in noncontrolling interest through the Confirmation Date as Newcastle contributed the net assets of Local Media Parent (the direct parent of Local Media) to New Media as part of the Plan.

 

116


Table of Contents

The Predecessor accounted for the consolidation of Local Media under the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the net assets, including noncontrolling interest, were recorded at their fair values. The transaction costs were incurred by Newcastle not GateHouse. The net assets, including goodwill of Local Media were recorded in the consolidated balance sheet at their estimated fair value in accordance with ASC 805. The value allocated in consolidating Local Media, was approximately $83,450 and $2,089 of acquisition related costs were recognized in selling, general and administrative expense. Local Media Parent contributed a net amount of $53,323 of equity and Local Media entered into a long-term debt agreement for $33,000. Local Media consists of eight daily and fifteen weekly newspapers as well as ten shopper publications, serving areas of New York, Massachusetts, California, Pennsylvania, Oregon and New Hampshire. The results of operations for Local Media were included in the Predecessor’s consolidated financial statements from September 3, 2013.

The following table summarizes estimated fair values of the Local Media assets and liabilities as of September 3, 2013:

 

Current assets

   $  18,349   

Property, plant and equipment

     73,718   

Mastheads

     4,100   

Goodwill

     462   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     96,629   

Current liabilities

     13,179   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     13,179   
  

 

 

 

Net assets

   $ 83,450   
  

 

 

 

The Predecessor obtained third party independent valuations to assist in the determination of the fair values of certain assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The property, plant and equipment valuation included an analysis of recent comparable sales and offerings of land parcels in each of the subject’s markets. The appraised value is supported with consideration and use of standard accepted appraisal practices and valuation procedures. The valuation firm used the three basic approaches to value: the cost approach (used for equipment where an active secondary market is not available and building improvements), the direct sales comparison (market) approach (used for land and equipment where an active secondary market is available) and the income approach (used for intangible assets). These approaches used are based on the cost to reproduce assets, market exchanges for comparable assets and the capitalization of income. Useful lives range from 1 to 7 years for personal property and 17 to 38 years for real property.

The valuation utilized a relief from royalty method, an income approach, to determine the fair value of mastheads. Key assumptions utilized in this valuation include revenue projections, a royalty rate of 1.5%, long-term growth rate of 0%, tax rate of 39.2%, and discount rate of 25.0%. Based on estimated discount rates, attrition levels and other available data, the advertiser and subscriber relationships were determined to have a fair value of $0.

Trade accounts receivable, having an estimated fair value of $13,427, were included in the acquired assets. The gross contractual amount of these receivables was $14,937 and the contractual cash flows not expected to be collected was estimated at $1,510 as of the acquisition date.

Local Media accounted for inventory using a weighted cost methodology, which was deemed to approximate fair value. The FIFO valuation method is used and is consistent with the Company’s inventory valuation. The difference between the weighted average and FIFO methodology does not have a material effect on the results of operations.

During the first quarter of 2014, the Company made adjustments to the provisional purchase price allocation as a result of working capital adjustments. Current assets decreased $324, current liabilities decreased $714, and the net purchase price increased $390.

 

117


Table of Contents

For the period from the date of acquisition through November 6, 2013 and for the period from November 7, 2013 through December 29 2013, Local Media had revenues of $24,661 and $28,578, and net income (loss) of ($208) and $2,353, respectively. Local Media was fully integrated into the Company’s business. As a result, it is not practicable to determine standalone revenue and earnings for the year ended December 28, 2014.

For tax purposes, the amount of goodwill that is expected to be deductible is $1,187 as of December 28, 2014. This amount includes goodwill adjustments related to fresh start accounting.

Other Acquisitions

The Company acquired substantially all the assets, properties and business of publishing/operating certain newspapers on the following dates: February 28, 2014, June 30, 2014 and December 1, 2014 (“Other Acquistions”), which included eight daily, seventeen weekly publications, and eleven shoppers serving areas of California, Texas, Oklahoma, Kansas, Virginia, New Hampshire and Maine for an aggregate purchase price, including estimated working capital, of $29,092. The rationale for the acquisition was primarily due to the attractive nature of the community newspaper assets and cash flows combined with cost saving opportunities available by clustering with the Company’s nearby newspapers.

The purchase price allocations are preliminary based upon all information available to us at the present time and are subject to working capital and other adjustments. The value assigned to property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and goodwill is preliminary and subject to the completion of valuations to determine the fair market value of the tangible and intangible assets. The final calculation of working capital and other adjustments and determination of fair values for tangible and intangible assets may result in different allocations among the various asset classes from those set forth below and any such differences could be material.

The Company has accounted for these acquisitions under the purchase method of accounting. The net assets, including goodwill have been recorded in the consolidated balance sheet at their preliminary fair values in accordance with ASC 805.

The following table summarizes the preliminary fair values of the assets and liabilities:

 

Current assets

   $ 4,402   

Property, plant and equipment

     13,766   

Noncompete agreements

     200   

Advertiser relationships

     5,196   

Subscriber relationships

     1,956   

Customer relationships

     364   

Mastheads

     1,922   

Goodwill

     4,490   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     32,296   

Current liabilities

     3,204   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     3,204   
  

 

 

 

Net assets

   $ 29,092   
  

 

 

 

The Company obtained third party independent valuations or performed similar calculations internally to assist in the determination of the fair values of certain assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The three basic approaches were used to estimate the fair values: the cost approach (used for equipment where an active secondary market is not available and building improvements), the direct sales comparison (market) approach (used for land and equipment where an active secondary market is available) and the income approach (used for subscriber relationships, advertiser relationships, customer relationships and mastheads).

 

118


Table of Contents

The Company recorded approximately $796 of selling, general and administrative expense for acquisition related costs.

The revenues and related earnings of the “Other Acquisitions” were included in the consolidated financial statements beginning at the related acquisition dates and were not material to the Company’s 2014 results of operations, cash flows or financial position.

For tax purposes, the amount of goodwill that is expected to be deductible is $4,490 as of December 28, 2014.

Pro-Forma Results

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations information for 2014 and 2013, set forth below, presents the results of operations as if the consolidation of the newspapers from Local Media and The Providence Journal had occurred on December 31, 2012. The results of operations of the Other Acquisitions are not material to the Company’s 2014 or 2013 results of operations and have been excluded from the pro-forma results. These amounts are not necessarily indicative of future results or actual results that would have been achieved had the acquisitions occurred as of the beginning of such period.

 

     Successor Company           Predecessor
Company
 
     Year ended
December 28, 2014
    Two Months
ended
December 29, 2013
          Ten months
ended
November 6, 2013
 

Revenues

   $ 710,678      $ 120,030           $ 590,092   

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ (2,161   $ 8,748           $ 762,767   

Income (loss) from continuing operations per common share:

           

Basic

   $ (0.07   $ 0.29           $ 13.14   

Diluted

   $ (0.07   $ 0.29           $ 13.14   

(5) Share-Based Compensation

The Company and Predecessor recognized compensation cost for share-based payments of $59, $0, $25 and $95 for the Successor Company for the year ended December 28, 2014, two months ended December 29, 2013, for the Predecessor Company for the ten months ended November 6, 2013 and the year ended December 30, 2012, respectively. The total compensation cost not yet recognized related to non-vested awards as of December 28, 2014 was $154, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.2 years through March 2017.

Restricted Share Grants (“RSGs”)

On February 3, 2014, the Board of Directors of New Media adopted the New Media Investment Group Inc. Nonqualified Stock Option and Incentive Award Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) that authorized up to 15,000,000 shares that can be granted under the Incentive Plan. On the same date, the New Media Board adopted a form of the New Media Investment Group Inc. Non-Officer Director Restricted Stock Grant Agreement (the “Form Grant Agreement”) to govern the terms of awards of restricted stock (“New Media Restricted Stock”) granted under the Incentive Plan to directors who are not officers or employees of New Media (the “Non-Officer Directors”). The Form Grant Agreement provides for the grant of New Media Restricted Stock that vests in equal annual installments on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date, subject to the Non-Officer Director’s continued service as a member of the New Media Board, and immediate vesting in full upon his or her death or disability. If the non-officer director’s service terminates for any other reason, all unvested shares of New Media Restricted Stock will be forfeited. Any dividends or other distributions that are declared with respect to the shares of New Media Restricted Stock will be paid to the Non-Officer Director at the time such shares vest.

 

119


Table of Contents

During the period prior to the lapse and removal of the vesting restrictions, a grantee of a Restricted Share Grant (“RSG”) will have all the rights of a stockholder, including without limitation, the right to vote and the right to receive all dividends or other distributions. As a result, the RSGs are reflected as outstanding common stock. The value of the Non-Officer Director RSGs on the date of issuance is recognized as selling, general and administrative expense over the vesting period with an increase to additional paid-in-capital. On March 14, 2014, a grant of restricted shares totaling 15,870 shares was made to the Company’s Non-Officer Directors.

Prior to the Predecessor’s Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) in 2006, the Predecessor had issued 792,500 RSGs to certain management investors pursuant to each investor’s management stockholder agreement (each, a “Management Stockholder Agreement”). Under the Management Stockholder Agreements, RSGs vest by one-third on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries from the grant date. Following the adoption of the GateHouse Media, Inc. Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan (the “RSG Plan”) in October 2006, an additional 268,680 RSGs were granted during the year ended December 31, 2006 to the Predecessor’s directors, management, and employees. During the year ended December 31, 2007 an additional 198,846 RSGs were granted to the Predecessor’s directors, management and employees, 105,453 of which were both granted and forfeited. During the year ended December 31, 2009 an additional 266,795 RSGs were granted to the Predecessor’s directors, management and employees, 42,535 of which were both granted and forfeited. During the year ended December 31, 2010 an additional 100,000 RSGs were granted to the Predecessor’s management. The majority of the RSGs issued under the RSG Plan vest in increments of one-third on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date. In the event a grantee of an RSG is terminated by the Predecessor without cause, a number of unvested RSGs immediately vest that would have vested under the normal vesting period on the next succeeding anniversary date following such termination. In the event an RSG grantee’s employment with the Predecessor is terminated without cause within twelve months after a change in control as defined in the applicable award agreement, all unvested RSGs become immediately vested at the termination date. During the period prior to the lapse and removal of the vesting restrictions, a grantee of an RSG will have all of the rights of a stockholder, including without limitation, the right to vote and the right to receive all dividends or other distributions. With respect to the Predecessor employees, the value of the RSGs on the date of issuance is recognized as employee compensation expense over the vesting period or through the grantee’s eligible retirement date, if shorter, with an increase to additional paid-in-capital. All RSGs vested prior to the Petition Date and, as a result, all amounts relate to the Predecessor only.

As of December 28, 2014, December 29, 2013, November 6, 2013, and December 30, 2012 there were 15,870, 0, 0, and 25,424 RSGs, respectively, issued and outstanding with a weighted average grant date fair value of $14.18, $0.00, $0.00, and $6.04, respectively. As of December 28, 2014, the aggregate intrinsic value of unvested RSGs was $382. As of December 28, 2014, the aggregate fair value of vested RSGs was $0.

RSG activity was as follows:

 

    Successor Company          Predecessor Company  
    Year Ended
December 28,
2014
    Two Months Ended
December  29,
2013
         Ten Months Ended
December 29,
2013
    Year Ended
December 30,
2012
 
    Number
of RSGs
    Weighted-Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
    Number
of RSGs
    Weighted-Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
         Number
of RSGs
    Weighted-Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
    Number
of RSGs
    Weighted-Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Unvested at beginning of year

    —        $ —          —        $ —              25,424      $ 6.04        84,181      $ 3.67   

Granted

    15,870        14.18        —          —              —          —          —          —     

Vested

    —          —          —          —              (25,424     6.04        (58,757     2.65   
 

 

 

     

 

 

         

 

 

     

 

 

   

Unvested at end of year

    15,870      $ 14.18        —        $ —              —        $ —          25,424      $ 6.04   
 

 

 

     

 

 

         

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

120


Table of Contents

As part of the Plan discussed in Note 2 “Voluntary Reorganization Under Chapter 11”, all Predecessor share-based awards were cancelled.

(6) Restructuring

Over the past several years, and in furtherance of the Company’s cost reduction and cash preservation plans outlined in Note 1 “Description of Business, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”, the Company has engaged in a series of individual restructuring programs, designed primarily to right size the Company’s employee base, consolidate facilities and improve operations. These initiatives impact all of the Company’s geographic regions and are often influenced by the terms of union contracts within the region. All costs related to these programs, which primarily reflect involuntary severance expense, are accrued at the time of announcement.

Information related to restructuring program activity for the Successor Company for the year ended December 28, 2014, the two months ended December 29, 2013 and for the Predecessor Company for the ten months ended November 6, 2013 is outlined below.

 

     Severance and
Related Costs
    Other
Costs (1)
    Total  

Balance at December 30, 2012, Predecessor Company

   $ 684      $ 164      $ 848   

Restructuring provision included in Integration and Reorganization

     1,539        38        1,577   

Cash payments

     (1,738     (207     (1,945
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at November 6, 2013, Predecessor Company

   $ 485      $ (5   $ 480   

Restructuring provision included in Integration and Reorganization

     1,758        —          1,758   

Cash payments

     (501     —          (501
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 29, 2013, Successor Company

   $ 1,742      $ (5   $ 1,737   

Restructuring provision included in Integration and Reorganization

     3,424        —          3,424   

Reversal of prior accruals included in Integration and Reorganization

     (628     —          (628

Restructuring accrual assumed from acquisition

     302        —          302   

Cash (payments) receipts

     (3,161     5       (3,156
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 28, 2014, Successor Company

   $ 1,679      $ —        $ 1,679   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Other costs primarily included costs to consolidate operations.

The restructuring reserve balance is expected to be paid out over the next twelve months.

The following table summarizes the costs incurred and cash paid in connection with these restructuring programs for the Successor Company for the year ended December 28, 2014, the two months ended December 29, 2013 and for the Predecessor Company for the ten months ended November 6, 2013.

 

     Successor Company           Predecessor Company  
     Year ended
December 28, 2014
     Two months ended
December  29, 2013
          Ten months ended
November 6, 2013
 

Severance and related costs

   $ 3,424       $ 1,758           $ 1,539   

Reversal of prior accruals

     (628      —               —     

Severance costs assumed from acquisition

     302         —               —     

Other costs

     —           —               38   

Cash payments

     (3,156      (501          (1,945

 

121


Table of Contents

(7) Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     December 28, 2014      December 29, 2013  

Land

   $ 25,813       $ 23,087   

Buildings and improvements

     129,185         110,941   

Machinery and equipment

     149,790         129,269   

Furniture, fixtures, and computer software

     17,106         11,713   

Construction in progress

     2,064         716   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     323,958         275,726   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (40,172      (5,539
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 283,786       $ 270,187   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for the Successor Company for the year ended December 28, 2014, two months ended December 29, 2013, for the Predecessor Company for the ten months ended November 6, 2013 and for the year ended December 30, 2012 was $34,785, $5,539, $15,163 and $16,305, respectively.

(8) Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and intangible assets consisted of the following:

 

     December 28, 2014  
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Amortized intangible assets:

        

Noncompete agreements

   $ 200       $ —         $ 200   

Advertiser relationships

     65,310         4,484         60,826   

Customer relationships

     7,864         470         7,394   

Subscriber relationships

     39,562         2,723         36,839   

Trade name

     270         32         238   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 113,206       $ 7,709       $ 105,497   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonamortized intangible assets:

        

Goodwill

   $ 134,042         

Mastheads

     51,245         
  

 

 

       

Total

   $ 185,287         
  

 

 

       

 

     December 29, 2013  
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Amortized intangible assets:

        

Advertiser relationships

   $ 58,520       $ 610       $ 57,910   

Customer relationships

     5,690         59         5,631   

Subscriber relationships

     36,120         375         35,745   

Trade name

     270         5         265   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 100,600       $ 1,049       $ 99,551   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonamortized intangible assets:

        

Goodwill

   $ 125,911         

Mastheads

     45,850         
  

 

 

       

Total

   $ 171,761         
  

 

 

       

 

122


Table of Contents

As of December 28, 2014, the weighted average amortization periods for amortizable intangible assets are 5.0 years for noncompete agreements, 15.7 years for advertiser relationships, 15.9 years for customer relationships, 15.9 years for subscriber relationships and 10.0 years for trade names. The weighted average amortization period in total for all amortizable intangible assets is 15.8 years.

Amortization expense for the Successor Company for the year ended December 28, 2014, two months ended December 29, 2013, the Predecessor Company for the ten months ended November 6, 2013 and for the year ended December 30, 2012 was $6,665, $1,049, $18,246 and $23,583, respectively. Estimated future amortization expense as of December 29, 2014, is as follows:

 

For the years ending the Sunday closest to December 31:

  

2015

   $ 7,195   

2016

     7,195   

2017

     7,195   

2018

     7,195   

2019

     7,195   

Thereafter

     69,522   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 105,497   
  

 

 

 

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013 are as follows:

 

Gross balance at December 30, 2012

   $ 886,843   

Accumulated impairment losses

     (873,101
  

 

 

 

Net balance at December 30, 2012, Predecessor Company

     13,742   

Consolidation of Local Media

     462   

Elimination of Predecessor goodwill

     (14,204

Reorganization Plan effects and Fresh Start adjustments

     125,911   
  

 

 

 

Balance at November 6, 2013, Successor Company

     125,911   
  

 

 

 

Net balance at December 29, 2013, Successor Company

   $ 125,911   

Goodwill acquired in business combinations

     8,143   

Goodwill from divestitures

     (12
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 28, 2014, Successor Company

     134,042   
  

 

 

 

Net balance at December 28, 2014, Successor Company

   $ 134,042   
  

 

 

 

As of December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, goodwill in the amount $587,107 and $578,964, respectively, was deductible for income tax purposes.

The Company’s annual impairment assessment is made on the last day of its fiscal second quarter.

During the first quarter of 2012, the Company reorganized its management structure to align with its publication types. The fair value of goodwill was allocated to each of the new reporting units: Small Community Newspapers, Large Daily Newspapers and Metro Newspapers. The Company determined that impairment indicators were present for the Metro Newspaper reporting unit, which had a goodwill balance of $216. As of April 1, 2012 the Company performed a Step 1 analysis for this reporting unit and determined that its carrying value exceeded fair value. As a result of the Step 2 analysis, the entire $216 of goodwill was impaired and this amount was subsequently reclassified to discontinued operations, see Note 21 “Discontinued Operations”. The fair value of this reporting unit for impairment testing purposes was estimated using the expected present value of future cash flows, recent industry transaction multiples and using estimates, judgments and assumptions that management

 

123


Table of Contents

believed were appropriate in the circumstances. The estimates and judgments used in the assessment included multiples for revenue and EBITDA, the weighted average cost of capital and the terminal growth rate. Given the then current market conditions, the Company determined that recent transactions provided the best estimate of the fair value of this reporting unit. The Company performed further analysis of this reporting unit’s intangible and long-lived assets and determined that impairments of these assets were not present.

As part of the annual impairment assessment, as of June 30, 2013, the fair values of the Company’s reporting units for goodwill impairment testing and newspaper mastheads were estimated using the expected present value of future cash flows, recent industry transaction multiples and using estimates, judgments and assumptions that management believed were appropriate in the circumstances. The estimates and judgments used in the assessment included multiples for revenue and EBITDA, the weighted average cost of capital and the terminal growth rate. Given the then current market conditions, the Company determined that recent transactions provided the best estimate of the fair value of its reporting units. As a result of the annual assessment performed no impairment of goodwill was identified. Additionally, the estimated fair value exceeded carrying value for all mastheads. The total Company’s estimate of fair value was reconciled to its then market capitalization (based upon the stock market price and fair value of debt) plus an estimated control premium.

The bankruptcy filing was considered a triggering event for the non amortizable intangibles and the Company performed a valuation analysis to determine if an impairment existed as of September 29, 2013. The fair values of the Company’s reporting units for goodwill and newspaper mastheads were estimated using the expected present value of future cash flows, recent industry transaction multiples and using estimates, judgments and assumptions that management believed were appropriate in the circumstances and were consistent with the terms of the Plan. The estimates and judgments used in the assessment included multiples for revenue and EBITDA, the weighted average cost of capital and the terminal growth rate. Given the bankruptcy Plan, the Company determined that discounted cash flows provided the best estimate of the fair value of its reporting units. The estimated fair value of the Large Daily reporting unit exceeded its carrying value and Step 2 of the analysis was not necessary. The Small Community reporting unit failed the Step 1 goodwill impairment analysis. The Company performed Step 2 of the analysis using consistent assumptions, as discussed above, and determined an impairment was not present for this reporting unit. The estimated fair value of each reporting unit’s mastheads exceeded their carrying values, using consistent assumptions as discussed above. The masthead fair value was estimated using the relief from royalty valuation method.

The Company considered the impairment analysis for goodwill and mastheads to be an indicator of impairment under ASC 360, and performed an analysis of its undiscounted cash flows for amortizable intangibles. For any groups where the carrying value exceeded the undiscounted cash flows a discounted cash flow analysis was performed to determine the amount of the impairment. Key assumptions within this analysis included earnings projections, discount rates, attrition rates, long-term growth rates, and effective tax rate that the Company considers appropriate. Earnings projections reflected continued declines in print advertising revenue of 5.0% to 9.0% per year, which is expected to moderate in later years, growth in circulation revenue of up to 2.0% per year, and expense declines of up to 4.0% per year. Discount rates ranged from 14.5% to 17.0%, attrition rates ranged from 5.0% to 7.5%, the long-term growth rate was 0% and the effective tax rate was 39.15%. The resulting cash flows were reconciled to the projections supporting the Plan.

Due to reductions in the Company’s operating projections during the third quarter in conjunction with the bankruptcy process, an impairment charge of $68,573 was recognized for advertiser relationships within the Company’s Metro and Small Community reporting units, an impairment charge of $19,149 was recognized for subscriber relationships within the Company’s Metro and Small Community reporting units, an impairment charge of $2,077 was recognized for customer relationships within the Company’s Metro reporting unit and an impairment charge of $1,800 was recognized for trade names and publication rights within the Directories business unit. Refer to Note 18 “Fair Value Measurement” for additional information on the impairment charge.

 

124


Table of Contents

As of March 30, 2014 and December 29, 2013, a review of impairment indicators was performed with the Company noting that its financial results and forecast had not changed materially since the fresh start accounting on November 6, 2013 and it was determined that no indicators of impairment were present.

As part of the annual impairment assessments of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, as of June 29, 2014, the fair values of the Company’s reporting units for goodwill impairment testing, which include Large Daily Newspapers, Metro Newspapers, Small Community Newspapers, Local Media Newspapers, and Ventures, and newspaper mastheads were estimated using the expected present value of future cash flows, recent industry multiples and using estimates, judgments and assumptions that management believes were appropriate in the circumstances. The estimates and judgments used in the assessment included multiples for revenue and EBITDA, the weighted average cost of capital and the terminal growth rate. The Company determined that the future cash flow and industry multiple analyses provided the best estimate of the fair value of its reporting units. As a result of the annual assessment’s Step 1 analysis that was performed, fair values of the reporting units were determined to be greater than the carrying values of the reporting units. The Company uses a “relief from royalty” approach which utilizes a discounted cash flow model to determine the fair value of each masthead. Additionally, the estimated fair value exceeded carrying value for all mastheads. The total Company’s estimate of reporting unit fair value was reconciled to its then market capitalization (based upon the stock market price and fair value of debt) plus an estimated control premium.

Given the recent revaluation of assets related to fresh start accounting, there is a relatively small amount of fair value excess for certain reporting units. Specifically the fair value of the Large Daily Newspapers, Metro Newspapers and Small Community Newspaper reporting units exceeded carrying value by less than 10%. In addition, the masthead fair value for these groups exceeded carrying value by less than 3%. Considering a relatively low headroom for these reporting units and mastheads and declining same store revenue and profitability in the newspaper industry over the past several years, these are considered to be at risk for a future impairment in the event of decline in general economic, market or business conditions or any significant unfavorable changes in the forecasted cash flows, weighted-average cost of capital and/or market transaction multiples.

As of September 28, 2014 and December 28, 2014, a review of impairment indicators was performed with the Company noting that its financial results and forecast had not changed materially since the June 29, 2014 impairment test and it was determined that no indicators of impairment were present.

(9) Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consisted of the following:

 

     December 28, 2014      December 29, 2013  

Accrued payroll and payroll taxes

   $ 7,317       $ 6,849   

Accrued bonus

     5,616         4,011   

Accrued vacation

     901         1,355   

Accrued insurance

     5,313         6,646   

Accrued legal and professional fees

     3,957         16,058   

Accrued interest expense

     1,307         828   

Accrued taxes

     3,029         2,704   

Accrued restructuring

     1,679         1,737   

Accrued other (1)

     17,942         15,630   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 47,061       $ 55,818   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) December 29, 2013 includes $4,626 accrual for Local Media to fund a pension liability that was retained by the seller. The cash was received prior to December 29, 2013 while payment was not made by Local Media until fiscal 2014.

 

125


Table of Contents

(10) Lease Commitments

The future minimum lease payments related to the Company’s non-cancelable operating lease commitments as of December 28, 2014 are as follows:

 

For the years ending the Sunday closest to December 31:

  

2015

   $ 6,800   

2016

     4,985   

2017

     4,801   

2018

     3,671   

2019

     1,450   

Thereafter

     3,449   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 25,156   
  

 

 

 

Rental expense under operating leases for the Successor Company for the year ended December 28, 2014, two months ended December 29, 2013, the Predecessor Company for the ten months ended November 6, 2013 and for the year ended December 30, 2012 was $7,432, $1,121, $4,685 and $5,009, respectively.

In addition to minimum lease payments, certain leases require payment of the excess of various percentages of gross revenue or net operating income over the minimum rental payments. The leases generally require the payment of taxes assessed against the leased property and the cost of insurance and maintenance. The majority of lease terms range from 1 to 10 years, and typically, the leases contain renewal options. Certain leases include minimum scheduled increases in rental payments at various times during the term of the lease. These scheduled rent increases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease, resulting in an accrual, which is included in accrued expenses, for the amount by which the cumulative straight-line rent exceeds the contractual cash rent.

(11) Indebtedness

Successor Company

GateHouse Credit Facilities

The Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement (the “First Lien Credit Facility”) dated November 26, 2013 by and among GateHouse, GateHouse Media Intermediate Holdco, LLC formerly known as GateHouse Media Intermediate Holdco, Inc. (“GMIH”), certain wholly-owned subsidiaries of GMIH, all of which are wholly owned subsidiaries of New Media (collectively with GMIH and GateHouse, the “Loan Parties”), PNC Bank, National Association, as the administrative agent, Crystal Financial LLC, as term loan B agent, and each of the lenders party thereto provided for (i) a term loan A in the aggregate principal amount of $25,000, (ii) a term loan B in the aggregate principal amount of $50,000, (iii) and a revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $40,000.

The Term Loan and Security Agreement (the “Second Lien Credit Facility” and together with the First Lien Credit Facility, the “GateHouse Credit Facilities”) dated November 26, 2013 by and among the Loan Parties, Mutual Quest Fund and each of the lenders party thereto provided for a term loan in an aggregate principal amount of $50,000. The GateHouse Credit Facilities were secured by a first and second priority security interest in substantially all the assets of the Loan Parties.

The GateHouse Credit Facilities imposed upon GateHouse certain financial and operating covenants, including, among others, requirements that GateHouse satisfy certain financial tests, including a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.0 to 1.0, a maximum leverage ratio of not greater than 3.25 to 1.0, a minimum EBITDA and a limitation on capital expenditures, and restrictions on GateHouse’s ability to incur additional debt, incur liens and encumbrances, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with any other person, pay dividends, dispose of assets, make certain restricted payments, engage in transactions with affiliates, materially alter the business it conducts and taking certain other corporate actions.

 

126


Table of Contents

The GateHouse Credit Facilities were paid in full on June 4, 2014.

Local Media Credit Facility

Certain of Local Media Parent’s subsidiaries (together, the “Borrowers”) and Local Media Parent entered into a Credit Agreement, dated as of September 3, 2013, with a syndicate of financial institutions with Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative agent (the “Local Media Credit Facility”).

The Local Media Credit Facility provided for: (a) a $33,000 term loan facility; and (b) a $10,000 revolving credit facility, with a $3,000 sub-facility for letters of credit and a $4,000 sub-facility for swing loans. The Borrowers used the proceeds of the Local Media Credit Facility to (a) fund a portion of the acquisition of Dow Jones Local Media Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Local Media Acquisition”), (b) provide for working capital and other general corporate purposes of the Borrowers and (c) fund certain fees, costs and expenses associated with the transactions contemplated by the Local Media Credit Facility and consummation of the Local Media Acquisition. The Local Media Credit Facility was secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all assets of the Borrowers and Local Media Parent. In addition, the loans and other obligations of the Borrowers under the Local Media Credit Facility were guaranteed by Local Media Group Holdings LLC.

The Local Media Credit Facility contained financial covenants that required Local Media Parent and the Borrowers to maintain (a) a Leverage Ratio of not more than 2.5 to 1.0 and a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the Local Media Credit Facility) of at least 2.0 to 1.0, each measured at the end of each fiscal quarter for the four-quarter period then ended. The Local Media Credit Facility contained affirmative and negative covenants applicable to Local Media and the Borrowers customarily found in loan agreements for similar transactions, including, but not limited to, restrictions on their ability to incur indebtedness, create liens on assets, engage in certain lines of business, engage in mergers or consolidations, dispose of assets, make investments or acquisitions, engage in transactions with affiliates, pay dividends or make other restricted payments. The Local Media Credit Facility contained customary events of default, including, but not limited to, defaults based on a failure to pay principal, interest, fees or other obligations, subject to specified grace periods (other than with respect to principal); any material inaccuracy of representation or warranty; breach of covenants; default in other material indebtedness; a Change of Control (as defined in the Local Media Credit Facility); bankruptcy and insolvency events; material judgments; certain ERISA events; and impairment of collateral. The Local Media Credit Facility was amended on October 17, 2013 and on February 28, 2014. The October 17, 2013 amendment corrected a typographical mistake. The February 28, 2014 amendment provided that among other things, sales of real property collateral and reinvestment of the proceeds from such sales could only be made with the consent of the Administrative Agent, modified the properties included in the real property collateral, and set forth in detail the documentary post-closing requirements with respect to the real property collateral.

The Local Media Credit Facility was paid in full on June 4, 2014.

New Media Credit Agreement

On June 4, 2014, New Media Holdings II LLC (the “New Media Borrower”), a wholly owned subsidiary of New Media, entered into a credit agreement (the “New Media Credit Agreement”) among the New Media Borrower, New Media Holdings I LLC (“Holdings I”), the lenders party thereto, RBS Citizens, N.A. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch as syndication agent and Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania as administration agent which provides for (i) a $200,000 senior secured term facility (the “Term Loan Facility”) and (ii) a $25,000 senior secured revolving credit facility (of which $5,000 was drawn as of December 28, 2014),with a $5,000 sub-facility for letters of credit and a $5,000 sub-facility for swing loans, (the “Revolving Credit Facility” and together with the Term Loan Facility, the “Senior Secured Credit Facilities”). In addition, the New Media Borrower may request one or more new commitments for term loans or revolving loans from time to time up to an aggregate total of $75,000 (the “Incremental Facility”) subject to certain conditions. On June 4, 2014, the New Media Borrower borrowed

 

127


Table of Contents

$200,000 under the Term Loan Facility (the “Term Loans”). The Term Loans mature on June 4, 2020 and the maturity date for the Revolving Credit Facility is June 4, 2019. On November 20, 2014, the New Media Credit Agreement was amended to increase the amount of the Incremental Facility that may be requested after the date of the amendment to $225,000.

The proceeds of the Term Loans, which included a $6,725 original issue discount, were used to repay in full all amounts outstanding under the GateHouse Credit Facilities and the Local Media Credit Facility and to pay fees associated with the financing, with the balance going to the Company for general corporate purposes.

Borrowings under the Term Loan Facility bear interest, at the New Media Borrower’s option, at a rate equal to either (i) the Eurodollar Rate (as defined in the New Media Credit Agreement), plus an applicable margin equal to 6.25% per annum (subject to a Eurodollar Rate floor of 1.00%) or (ii) the Base Rate (as defined in the New Media Credit Agreement), plus an applicable margin equal to 5.25% per annum (subject to a Base Rate floor of 2.00%).

Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility bear interest, at the New Media Borrower’s option, at a rate equal to either (i) the Eurodollar Rate, plus an applicable margin equal to 5.25% per annum or (ii) the Base Rate, plus an applicable margin equal to 4.25% per annum, with a step down based on achievement of a certain total leverage ratio. The New Media Borrower currently uses the Eurodollar Rate option.

If any borrowings under the Incremental Facility have an all-in yield more than 50 basis points greater than the Term Loans (the “Incremental Yield”), the all-in yield for the Term Loans shall be adjusted to be 50 basis points less than the Incremental Yield. As of December 28, 2014 the New Media Credit Agreement had a weighted average interest rate of 7.21%.

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities are unconditionally guaranteed by Holdings I and certain subsidiaries of the New Media Borrower (collectively, the “Guarantors”) and is required to be guaranteed by all future material wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions. All obligations under the New Media Credit Agreement are secured, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all of the New Media Borrower’s assets and the assets of the Guarantors, including (a) a pledge of 100% of the equity interests of the New Media Borrower and the Guarantors (other than Holdings I), (b) a mortgage lien on the New Media Borrower’s material real property and that of the Guarantors and (c) all proceeds of the foregoing.

Repayments made under the Term Loans are equal to 1.0% annually of the original principal amount in equal quarterly installments for the life of the Term Loans, with the remainder due at maturity. The New Media Borrower is permitted to make voluntary prepayments at any time without premium or penalty, except in the case of prepayments made in connection with certain repricing transactions with respect to the Term Loans effected within six months of the closing date of the New Media Credit Agreement, to which a 1.00% prepayment premium applies. The period during which a prepayment premium applies was later extended by amendment; see Note 23 “Subsequent Events”. The New Media Borrower is required to repay borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities (without payment of a premium) with (i) net cash proceeds of certain debt obligations (except as otherwise permitted under the New Media Credit Agreement), (ii) net cash proceeds from non-ordinary course asset sales (subject to reinvestment rights and other exceptions), and (iii) commencing with the Company’s fiscal year started December 30, 2013, 100% of Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the New Media Credit Agreement), subject to step-downs to 50%, 25% and 0% of Excess Cash Flow based on achievement of a total leverage ratio of less than or equal to 3.00 to 1.00 but greater than 2.75 to 1.00; less than or equal to 2.75 to 1.00 but greater than 2.50 to 1.00; and less than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00, respectively.

The New Media Credit Agreement contains customary representations and warranties and customary affirmative and negative covenants applicable to Holdings I, the New Media Borrower and the New Media Borrower’s subsidiaries, including, among other things, restrictions on indebtedness, liens, investments,

 

128


Table of Contents

fundamental changes, dispositions, and dividends and other distributions. The New Media Credit Agreement contains a financial covenant that requires Holdings I, the New Media Borrower and the New Media Borrower’s subsidiaries to maintain a maximum total leverage ratio of 3.25 to 1.00. The New Media Credit Agreement contains customary events of default. The foregoing descriptions of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are qualified in their entirety by reference to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The New Media Credit Agreement was amended on July 17, 2014 to cure an omission.

One lender under the New Media Credit Agreement was also a lender under the GateHouse Credit Facilities. This portion of the transaction was accounted for as a modification under ASC Subtopic 470-50, “Debt Modifications and Extinguishments” (“ASC Subtopic 470-50”), as the difference between the present value of the cash flows under the New Media Credit Agreement and the present value of the cash flows under the GateHouse Credit Facilities was less than 10%. The unamortized deferred financing costs and original issuance discount balances as of the refinance date pertaining to this lender’s portion of the GateHouse Credit Facilities will be amortized over the terms of the new facility. The remaining portion of the GateHouse Credit Facilities and the Local Media Credit Facility debt refinancing constituted an extinguishment of debt under ASC Subtopic 470-50, and was accounted for accordingly. In connection with this transaction, the Company incurred approximately $10,202 of fees and expenses, of which $6,725 was recognized as original issue discount and $1,700 were capitalized as deferred financing costs. These amounts will be amortized over the term of the new Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Additionally, the Company recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $9,047 associated with this transaction, which consisted of the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs and other expenses not eligible for capitalization under ASC Subtopic 470-50.

On September 3, 2014, the New Media Credit Agreement was amended to provide for additional term loans under the Incremental Facility in an aggregate principal amount of $25,000 (such term loans, the “2014 Incremental Term Loan,” and such amendment, the “2014 Incremental Amendment”) in connection with the acquisition of the assets of The Providence Journal. The 2014 Incremental Term Loan is on terms identical to the term loans that were extended pursuant to the New Media Credit Agreement and will mature on June 4, 2020. In addition, the New Media Borrower was required to pay an upfront fee of 2.00% of the aggregate amount of the 2014 Incremental Term Loan as of the effective date of the 2014 Incremental Amendment. This amendment was considered a modification and the related $595 of fees were expensed during the quarter.

As of December 28, 2014, the Company is in compliance with all of the covenants and obligations under the New Media Credit Agreement.

Fair Value

The fair value of long-term debt under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities was estimated at $229,437 as of December 28, 2014, based on discounted future contractual cash flows and a market interest rate adjusted for necessary risks, including the Company’s own credit risk as there are no rates currently observable in publically traded debt markets of risk with similar terms and average maturities. Accordingly, the Company’s long-term debt under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities is classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

129


Table of Contents

Payment Schedule

As of December 28, 2014, scheduled principal payments of outstanding debt are as follows:

 

2015

     2,250   

2016

     2,250   

2017

     2,250   

2018

     2,250   

2019

     7,250   

Thereafter

     213,187   
  

 

 

 
   $ 229,437   

Less: Short-term debt

     2,250   

Less: Remaining original issue discount

     7,385   
  

 

 

 

Long-term debt

   $ 219,802   
  

 

 

 

Predecessor Company

As part of the Restructuring, the Predecessor’s previous long term debt was extinguished pursuant to the Support Agreement on the Effective Date of the Plan.

2007 Credit Facility

GateHouse Media Operating, Inc. now known as GateHouse Media Operating, LLC (“Operating”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, GateHouse Media Holdco, Inc. now known as GateHouse Media Holdco, LLC (“Holdco”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and certain of their subsidiaries (together, the “Borrowers”) entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2007, with a syndicate of financial institutions with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., successor-by-merger to Wachovia Bank, National Association (“Wells Fargo Bank”), as administrative agent (the “2007 Credit Facility”).

The 2007 Credit Facility, prior to execution of the Second Amendment (defined below), provided for: (a) a $670,000 term loan facility which would have matured on August 28, 2014; (b) a delayed draw term loan facility of up to $250,000 which would have matured on August 28, 2014, and (c) a revolving credit facility with a $40,000 aggregate loan commitment amount available, including a $15,000 sub-facility for letters of credit and a $10,000 swingline facility, which would have matured on February 28, 2014. The Borrowers used the proceeds of the 2007 Credit Facility to refinance existing indebtedness and for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including, without limitation, financing acquisitions permitted under the 2007 Credit Facility. The 2007 Credit Facility was secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of the tangible and intangible assets of Holdco, Operating and their present and future direct and indirect domestic restricted subsidiaries. In addition, the loans and other obligations of the Borrowers under the 2007 Credit Facility were guaranteed, subject to specified limitations, by Holdco, Operating and their present and future direct and indirect domestic restricted subsidiaries.

The 2007 Credit Facility also contained a financial covenant that required Holdco to maintain a Total Leverage Ratio of less than or equal to 6.5 to 1.0 at any time an extension of credit was outstanding under the revolving credit facility and other affirmative and negative covenants applicable to Holdco, Operating and their restricted subsidiaries customarily found in loan agreements for similar transactions. The 2007 Credit Facility contained customary events of default, including defaults based on a failure to pay principal, reimbursement obligations, interest, fees or other obligations, subject to specified grace periods; any material inaccuracy of a representation or warranty; breach of covenant; failure to pay other indebtedness and cross-accelerations; a Change of Control (as defined in the 2007 Credit Facility); events of bankruptcy and insolvency; material judgments; failure to meet certain requirements with respect to ERISA; and impairment of collateral.

 

130


Table of Contents

First Amendment to 2007 Credit Facility

On May 7, 2007, the Borrowers entered into the First Amendment to the 2007 Credit Facility (the “First Amendment”). The First Amendment provided, among other things, an incremental term loan facility under the 2007 Credit Facility in the amount of $275,000. As amended by the First Amendment, the 2007 Credit Facility included $1,195,000 of term loan facilities and $40,000 of a revolving credit facility.

Second Amendment to 2007 Credit Facility

On February 3, 2009, the Company entered into the Second Amendment to the 2007 Credit Facility (the “Second Amendment”).

Among other things, the Second Amendment reduced the aggregate principal amounts available under the 2007 Credit Facility, as follows: (a) for revolving loans, from $40,000 to $20,000; (b) for the letter of credit subfacility, from $15,000 to $5,000; and (c) for the swingline loan subfacility, from $10,000 to $5,000.

In addition, the Second Amendment provided that Holdco may not incur additional term debt under the 2007 Credit Facility unless the Senior Secured Incurrence Test (as defined in the Second Amendment) was less than 4.00 to 1.00 and the current Incurrence Test (as defined in the Second Amendment) was satisfied.

Agency Amendment to 2007 Credit Facility

On April 1, 2011, the Borrowers entered into an Agency Succession and Amendment Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2011, to the 2007 Credit Facility (the “Agency Amendment”).

Pursuant to the Agency Amendment, among other things, (a) Wells Fargo Bank resigned as administrative agent and (b) Gleacher Products Corp. was appointed as administrative agent. In addition, the Agency Amendment effected certain amendments to the 2007 Credit Facility that provided that (x) the administrative agent need not be a lender under the 2007 Credit Facility and (y) the lenders holding a majority of the outstanding term loans and loan commitments under the 2007 Credit Facility have (i) the right, in their discretion, to remove the administrative agent and (ii) the right to make certain decisions and exercise certain powers under the 2007 Credit Facility that had previously been within the discretion of the administrative agent.

Fourth Amendment to 2007 Credit Facility

On September 4, 2013, the Company entered into the Fourth Amendment to the Credit Facility (the “Fourth Amendment”). Pursuant to the terms of the Fourth Amendment, the Company obtained the following improvement in terms: a clarified and expanded definition of “Eligible Assignee” an increase in the base amount in the formula used to calculate the “Permitted Investments” basket from $35,000 to a base of $50,000; the removal of the requirement that the Company’s annual financial statements not have a “going concern” or like qualification to the audit; the removal of a cross default from any Secured Hedging Agreement to the 2007 Credit Facility; the removal of a Bankruptcy Default, as defined therein, arising from actions in furtherance of or indicating consent to the specified actions; and a waiver of any prior Default or Event of Default, as defined therein.

In consideration of the changes described above, the Company agreed to pay each of the lenders party to the Fourth Amendment that timely executed and delivered its signature to the Fourth Amendment and the RSA, an amendment fee equal to 3.5% multiplied by the aggregate outstanding amount of the Loans held (including through trades pending settlement) by such lender, unless waived in writing. Newcastle and certain other lenders elected to waive their amendment fee pursuant to the Fourth Amendment. Newcastle indemnified other Lenders with respect to their entry into the Fourth Amendment, subject to the limitations set forth in the Fourth Amendment for a total amendment fee paid of approximately $6,790.

 

131


Table of Contents

2007 Credit Facility Excess Cash Flow Payment and Outstanding Balance

As required by the 2007 Credit Facility, as amended, on March 26, 2013 and March 15, 2012, the Company made principal payments of $6,648 and $4,600, respectively, which represented 50% of the Excess Cash Flow related to the fiscal years ended December 30, 2012 and January 1, 2012, respectively. As of December 29, 2013, a total of $0 was outstanding under the 2007 Credit Facility.

(12) Derivative Instruments

The Company is exposed to certain risks relating to its ongoing business operations. The Company has used derivative instruments to manage its interest rate risk in the past. On February 25, 2014, the Company entered into an interest rate swap with a notional amount of $6,250, which was scheduled to mature in November 2018 to economically hedge the risk of fluctuations in interest payments with respect to the First Lien Credit Facility under the GateHouse Credit Facilities. The interest rate swap agreement was terminated on June 4, 2014 when the GateHouse Credit Facilities were paid in full. Under the swap agreement, the Company received interest equivalent to one-month LIBOR and paid a fixed rate of 1.5%, with settlements occurring monthly. The Company did not designate this swap as a cash flow hedge for accounting purposes. The gains (losses) on the swap were recorded in gain (loss) on derivative instruments on the consolidated statements of operations. The counterparty on the interest rate swap was PNC Bank, N.A.

In 2014, the Company’s derivative instruments were carried at fair value and were generally valued using models with observable market inputs that could be verified and which do not involve significant judgment. The significant observable inputs used in determining the fair value of its Level 2 derivative contracts were contractual cash flows and market based parameters such as interest rates.

The Predecessor used certain derivative financial instruments to hedge the aggregate risk of interest rate fluctuations with respect to its borrowings under the 2007 Credit Facility, which required payments based on a variable interest rate index. These risks included: increases in debt rates above the earnings of the encumbered assets, increases in debt rates resulting in the failure of certain debt ratio covenants, increases in debt rates such that assets can no longer be refinanced, and earnings volatility. The bankruptcy filing on September 27, 2013 was a termination event under the Predecessor’s interest rate swap agreements.

In order to reduce such risks, the Predecessor primarily used interest rate swap agreements to change floating-rate long-term debt to fixed-rate long-term debt. This type of hedge was intended to qualify as a “cash-flow hedge” under ASC Topic 815 “Derivatives” (“ASC 815”). For these instruments, the effective portion of the change in the fair value of the derivative was recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss in the consolidated statement of stockholders’ equity (deficit) and recognized in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss) in the same period in which the hedged transaction impacts earnings. The ineffective portion of the change in the fair value of the derivative was immediately recognized in earnings.

The restructuring process resulted in the dedesignation of the hedging relationship as it was not probable that the forecasted transaction would occur according to the original strategy; any related amounts previously recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net were recognized into earnings of the Predecessor as of the Petition Date. The derivative liability balances were classified as liabilities subject to compromise at the allowed claim amount. The remaining amount of other comprehensive income totaling $26,313 was recognized through earnings for the Predecessor for the ten months ended November 6, 2013. There are no derivative assets or liabilities outstanding as of December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013.

 

132


Table of Contents

The Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

for the Successor Company for the Year Ended December 28, 2014 and for the Predecessor Company for the Ten Months Ended November 6, 2013 and Year Ended December 30, 2012(1)

 

Derivatives in ASC 815

Fair Value Hedging

Relationships

  

Location of Gain or (Loss)

Recognized in Income on

Derivative

   Amount of Gain or (Loss)
Recognized in Income on Derivative
 
     

  Successor  
Company

2014

         

  Predecessor  
Company
2013  

   

  Predecessor  
Company

2012  

 

Interest rate swaps

   (Loss) gain on derivative instruments    $ (51        $ (14   $ 1,635   

 

Derivatives in

ASC 815

Fair Value Hedging

Relationships

  Amount of Gain or (Loss)
Recognized in OCI on
Derivative

(Effective Portion)
   

Location of
Gain or (Loss)
Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI
into Income

(Effective Portion)

 

Amount of Gain or (Loss)
Reclassified from
Accumulated

OCI into Income

(Effective Portion)

   

Location of

Gain or (Loss)
Recognized in

Income on

Derivative

(Ineffective Portion
and Amount
Excluded from

Effectiveness

Testing)

 

Amount of

Gain or (Loss)
Recognized in
Income on Derivative
(Ineffective Portion)(2)

 
  Successor
Company
2014
         Predecessor
Company
2013
    Predecessor
Company

2012
      Successor
Company
2014
         Predecessor
Company
2013
    Predecessor
Company

2012
      Successor
Company
2014
         Predecessor
Company
2013
    Predecessor
Company

2012
 

Interest rate swaps

  $ —            $ 19,339      $ 5,832      Interest

(income)/
expense

  $ —            $
46,760
  
  $ 28,771      Gain (loss) on
derivative instruments
  $ (51)          $ (14)      $ 20   
                        Reorganization items,
net
  $ —            $ (2,041)     $ —    

 

(1) For the Successor Company for the two months ended December 29, 2013, there were no derivative assets or liabilities outstanding.
(2) During the quarter ended September 29, 2013, the Predecessor recognized $2,041 in reorganization items, net to adjust the fair value of derivatives to the allowed claim.

In connection with the 2007 Credit Facility, the Predecessor Company entered into and designated an interest rate swap based on a notional amount of $100,000 maturing September 2014, as a cash flow hedge. Under the swap agreement, the Predecessor Company received interest equivalent to one month LIBOR and pays a fixed rate of 5.14%, with settlements occurring monthly.

In connection with the 2007 Credit Facility, the Predecessor Company entered into and designated an interest rate swap based on a notional amount of $250,000 maturing September 2014, as a cash flow hedge. Under the swap agreement, the Predecessor Company received interest equivalent to one month LIBOR and pays a fixed rate of 4.971%, with settlements occurring monthly.

In connection with the First Amendment to the 2007 Credit Facility, the Predecessor Company entered into and designated an interest rate swap based on a notional amount of $200,000 maturing September 2014, as a cash flow hedge. Under the swap agreement, the Predecessor Company received interest equivalent to one month LIBOR and pays a fixed rate of 5.079% with settlements occurring monthly.

In connection with the First Amendment to the 2007 Credit Facility, the Predecessor Company entered into and designated an interest rate swap based on a notional amount of $75,000 maturing September 2014, as a cash flow hedge. Under the swap agreement, the Predecessor Company received interest equivalent to one month LIBOR and pays a fixed rate of 4.941% with settlements occurring monthly.

The aggregate amount of unrealized loss related to derivative instruments recognized in other comprehensive loss as of December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013 was $0 and $0, respectively.

 

133


Table of Contents

(13) Income Taxes

Income tax expense (benefit) on loss from continuing operations for the periods shown below consisted of:

 

     Current      Deferred      Total  

Year ended December 28, 2014, Successor Company:

        

U.S. Federal

   $ —        $ 2,256       $ 2,256   

State and local

     (108      565         457   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ (108      2,821       $ 2,713   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Two months ended December 29, 2013, Successor Company:

        

U.S. Federal

   $ —        $ —        $ —    

State and local

     491         —          491   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 491         —        $ 491   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ten months ended November 6, 2013, Predecessor Company:

        

U.S. Federal

   $ —        $ (158    $ (158

State and local

     —          (39      (39
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —          (197    $ (197
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year ended December 30, 2012, Predecessor Company:

        

U.S. Federal

   $ 149       $ —        $ 149   

State and local

     (356      —          (356
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ (207      —        $ (207
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit) differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 34% to income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes as a result of the following:

 

     Successor Company           Predecessor Company  
     Year Ended
December 28,
2014
    Two Months
Ended
December 29,
2013
          Ten Months
Ended
November 6,
2013
    Year Ended
December 30,
2012
 

Computed “expected” tax expense (benefit)

   $ (167   $ 2,617           $ 267,934      $ (9,303

Increase (decrease) in income tax benefit resulting from:

             

State and local income taxes, net of federal benefit

     371        491             (39     20   

Net nondeductible meals, entertainment, and other expenses

     490        54             (173     393   

Return to provision adjustment

     —         —              (489     288   

Tax attribute reduction

     25,367        —              —         —    

Change in valuation allowance

     (23,241     (1,704          (53,913     8,462   

(Decrease) increase to provision for unrecognized tax benefits

     (69     —              —         (356

Cancellation of indebtedness and original issue discount

     —         (967          (213,517 )     —     

Other

     (38     —              —         289   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 2,713      $ 491           $ (197   $ (207
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

134


Table of Contents

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets as of December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013 are presented below:

 

     December 28, 2014     December 29, 2013  

Current deferred tax assets:

  

Accounts receivable

   $ 1,929      $ 936   

Accrued expenses

     19,764        13,204   

Inventory capitalization

     615        3,014   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross current deferred tax assets

     22,308        17,154   

Less valuation allowance

     (18,039     (13,708
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current deferred tax assets

     4,269        3,446   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current deferred tax assets:

    

Pension and other postretirement benefit obligation

     5,400        3,920   

Definite and indefinite lived intangible assets

     66,018        97,760   

Net operating losses

     79,330        87,346   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross non-current deferred tax assets

     150,748        189,026   

Less valuation allowance

     (121,897     (151,061
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net non-current deferred tax assets

     28,851        37,965   

Non-current deferred tax liabilities:

    

Fixed assets

     35,941        41,411   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross non-current deferred tax liabilities

     35,941        41,411   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

     (2,821     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible.

During the year ended December 30, 2012, the valuation allowance increased by $2,707 of which $6,551 was charged to earnings and $3,844 was recorded as a reduction through accumulated other comprehensive income. During the ten months ended November 6, 2013, the valuation allowance decreased by $277,679, of which $59,839 was a benefit to earnings, $370 was charged to discontinued operations, and $20,412 was recorded as a benefit through accumulated other comprehensive income, and a reduction of $197,798 was attributable to the reduction of tax attributes related to the cancellation of indebtedness and other fresh start adjustments. During the two months ended December 29, 2013, the valuation allowance decreased by $2,142, all of which was a benefit to earnings. As a result of the Restructuring in 2013, we recognized cancellation of indebtedness income, which is not subject to tax provided we reduce certain tax attributes. The final determination of the reduction in tax attributes was made in 2014. At that time, final calculations were made as to the manner in which we would reduce our tax attributes. For the year ended December 28, 2014, the valuation allowance decrease was primarily attributable to finalization of tax attribute reduction adjustments from the cancellation of indebtedness. During the year ended December 28, 2014, the valuation allowance decreased by $24,834 of which $26,762 was a benefit to earnings and $1,928 was recorded as an increase to accumulated other comprehensive income.

At December 28, 2014, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes of approximately $203,000 after tax attribute reductions, which are available to offset future taxable income, if any. These federal and state net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire on various dates from 2019 through 2034. The majority of the operating losses are subject to the limitations of Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) Section 382. This section provides limitations on the availability of net operating losses to offset current taxable income if significant ownership changes have occurred for Federal tax purposes.

At December 28, 2014, the Company had uncertain tax positions of $1,040 which, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate. The Company did not record significant amounts of interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions for the year ended December 28, 2014.

 

135


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of uncertain tax positions for the years ended December 28, 2014, December 29, 2013 and December 30, 2012 are as follows:

 

Balance as of January 1, 2012

   $ 5,033   

Decreases based on tax positions prior to 2012

     (399

Increases based on tax positions prior to 2012

     43   
  

 

 

 

Uncertain tax positions as of December 30, 2012, Predecessor Company

   $ 4,677   

Decreases based on tax positions prior to 2013 and tax attribute reductions

     (3,568
  

 

 

 

Uncertain tax positions as of December 29, 2013, Successor Company

   $ 1,109   

Decreases based on tax positions prior to 2014 and tax attribute reductions

     (69
  

 

 

 

Uncertain tax positions as of December 28, 2014, Successor Company

   $ 1,040   
  

 

 

 

The Company does not anticipate significant increases or decreases in our uncertain tax positions within the next twelve months. The Company recognizes penalties and interest relating to uncertain tax positions in the provision for income taxes. During the period, the Company did not recognize any accrued interest or penalties. At December 28, 2014, the accrual for uncertain tax positions, included $287 of interest and penalties.

The Company files a U.S. federal consolidated income tax return for which the statute of limitations remains open for the 2011 tax year and beyond. U.S. state jurisdictions have statute of limitations generally ranging from 3 to 6 years.

(14) Earnings (Loss) Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share (“EPS”):

 

     Successor Company           Predecessor Company  
     Year Ended
December 28, 2014
    Two Months Ended
December 29, 2013
          Ten Months Ended
November 6, 2013
    Year Ended
December 30, 2012
 

Numerator for earnings per share calculation:

             

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to New Media

   $ (3,205   $ 7,206           $ 788,448      $ (27,463

Loss from discontinued operations, attributable to New Media, net of income taxes

     —         —              (1,034     (2,340
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to New Media

   $ (3,205   $ 7,206           $ 787,414      $ (29,803

Denominator for earnings per share calculation:

             

Basic weighted average shares outstanding

     31,985,469        30,000,000             58,069,272        58,041,907   

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

     31,985,469        30,000,000             58,069,272        58,041,907   

Income (loss) per share—basic and diluted:

             

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to New Media

   $ (0.10   $ 0.24           $ 13.58      $ (0.47

Loss from discontinued operations, attributable to New Media, net of taxes

     —         —              (0.02     (0.04
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to New Media

   $ (0.10   $ 0.24           $ 13.56      $ (0.51

 

136


Table of Contents

During the year ended December 28, 2014 and the two months ended December 29, 2013 the Successor Company excluded 1,362,479 and 1,362,479 common stock warrants, 15,870 and 0 restricted stock grants, and 745,062 and 0 stock options, respectively, from the computation of diluted income (loss) per share because their effect would have been antidilutive. For the Predecessor Company for the ten months ended November 6, 2013 and the year ended December 30, 2012, 0 and 25,424 RSGs, respectively, were excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share because their effect would have been antidilutive.

(15) Employee Benefit Plans

For the year ended December 28, 2014, the Company maintained the New Media Investment Group, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan, which was previously known as the GateHouse Media, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan, (the “New Media 401(k) Plan”), which is intended to be a qualified defined contribution plan with a cash or deferred arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Code. The Company became the plan sponsor of the New Media 401(k) Plan effective January 1, 2014. In general, eligible employees of the Company and participating affiliates who satisfy minimum age and service requirements are eligible to participate. Eligible employees can contribute amounts up to 100% of their eligible compensation to the New Media 401(k) Plan, subject to IRS limitations. The New Media 401(k) Plan also provides for discretionary matching and nonelective contributions that can be made in separate amounts among different allocation groups. For the Successor Company for the year ended December 28, 2014, the two months ended December 29, 2013, the Predecessor Company for the ten months ended November 6, 2013, and for the year ended December 30, 2012, when the Company offered a matching contribution across the entire Company, the Company’s matching contributions to the New Media 401(k) Plan were $1,212, $146, $845 and $117, respectively. The Company did not make nonelective contributions for the reported years.

For the year ended December 29, 2013, Local Media sponsored the Local Media Group, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan (the “Local Media 401(k) Plan”), which also was intended to be a qualified defined contribution plan with a cash or deferred arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Code. The Company became the plan sponsor of the Local Media 401(k) Plan effective January 1, 2014.. The Local Media 401(k) Plan was frozen with respect to all new eligibility and contributions effective after December 31, 2013. Accordingly, after that date, no contributions were made to the Local Media 401(k) Plan for the year ended December 28, 2014. On March 14, 2014, the Local Media 401(k) Plan was merged into the New Media 401(k) Plan and ceased to exist as a separate plan.

The Company maintains three nonqualified deferred compensation plans, as described below, for certain of its employees.

The Company maintains the GateHouse Media, Inc. Publishers’ Deferred Compensation Plan (“Publishers Plan”), a nonqualified deferred compensation plan for the benefit of certain designated publishers of the Company’s newspapers. Under the Publishers Plan, the Company credits an amount to a bookkeeping account established for each participating publisher pursuant to a pre-determined formula, which is based upon the gross operating profits of each such publisher’s newspaper. The bookkeeping account is credited with earnings and losses based upon the investment choices selected by the participant. The amounts credited to the bookkeeping account on behalf of each participating publisher vest on an installment basis over a period of 15 years. A participating publisher forfeits all amounts under the Publishers Plan in the event that the publisher’s employment with the Company is terminated for “cause”, as defined in the Publishers Plan. Amounts credited to a participating publisher’s bookkeeping account are distributable upon termination of the publisher’s employment with the Company and will be made in a lump sum or installments as elected by the publisher. The Publisher’s Plan was frozen effective as of December 31, 2006, and all accrued benefits of participants under the terms of the Publisher’s Plan became 100% vested. The Company recorded $0, $0, $0 and $0 of compensation expense related to the Publishers Plan for the Successor Company for the year ended December 28, 2014, the two months ended December 29, 2013, the Predecessor Company for the ten months ended November 6, 2013, and for the year ended December 30, 2012, respectively.

 

137


Table of Contents

The Company maintains the GateHouse Media, Inc. Executive Benefit Plan (“Executive Benefit Plan”), a nonqualified deferred compensation plan for the benefit of certain key employees of the Company. Under the Executive Benefit Plan, the Company credits an amount, determined at the Company’s sole discretion, to a bookkeeping account established for each participating key employee. The bookkeeping account is credited with earnings and losses based upon the investment choices selected by the participant. The amounts credited to the bookkeeping account on behalf of each participating key employee vest on an installment basis over a period of 5 years. A participating key employee forfeits all amounts under the Executive Benefit Plan in the event that the key employee’s employment with the Company is terminated for “cause”, as defined in the Executive Benefit Plan. Amounts credited to a participating key employee’s bookkeeping account are distributable upon termination of the key employee’s employment with the Company, and will be made in a lump sum or installments as elected by the key employee. The Executive Benefit Plan was frozen effective as of December 31, 2006, and all accrued benefits of participants under the terms of the Executive Benefit Plan became 100% vested. The Company recorded $0, $0, $0 and $0 of compensation expense related to the Publishers Plan for the Successor Company for the year ended December 28, 2014, the two months ended December 29, 2013, the Predecessor Company for the ten months ended November 6, 2013, and for the year ended December 30, 2012, respectively.

The Company maintains the GateHouse Media, Inc. Executive Deferral Plan (“Executive Deferral Plan”), a nonqualified deferred compensation plan for the benefit of certain key employees of the Company. Under the Executive Deferral Plan, eligible key employees may elect to defer a portion of their compensation for payment at a later date. Currently, the Executive Deferral Plan allows a participating key employee to defer up to 100% of his or her annual compensation until termination of employment or such earlier period as elected by the participating key employee. Amounts deferred are credited to a bookkeeping account established by the Company for this purpose. The bookkeeping account is credited with earnings and losses based upon the investment choices selected by the participant. Amounts deferred under the Executive Deferral Plan are fully vested and non-forfeitable. The amounts in the bookkeeping account are payable to the key employee at the time and in the manner elected by the key employee.

(16) Pension and Postretirement Benefits

As a result of the Enterprise News Media, LLC and Copley Press, Inc. acquisitions, the Company maintains a pension plan and postretirement medical and life insurance plans which cover certain employees. The Company uses the accrued benefit actuarial method and best estimate assumptions to determine pension costs, liabilities and other pension information for defined benefit plans.

The Enterprise News Media, LLC pension plan was amended to freeze all future benefit accruals as of December 31, 2008, except for a select group of union employees whose benefits were frozen during 2009. Also, during 2008, the medical and life insurance benefits were frozen, and the plan was amended to limit future benefits to a select group of active employees under the Enterprise News Media, LLC postretirement medical and life insurance plan.

 

138


Table of Contents

The following provides information on the pension plan and postretirement medical and life insurance plan as of December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013 for the Successor Company and as of November 6, 2013 for the Predecessor Company, for the Successor Company for the year ended December 28, 2014 and two months ended December 29, 2013 and for the Predecessor Company for the ten months ended November 6, 2013 and December 30, 2012:

 

     Pension     Postretirement  
     Successor
Company
          Predecessor
Company
    Successor
Company
          Predecessor
Company
 
     Year
Ended
December  28,

2014
    Two
Months
Ended
December  29,
2013
          Ten
Months
Ended
November  6,
2013
    Year Ended
December  28,

2014
    Two
Months
Ended
December  29,
2013
          Ten
Months
Ended
November  6,
2013
 

Change in projected benefit obligation:

                      

Benefit obligation at beginning of period

   $ 24,315      $ 24,651           $ 27,126      $ 6,206      $ 6,015           $ 6,666   

Service cost

     300        48             252        21        6             32   

Interest cost

     1,191        187             913        244        41             188   

Actuarial (gain) loss

     4,218        (408          (2,111     378        176             (596

Benefits and expenses paid

     (1,727     (163          (1,529     (297     (29          (261

Participant contributions

     —         —              —         22        2             12   

Employer implicit subsidy fulfilled

     —         —              —         (27     (5          (26
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligation at end of period

   $ 28,297      $ 24,315           $ 24,651      $ 6,547      $ 6,206           $ 6,015   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Change in plan assets:

                      

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period

   $ 20,290      $ 19,981           $ 18,241      $ —       $ —            $ —    

Actual return on plan assets

     1,292        472             2,121        —         —              —    

Employer contributions

     1,449        —              1,148        275        27             249   

Employer implicit subsidy contribution

     —         —              —         27        5             26   

Participant contributions

     —         —              —         22        2             12   

Employer implicit subsidy fulfilled

     —         —              —         (27     (5          (26

Benefits paid

     (1,449     (123          (1,324     (297     (29          (261

Expenses paid

     (278     (40          (205     —         —              —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of period

   $ 21,304      $ 20,290           $ 19,981      $ —       $ —            $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Reconciliation of funded status:

                      

Benefit obligation at end of period

   $ (28,297   $ (24,315        $ (24,651   $ (6,547   $ (6,206        $ (6,015

Fair value of assets at end of period

     21,304        20,290             19,981        —         —              —    

Funded status

     (6,993     (4,025          (4,670     (6,547     (6,206          (6,015

Unrecognized actuarial (gain) loss

     3,915        (634          —         554        176             —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Net accrued benefit cost

   $ (3,078   $ (4,659        $ (4,670   $ (5,993   $ (6,030        $ (6,015
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

 

139


Table of Contents
     Pension      Postretirement  
     Successor
Company
          Predecessor
Company
     Successor
Company
          Predecessor
Company
 
     Year
Ended
December  28,

2014
    Two
Months
Ended
December  29,
2013
          Ten
Months
Ended
November  6,
2013
     Year Ended
December  28,

2014
    Two
Months
Ended
December  29,
2013
          Ten
Months
Ended
November  6,
2013
 

Balance sheet presentation:

                       

Accrued liabilities

   $ —       $ —            $ —        $ 390      $ 403           $ 79   

Pension and other postretirement benefit obligations

     6,993        4,025             4,670         6,157        5,803             5,936   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     (3,915     634           $ —          (554     (176          —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Net accrued benefit cost

   $ 3,078      $ 4,659           $ 4,670       $ 5,993      $ 6,030           $ 6,015   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Comparison of obligations to plan assets:

                       

Projected benefit obligation

   $  28,297      $  24,315           $  24,651       $
 
 
6,547
  
  
  $
 
 
6,206
  
  
       $
 
 
6,015
  
  

Accumulated benefit obligation

     28,297        24,315             24,651         6,547        6,206             6,015   

Fair value of plan assets

     21,304        20,290             19,981         —         —              —    

 

    Pension     Postretirement  
    Successor Company          Predecessor Company     Successor Company          Predecessor Company  
    Year Ended
December 28,
2014
    Two Months
Ended
December 29,
2013
         Ten Months
Ended
November 6,
2013
    Year Ended
December 30,
2012
    Year Ended
December 28,
2014
    Two Months
Ended
December 29,
2013
         Ten Months
Ended
November 6,
2013
    Year Ended
December 30,
2012
 

Components of net periodic benefit cost:

                       

Service cost

  $ 300      $ 48          $ 252      $ 300      $ 21      $ 6          $ 32      $ 40   

Interest cost

    1,191        187            913        1,203        245        41            188        273   

Expected return on plan assets

    (1,624     (246         (1,140     (1,275     —         —             —         —    

Amortization of prior service cost

    —          —             —         —         —         —             (383     (457

Amortization of unrecognized (gain) loss

    —          —             432        382        —         —             —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

  $ (133   $ (11       $ 457      $ 610      $ 266      $ 47          $ (163   $ (144
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income:

                       

Net actuarial (gain) loss

  $ 4,549      $ (634       $ (7,843   $ 2,343      $ 378      $ 176          $ 922      $ 187   

Amortization of net actuarial loss

    —          —             (452     (383     —         —             —         —    

Amortization of prior service credit

    —          —             —         —         —         —             383        457   

Other adjustment

    —          —             —         43        —         —             —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive income

  $ 4,549      $ (634       $ (8,295   $  2,003      $ 378      $ 176          $ 1,305      $ 644   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

140


Table of Contents

The following assumptions were used in connection with the Company’s actuarial valuation of its defined benefit pension and postretirement plans:

 

    Pension     Postretirement  
    Successor Company          Predecessor
Company
    Successor Company          Predecessor
Company
 
    Year Ended
December 28, 2014
    Two Months Ended
December 29, 2013
         Ten Months
Ended
November 6,
2013
    Year Ended
December 28,
2014
    Two Months
Ended
December  29,
2013
         Ten Months
Ended
November  6,
2013
 

Weighted average discount rate

    4.2     5.0         4.85     3.8     4.5         4.3

Rate of increase in future compensation levels

    —          —              —          —          —              —     

Expected return on assets

    8.0     8.0         8.0     —          —              —     

Current year trend

    —          —              —          7.3     7.8         7.8

Ultimate year trend

    —          —              —          4.8     4.8         4.8

Year of ultimate trend

    —          —              —          2025        2025            2025   

The following assumptions were used to calculate the net periodic benefit cost for the Company’s defined benefit pension and postretirement plans:

 

    Pension     Postretirement  
    Successor Company          Predecessor Company     Successor Company          Predecessor Company  
    Year Ended
December 28,
2014
    Two Months
Ended
December 29,
2013
         Ten Months
Ended
November 6,
2013
    Year Ended
December 30,
2012
    Year Ended
December 28,
2014
    Two Months
Ended
December 29,
2013
         Ten Months
Ended
November 6,
2013
    Year Ended
December 30,
2012
 

Weighted average discount rate

    5.0     5.0         4.85     5.1     4.5     4.3         3.6     4.4

Rate of increase in future compensation levels

    —          —              —          —          —          —              —          —     

Expected return on assets

    8.0     8.0         8.0     7.75     —          —              —          —     

Current year trend

    —          —              —          —          7.8     7.8         7.7     8.1

Ultimate year trend

    —          —              —          —          4.8     4.8         4.8     4.8

Year of ultimate trend

    —          —              —          —          2025        2025            2022        2022   

To determine the expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets, the Company considers the current and expected asset allocations, as well as historical and expected returns on various categories of plan assets, input from the actuaries and investment consultants, and long-term inflation assumptions. The expected allocation of pension plan assets is based on a diversified portfolio consisting of domestic and international equity securities and fixed income securities. This expected return is then applied to the fair value of plan assets. The Company amortizes experience gains and losses, including the effects of changes in actuarial assumptions and plan provisions over a period equal to the average future service of plan participants.

Amortization of prior service costs was calculated using the straight-line method over the average remaining service periods of the employees expected to receive benefits under the plan.

 

     Postretirement  
     2014     2013  

Effect of 1% increase in health care cost trend rates

    

APBO

   $ 7,132      $ 6,611   

Dollar change

   $ 585      $ 405   

Percent change

     8.9     6.5

Effect of 1% decrease in health care cost trend rates

    

APBO

   $ 6,061      $ 5,863   

Dollar change

   $ (486   $ (343

Percent change

     (7.4 )%      (5.5 )% 

 

141


Table of Contents

Fair Value of plan assets are measured on a recurring basis using quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets, Level 1 input. The pension plan’s assets by asset category are as follows:

 

     Successor Company           Predecessor
Company
 
     Year Ended
December 28, 2014
    Two Months Ended
December 29, 2013
          Ten Months Ended
November 6, 2013
 
     Dollar      Percent     Dollar      Percent           Dollar      Percent  

Equity mutual funds

   $ 14,829         69   $ 14,738         73        $ 14,676         74

Fixed income mutual funds

     4,854         23     4,021         20          4,074         20

Cash and cash equivalents

     1,037         5     803         4          645         3

Other

     584         3     728         3          586         3
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 21,304         100   $ 20,290         100        $ 19,981         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Plan fiduciaries of the George W. Prescott Publishing Company LLC Pension Plan set investment policies and strategies for the pension trust. Objectives include preserving the funded status of the plan and balancing risk against return. The general target allocation is 70% in equity funds and 30% in fixed income funds for the plan’s investments. To accomplish this goal, each plan’s assets are actively managed by outside investment managers with the objective of optimizing long-term return while maintaining a high standard of portfolio quality and proper diversification. The Company monitors the maturities of fixed income securities so that there is sufficient liquidity to meet current benefit payment obligations.

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future services, as appropriate, are expected to be paid as follows:

 

     Pension      Postretirement  

2015

   $ 1,551       $ 397   

2016

     1,569         398   

2017

     1,576         350   

2018

     1,584         356   

2019

     1,601         337   

2020-2024

     8,357         1,399   

Employer contribution expected to be paid during the year ending December 27, 2015

   $ 1,186       $ 397   

The postretirement plans are not funded.

The aggregate amount of net actuarial loss related to the Company’s pension and postretirement plans recognized in other comprehensive (loss) income as of December 28, 2014 was $4,469 of which $94 is expected to be amortized in 2015.

Multiemployer Plans

The Company is a participant in three multi-employer pension plans covering certain employees with Collective Bargaining Agreements (“CBAs”) in Ohio, Massachusetts and Illinois. The risks of participating in these multi-employer plans are different from single-employer plans in the following aspects:

 

   

The Company plays no part in the management of plan investments or any other aspect of plan administration.

 

   

Assets contributed to the multi-employer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers.

 

142


Table of Contents
   

If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers.

 

   

If the Company chooses to stop participating in some of its multi-employer plans, the Company may be required to pay those plans an amount based on the unfunded status of the plan, referred to as withdrawal liability.

The Company’s participation in these plans for the year ended December 28, 2014, is outlined in the table below. The “EIN/Pension Plan Number” column provides the Employee Identification Number (EIN) and the three-digit plan number. Unless otherwise noted, the two most recent Pension Protection Act (PPA) zone statuses available are for the plans for the years ended December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, respectively. The zone status is based on information that the company received from the plan and is certified by the plan’s actuary. Among other factors, plans in the red zone are generally less than 65% funded; plans in the orange zone are both a) less than 80% funded and b) have an accumulated/expected funding deficiency in any of the next six plan years, net of any amortization extensions; plans in the yellow zone meet either one of the criteria mentioned in the orange zone; and plans in the green zone are at least 80% funded. The “FIP/RP Status Pending/Implemented” column indicates plans for which a financial improvement plan (FIP) or a rehabilitation plan (RP) is either pending or has been implemented. The last column lists the expiration date(s) of the collective-bargaining agreement(s) to which the plans are subject.

The Company makes all required contributions to these plans as determined under the respective CBAs. For each of the plans listed below, the Company’s contribution represented less than 5% of total contributions to the plan.

 

          Zone     FIP/RP
Status
    Contributions            
    EIN Number/     Status     Pending/     (in thousands)     Surcharge     Expiration

Pension Plan Name

  Plan Number     2014     2013     Implemented     2014     2013     2012     Imposed     Dates of CBAs

CWA/ITU Negotiated Pension Plan

    13-6212879/001        Red        Red        Implemented      $ 13      $ 12      $ 13        No      5/4/2017

GCIU—Employer Retirement Benefit Plan (1)(2)

    91-6024903/001        Red        Red        Implemented        102        91        89        No      11/14/2016

The Newspaper Guild International Pension Plan (1)

    52-1082662/001        Red        Red        Implemented        39        39        49        No      Under negotiation
         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total

          $ 154      $ 142      $ 151       
         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

(1) This plan has elected to utilize special amortization provisions provided under the Preservation of Access to Care for Medicare Beneficiaries and Pension Relief Act of 2010.
(2) During the fiscal year 2012 the Company accrued $1,185 related to this plan due to the discontinuance of press operations at its Suburban Chicago location.

(17) Stock Compensation Plans

Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan

On October 5, 2006, the Predecessor adopted an equity incentive plan for its employees, the RSG Plan. The RSG Plan was terminated on November 26, 2013 as a result of the bankruptcy filing. For additional information on the RSG Plan, see Note 5 “Share-Based Compensation” to the consolidated financial statements.

Nonqualified Stock Option and Incentive Award Plan

On February 3, 2014, the Board of Directors of New Media adopted the Incentive Plan that authorized granting up to 15,000,000 shares. On the same date, the New Media Board adopted the Form Grant Agreement to

 

143


Table of Contents

govern the terms of awards of New Media Restricted Stock granted under the Incentive Plan to the Non-Officer Directors. On March 14, 2014, a grant of restricted shares totaling 15,870 shares was made to the Company’s Non-Officer Directors. For additional information on the Incentive Plan, see Note 5 “Share-Based Compensation” to the consolidated financial statements.

(18) Fair Value Measurement

The Company measures and records in the accompanying consolidated financial statements certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis. ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy for those instruments measured at fair value that distinguishes between assumptions based on market data (observable inputs) and the Company’s own assumptions (unobservable inputs).

These inputs are prioritized as follows:

 

   

Level 1: Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

 

   

Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities or market corroborated inputs; and

 

   

Level 3: Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data and which require us to develop our own assumptions about how market participants price the asset or liability.

The valuation techniques that may be used to measure fair value are as follows:

 

   

Market approach—Uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities;

 

   

Income approach—Uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present amount based on current market expectation about those future amounts;

 

   

Cost approach—Based on the amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset (replacement cost).

The following table provides information for the Company’s major categories of financial assets and liabilities measured or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

     Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using                
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
     Total Fair Value
Measurements
     Valuation
Technique
 

As of December 29, 2013

              

Assets

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 31,811       $ —         $ —         $ 31,811         Income   

Restricted cash

     6,477         —           —           6,477         Income   

As of December 28, 2014

              

Assets

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 123,709       $ —         $ —         $ 123,709         Income   

Restricted cash

     6,467         —           —           6,467         Income   

 

144


Table of Contents

The following tables reflect the activity of our derivative liabilities measured at fair value using models with observable market inputs (Level 2) for year ended December 28, 2014:

 

     Derivative
Liabilities
 

Balance as of December 29, 2013

   $ —     

Total (gains) losses, net:

  

Included in earnings

     (25

Termination of derivative instrument

     25   
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 28, 2014

   $ —     
  

 

 

 

Certain assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments only in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment).

During the quarter ended September 29, 2013, the Company consolidated the assets and liabilities of Local Media under the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their fair value. Property plant and equipment was valued using Level 2 inputs and mastheads and goodwill were valued using Level 3 inputs. Refer to Note 4 “Business Combinations” for discussion of the valuation techniques and significant inputs and assumptions utilized and the fair value recognized.

During the quarter ended September 29, 2013, certain intangible assets were written down to their implied fair value using Level 3 inputs. The valuation techniques and significant inputs and assumptions utilized to measure fair value are discussed in Note 8 “Goodwill and Intangible Assets”. The fair value of select advertiser relationships was $19,120, subscriber relationships $5,310, customer relationships $270, trade names was $270, and publication rights was $0 at September 29, 2013.

During the quarter ended December 29, 2013, the Company applied fresh start accounting which resulted in its assets and liabilities being recorded at their fair values utilizing Level 3 inputs as of November 6, 2013. The valuation techniques and significant inputs and assumptions utilized to measure fair value are discussed in Note 3 “Fresh Start Accounting”.

During the quarter ended March 30, 2014, the Company consolidated the assets and liabilities of another acquisition under the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their fair value. Property plant and equipment was valued using Level 2 inputs and mastheads and goodwill were valued using Level 3 inputs. Refer to Note 4 “Business Combinations” for discussion of the valuation techniques and significant inputs and assumptions utilized and the fair value recognized.

During the quarter ended September 28, 2014, the Company consolidated the assets and liabilities of The Providence Journal and other acquisitions under the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their fair value. Property plant and equipment was valued using Level 2 inputs and mastheads and goodwill were valued using Level 3 inputs. Refer to Note 4 “Business Combinations” for discussion of the valuation techniques and significant inputs and assumptions utilized and the fair value recognized.

During the quarter ended December 28, 2014, the Company consolidated the assets and liabilities of another acquisition under the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their fair value. Property plant and equipment was valued using Level 2 inputs and mastheads and goodwill were valued using Level 3 inputs. Refer to Note 4 “Business Combinations” for discussion of the valuation techniques and significant inputs and assumptions utilized and the fair value recognized.

Refer to Note 11 “Indebtedness” for the discussion on the fair value of the Company’s total long-term debt.

 

145


Table of Contents

Refer to Note 16 “Pension and Postretirement Benefits” for the discussion on the fair value of the Company’s pension plan.

(19) Commitments and Contingencies

The Company becomes involved from time to time in claims and lawsuits incidental to the ordinary course of its business, including with respect to such matters as libel, invasion of privacy, intellectual property infringement, wrongful termination actions, and complaints alleging employment discrimination. In addition, the Company is involved from time to time in governmental and administrative proceedings concerning employment, labor, environmental and other claims. Insurance coverage maintained by the Company mitigates potential loss for certain of these matters. Historically, such claims and proceedings have not had a material effect upon the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial condition. While the Company is unable to predict the ultimate outcome of any currently outstanding legal actions, it is the opinion of the Company’s management that it is a remote possibility that the disposition of these matters would have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s consolidated results of operations, financial condition or cash flow.

Restricted cash at December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, in the aggregate amount of $6,467 and $6,477, respectively, is used to collateralize standby letters of credit in the name of the Company’s insurers in accordance with certain insurance policies and as cash collateral for certain business operations.

(20) Related-Party Transactions

As of December 29, 2013, Newcastle (an affiliate of FIG LLC (“Fortress”)) beneficially owned approximately 84.6% of the our outstanding common stock. On February 13, 2014, Newcastle completed the spin-off of the Company. On February 14, 2014 New Media became a separate, publicly traded company trading on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “NEWM”. As a result of the spin-off, the fees included in the Management Agreement with our Manager became effective. As of December 28, 2014, Fortress and its affiliates owned approximately 1.8% of the Company’s outstanding stock and approximately 41.1% of the Company’s outstanding warrants.

In addition, the Company’s Chairman, Wesley Edens, is also the Co-Chairman of the board of directors of FIG LLC. The Company does not pay Mr. Edens a salary or any other form of compensation.

Our Chief Operating Officer owns an interest in a company from which we recorded revenue of $355 and $117 during the year ended December 28, 2014 and the year ended December 29, 2013, respectively, for commercial printing services which is included in commercial printing and other on the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss).

Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer are employees of Fortress and their salaries are paid by Fortress.

Management Agreement

On the Effective Date, we entered into a Management Agreement with our Manager. Our Management Agreement requires our Manager to manage our business affairs subject to the supervision of our Board of Directors.

Our Management Agreement has an initial three-year term and will be automatically renewed for one-year terms thereafter unless terminated either by us or our Manager. From the commencement date of our Common Stock trading on the “regular way” market on a major U.S. national securities exchange (the “Listing”), our Manager is (a) entitled to receive from us a management fee, (b) eligible to receive incentive compensation that is based on our performance and (c) eligible to receive options to purchase New Media Common Stock upon the successful completion of an offering of shares of our Common Stock or any shares of preferred stock with an exercise price equal to the price per share paid by the public or other ultimate purchaser in the offering. In addition, we are obligated to reimburse certain expenses incurred by our Manager. Our Manager is also entitled to receive a termination fee from us under certain circumstances.

 

146


Table of Contents

We recognized $5,618 for management fees and $112 for incentive compensation within selling, general and administrative expense and $4,358 in management fees and $0 in incentive compensation was paid to Fortress during the year ended December 28, 2014. No management fees or incentive compensation was incurred during the year ended December 29, 2013.

GateHouse Management and Advisory Agreement

On November 26, 2013, New Media entered into the GateHouse Management and Advisory Agreement (the “GateHouse Management Agreement”) with GateHouse, pursuant to which New Media will manage the assets and the day-to-day operations of GateHouse. New Media will be responsible for, among other things (i) the purchase and sale of GateHouse’s investments (ii) the financing of GateHouse’s investments and (iii) investment advisory services. Such services may be performed by the Manager.

The GateHouse Management Agreement has an initial three-year term and will be automatically renewed for one-year terms thereafter unless terminated by New Media or Gate House. The GateHouse Management Agreement will automatically terminate if the Management Agreement between New Media and the Manager is terminated.

Commencing from the Listing, New Media is (a) entitled to receive a management fee equal to 1.50% per annum of GateHouse’s Total Equity (as defined in the GateHouse Management Agreement) and (b) eligible to receive incentive compensation that is based on GateHouse’s performance. In addition, GateHouse is obligated to reimburse certain expenses incurred by New Media in connection with the performance of its duties under the agreement. These fees eliminate in consolidation.

The GateHouse Management Agreement was terminated effective June 4, 2014.

Local Media Management and Advisory Agreement

On August 27, 2013, GateHouse entered into the Local Media Management Agreement with Local Media Parent, which was substantially assigned to Local Media, to manage the operations of Local Media. Local Media Parent was a subsidiary of Newcastle (an affiliate of Fortress) prior to the Effective Date.

While the agreement was in effect, GateHouse received an annual management fee of $1,100, subject to adjustments (up to a maximum annual management fee of $1,200), and an annual incentive compensation fee based on exceeding EBITDA targets of Local Media. These fees eliminate in consolidation.

The Local Media Management Agreement was terminated effective June 4, 2014.

Holdings I Management Agreement

On June 4, 2014, we entered into a management agreement with Holdings I (as amended and restated, the “Holdings I Management Agreement”). The Holdings I Management Agreement requires we manage the business affairs of Holdings I subject to the supervision of the Board of Directors of Holdings I.

The Holdings I Management Agreement has an initial three-year term and will be automatically renewed for one-year terms thereafter unless terminated by the Holdings I. We are (a) entitled to receive from the Holdings I a management fee and (b) eligible to receive incentive compensation that is based on the performance of Holdings I. In addition, Holdings I is obligated to reimburse certain expenses incurred by us. We are also entitled to receive a termination fee from Holdings I under certain circumstances. These fees eliminate in consolidation.

 

147


Table of Contents

Registration Rights Agreement with Omega

We entered into a registration rights agreement with Omega Advisors, Inc. and its affiliates (collectively, “Omega”). Under the terms of the registration rights agreement, subject to customary exceptions and limitations, we will be required to use commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement (the “Registration Statement”) providing for the registration and sale by Omega of its New Media Common Stock acquired pursuant to the Plan (the “Registrable Securities”) as soon as reasonably practicable, but not prior to the earlier of (i) 120 days following the Effective Date and (ii) 14 days after the required financials are completed in the ordinary course of business. During the first 12 months following the Listing, subject to customary exceptions and limitations, Omega may request one demand right with respect to some or all of the Registrable Securities under the Registration Statement (the “Demand Registration”).

Once we are eligible to use Form S-3, we will be required to use commercially reasonable efforts to file a resale shelf registration statement providing for the registration and sale on a continuous or delayed basis by Omega of its Registrable Securities (the “Shelf Registration”), subject to customary exceptions and limitations. Omega is entitled to initiate up to three offerings or sales with respect to some or all of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration.

Omega may only exercise its right to request the Demand Registration and any Shelf Registrations if the Registrable Securities eligible to be sold pursuant to such Registration Statement or Shelf Registration are at least 3% of the then-outstanding New Media Common Stock.

(21) Discontinued Operations

For the Successor Company for the year ended December 28, 2014, no material publications were discontinued.

In May 2013, the Predecessor Company disposed of a non wholly owned subsidiary in Chicago, Illinois. As a result, the asset, liability and noncontrolling interest carrying amounts of this subsidiary were derecognized. A loss of $1,146 was recognized in discontinued operations.

During the year ended December 30, 2012, the Predecessor Company sold 22 publications in Suburban Chicago, Illinois for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $2,800. As a result, an impairment loss of $1,922 is included in loss from discontinued operations on the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss) for the period. Additionally, an impairment loss of $206 is included in loss from discontinued operations net of income taxes on the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss) for the period related to previously discontinued operations. The financial position and results of operations of the publications in Suburban Chicago, Illinois are reflected as discontinued operations for all periods presented.

The net revenue for the Successor Company for the year ended December 28, 2014, the two months ended December 29, 2013, for the Predecessor Company for the ten months ended November 6, 2013 and for the year ended December 30, 2012 for the aforementioned discontinued operations were $0, $0, $394 and $8,722, respectively. Loss, net of income taxes of $0, for the Successor Company for the year ended December 28, 2014, the two months ended December 29, 2013, for the Predecessor Company for the ten months ended November 6, 2013 and for the year ended December 30, 2012 for the aforementioned discontinued operations was $0, $0, $1,034 and $2,340, respectively.

 

148


Table of Contents

(22) Quarterly Results (unaudited)

 

     Successor     Successor     Successor     Successor  
     Quarter Ended
March 30
    Quarter Ended
June 29
    Quarter Ended
September 28
    Quarter Ended
December 28
 

Year Ended December 28, 2014

        

Revenues

   $ 142,033      $ 158,433      $ 165,061      $ 186,796   

Operating income (loss)

     (3,072     7,374        4,578        17,476   

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (7,277     (5,750     62        12,473   

Net income (loss)

     (6,691     (3,269     (4,708     11,463   

Basic income (loss) per share

   $ (0.22   $ (0.11   $ (0.15   $ 0.31   

Diluted income (loss) per share

   $ (0.22   $ (0.11   $ (0.15   $ 0.30   

 

     Predecessor     Predecessor     Predecessor     Predecessor           Successor  
     Quarter Ended
March 31
    Quarter Ended
June 30
    Quarter Ended
September 29
    One Month Ended
November 6
          Two Months Ended
December 29
 

Year Ended December 29, 2013

               

Revenues

   $ 110,582      $ 119,597      $ 125,992      $ 57,119           $ 103,231   

Operating income (loss)

     (2,461     2,283        (90,143     6,965             9,495   

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (17,428     (13,175     (140,896     959,542             7,697   

Net income (loss)

     (17,515     (14,122     (129,153     948,204             7,206   

Basic income (loss) per share

   $ (0.30   $ (0.24   $ (2.22   $ 16.33           $ 0.24   

Diluted income (loss) per share

   $ (0.30   $ (0.24   $ (2.22   $ 16.33           $ 0.24   

(23) Subsequent Events

Acquisitions

Halifax Media Group

On January 9, 2015, the Company completed its acquisition of substantially all of the assets from Halifax Media Group for an aggregate purchase price of $280,000, plus working capital. $17,000 of the purchase price is being held in an escrow account, to be available for application against indemnification and certain other obligations of the sellers arising during the first twelve months following the closing, with the remainder not so applied or subject to claims being delivered to the sellers after such twelve months. The acquisition includes twenty-four daily publications, thirteen weekly publications, and five shoppers serving areas of Alabama, Florida, Louisiana, Massachusetts, North Carolina, and South Carolina with a daily circulation of approximately 635 and 752 on Sunday. The acquisition was completed because of the attractive nature of the newspaper assets and cash flows as well as the cost saving opportunities available by clustering with the Company’s nearby newspapers.

In conjunction with the acquisition on January 9, 2015, the New Media Credit Agreement was amended to provide for additional term loans under the Incremental Facility in an aggregate principal amount of $102,000 (such term loans, the “2015 Incremental Term Loan”), additional revolving commitments under the Incremental Facility in an aggregate principal amount of $50,000 (such revolving commitments, the “Incremental Revolver”) and to make certain amendments to the Revolving Credit Facility in connection with the acquisition of the assets of Halifax Media Group. In addition, the New Media Borrower was required to pay an upfront fee of 1.00% of the aggregate amount of the 2015 Incremental Term Loan as of the effective date of the amendment. The remaining amount of the purchase price was funded by operating cash. On January 20, 2015, the Company repaid the outstanding loans under the Incremental Revolver and the Incremental Revolver commitments were terminated.

 

149


Table of Contents

The Company will account for the acquisition under the purchase method of accounting. The net assets, including goodwill will be recorded in the consolidated balance sheet at their fair values in accordance with ASC 805. The purchase price allocations are preliminary based upon all information available to us at the present time and are subject to working capital and other adjustments. The values assigned to property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and goodwill are preliminary and subject to the completion of valuations to determine the fair market value of the tangible and intangible assets. The Company anticipates that changes will be made to the fair values of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, and those adjustments may be material.

The following table summarizes the preliminary fair values of Halifax Media Group assets and liabilities:

 

Current assets

   $ 44,034   

Property, plant and equipment

     110,600   

Advertiser relationships

     52,000   

Subscriber relationships

     38,100   

Customer relationships

     9,900   

Mastheads

     30,900   

Goodwill

     52,248   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     337,782   

Current liabilities

     39,782   

Debt assumed

     18,000   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     57,782   
  

 

 

 

Net assets

   $ 280,000   
  

 

 

 

The Company will obtain a preliminary third party independent valuation to assist in the determination of the fair values of certain assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The property, plant and equipment valuation will include an analysis of recent comparable sales and offerings of land parcels in each of the subject’s markets. The estimated fair value is supported by the consideration to be paid and was determined using standard generally accepted appraisal practices and valuation procedures. The valuation firm will use three basic approaches to value: the cost approach (used for equipment where an active secondary market is not available and building improvements), the direct sales comparison (market) approach (used for land and equipment where an active secondary market is available) and the income approach (used for intangible assets). The approaches used are based on the cost to reproduce assets, market exchanges for comparable assets and the capitalization of income. Useful lives are expected to range from 2 to 10 years for personal property and 11 to 39 years for real property.

The valuation will utilize a relief from royalty method, an income approach, to determine the fair value of mastheads. Key assumptions utilized in this valuation will include revenue projections, a royalty rate of 2.0%, long-term growth rate of 0.0%, tax rate of 39.2% and discount rate of 17.0%. The Company will value the following intangible assets using the income approach, specifically the excess earnings method: subscriber relationships, advertiser relationships and customer relationships. In determining the fair value of these intangible assets, the excess earnings approach will value the intangible asset at the present value of the incremental after-tax cash flows attributable only to the asset after deducting contributory asset charges. The incremental after-tax cash flows attributable to the subject intangible asset will be discounted to their present value. A static pool approach using historical attrition rates will be used to estimate attrition rates of 5.0% to 10.0% for advertiser relationships, subscriber relationships and customer relationships. The long-term growth rate is estimated to be 0.0% and the discount rate is estimated at 17.5%. Amortizable lives are expected to range from 14 to 17 years for subscriber relationships, advertiser relationships and customer relationships, while mastheads will be considered a non-amortizable intangible asset.

Pro-Forma Results

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations information for 2014 and 2013, set forth below, presents the results of operations as if the consolidation of the newspapers from Local Media, The Providence Journal, and Halifax Media Group had occurred on December 31, 2012. The results of operations of

 

150


Table of Contents

the Other Acquisitions are not material to the Company’s 2014 or 2013 results and have been excluded from the pro-forma results. These amounts are not necessarily indicative of future results or actual results that would have been achieved had the acquisitions occurred as of the beginning of such period.

 

     Successor Company           Predecessor
Company
 
     Year ended
December 28, 2014
     Two Months ended
December 29, 2013
          Ten months ended
November 6, 2013
 

Revenues

   $ 1,057,847       $ 174,750           $ 863,693   

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 10,020       $ 10,932           $ 773,686   

Income (loss) from continuing operations per common share:

            

Basic

   $ 0.31       $ 0.36           $ 13.32   

Diluted

   $ 0.31       $ 0.36           $ 13.32   

Stephens Media, LLC

On February 19, 2015, the Company reached an agreement to purchase substantially all of the assets of Stephens Media, LLC (“Stephens Media”) for $102,500 in cash, plus working capital. The Company intends to fund the acquisition with cash on the balance sheet and available capacity under the New Media Credit Agreement. Stephens Media is a leading newspaper publisher operating eight daily newspapers, over 65 weekly and niche publications, and more than 50 websites serving communities throughout the United States. The assets have a combined average daily circulation of approximately 221 and 244 on Sunday. The Company anticipates the deal will close in the first quarter of 2015 subject to customary closing conditions; however, there can be no assurance as to the timing or the occurrence of the closing.

Equity

On January 20, 2015, we completed the sale of 7,000,000 shares of our common stock, including the 104,400 shares of our common stock sold to certain of our officers and directors and an officer of the Manager. The gross proceeds of the sale were approximately $152,000, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses. All of the shares were offered by us and were issued pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. In connection with this offering, we issued to an affiliate of our Manager 700,000 options to purchase shares of our common stock.

On February 24, 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors granted 196,164 shares of restricted stock to employees under the Incentive Plan.

Dividends

On February 26, 2015, the Company announced a fourth quarter 2014 cash dividend of $0.30 per share of New Media Common Stock. The dividend will be paid on March 19, 2015, to shareholders of record as of the close of business on March 11, 2015.

Amendments to New Media Credit Agreement

On February 13, 2015, the New Media Credit Agreement was amended to, amongst other things, replace the outstanding Term Loans, 2014 Incremental Term Loans and 2015 Incremental Term Loan with a new class of replacement term loans (the “Replacement Term Loans”) which are subject to a 1.00% prepayment premium for any prepayments made in connection with certain repricing transactions with respect to the Replacement Term Loans effected within six months of the date of the amendment.

Management Agreement

On March 6, 2015, the Company’s Independent Directors on the Board approved an amendment to the Management Agreement. The amended Management Agreement is included as exhibit 10.39 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

151


Table of Contents
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not applicable.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer), has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 28, 2014, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

There have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Our internal control system was designed under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer and with the participation of management in order to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and our preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP.

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed and tested, have inherent limitations, including, among other things, the possibility of human error, circumvention or disregard. Therefore, even those systems of internal control that have been determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance that the objectives of the control system are met and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer and with the participation of management, we conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria set forth in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. Based on an assessment of such criteria, management concluded that, as of December 28, 2014, we maintained effective internal control over financial reporting.

This annual report does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting as one is not required pursuant to the provisions of the Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

 

Item 9B. Other Information

On March 6, 2015, the Company’s Independent Directors on the Board approved an amendment to the Management Agreement. The amended Management Agreement is included as exhibit 10.39 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

152


Table of Contents

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Except as set forth below, the information required by this Item 10 is incorporated into this report by reference to our proxy statement to be issued in connection with our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the headings “Election of Directors,” “Executive Officers,” “Corporate Governance Principles and Board Matters” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” which proxy statement will be filed within 120 days after the year ended December 28, 2014.

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics also applies to all of our other employees and, as set forth therein, to our directors. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is posted on our website at www.gatehousemedia.com under Investors/Governance Documents. We intend to satisfy any disclosure requirements pursuant to Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding any amendment to, or a waiver from, certain provisions of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics by posting such information on our website under Investors/Governance Documents.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item 11 is incorporated into this report by reference to our proxy statement to be issued in connection with our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, under the headings “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation Committee Report” and “Compensation of Executive Officers,” which proxy statement will be filed within 120 days after the year ended December 28, 2014.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Except as set forth below, the information required by this Item 12 is incorporated into this report by reference to our proxy statement to be issued in connection with our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, under the heading “Common Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management,” which proxy statement will be filed within 120 days after the year ended December 28, 2014.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans as of December 28, 2014

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

Plan Category

   Number of Securities
to be Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights
     Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
     Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under
Equity Compensation
Plans (Excluding
Securities Reflected in
Column (a))
 
     (a)      (b)      (c)  

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

     —          —          15,730,779   

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Totals

     —             15,730,779   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

153


Table of Contents
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item 13 is incorporated into this report by reference to our proxy statement to be issued in connection with our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, under the headings “Related Person Transactions” and “Corporate Governance Principles” and “Board Matters,” which proxy statement will be filed within 120 days after the year ended December 28, 2014.

 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this Item 14 is incorporated into this report by reference to our proxy statement to be issued in connection with our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, under the heading “Matters Relating to the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm,” which proxy statement will be filed within 120 days after the year ended December 28, 2014.

 

154


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Documents filed as part of this report:

 

  (1) Financial Statements

The financial statements required by this Item 15 are set forth in Part II, Item 8 of this report.

 

  (2) Financial Statement Schedules

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.

New Media Investment Group Inc.

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(In Thousands)

 

Description

   Balance at
Beginning
of Period
     Charges to
Earnings
    Charges
to Other
Accounts
    Deductions     Balance at
End of
Period
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

           

Year ended December 28, 2014

   $ 349       $ 3,232      $ —       $ (119 )(1)    $ 3,462   

Two months ended December 29, 2013

   $ —        $ 349      $ —       $ —       $ 349   

Ten months ended November 6, 2013

   $ 2,456       $ 1,635      $ —       $ (186 )(1)    $ 3,905   

Year ended December 30, 2012

   $ 2,976       $ 2,304      $ —       $ (2,824 )(1)    $ 2,456   

Deferred tax valuation allowance

           

Year ended December 28, 2014

   $ 164,769       $ (26,762 )(2)    $ 1,928 (5)    $ —       $ 139,935   

Two months ended December 29, 2013

   $ 166,911       $ (2,142   $ —       $ —       $ 164,769   

Ten months ended November 6, 2013

   $ 444,590       $ (59,839   $ (20,412 )(3)    $ (197,428 )(4)    $ 166,911   

Year ended December 30, 2012

   $ 432,954       $ 11,795      $ (159 )(3)    $ —       $ 444,590   

 

(1) Amounts are primarily related to the write off of fully reserved accounts receivable.
(2) Amount is primarily attributable to finalization of tax attribute reduction adjustments from the cancellation of indebtedness.
(3) Amount is primarily related to the tax effects of the change in derivative value and is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
(4) Amount primarily relates to the reduction of tax attributes related to the cancellation of indebtedness and other fresh start adjustments.
(5) Amount relates to a valuation allowance for a pension actuarial loss recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

All other schedules are omitted because the conditions requiring their filing do not exist, or because the required information is provided in the consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto.

 

155


Table of Contents

(b) Exhibits. The following Exhibits are filed as a part of this report:

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

2.1    Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2007, by and among SureWest Communications, as Seller, SureWest Directories and GateHouse Media, Inc., as Purchaser (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to GateHouse Media, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 1, 2007).
2.2    Amended and Restated Asset Purchase Agreement, dated April 12, 2007, by and among Gannett Satellite Information Network, Inc., Gannett River States Publishing Corporation, Pacific and Southern Company, Inc., Federated Publications, Inc., Media West—GSI, Inc., Media West—GRS, Inc., as Sellers, and GateHouse Media Illinois Holdings, Inc., as Buyer, and GateHouse Media, Inc., as Buyer guarantor (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to GateHouse Media, Inc’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed May 8, 2007).
2.3    Asset Purchase Agreement, dated April 12, 2007, by and among Gannett Satellite Information Network, Inc., Media West—GSI, Inc., as Sellers, GateHouse Media Illinois Holdings, Inc., as Buyer, and GateHouse Media, Inc., as Buyer guarantor (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to GateHouse Media, Inc’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed May 8, 2007).
2.4    Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of June 28, 2013 by and among Dow Jones Ventures VII, Inc., Dow Jones Local Media Group, Inc., Newcastle Investment Corp. and Dow Jones & Company, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.7 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form 10/A (File No. 001-36097), filed November 8, 2013).
2.5    Debtors’ Joint Prepackaged Chapter 11 Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.8 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form 10/A (File No. 001-36097), filed November 8, 2013).
2.6    Debtors’ Findings of Fact and Conclusions of Law and Order Approving Debtors’ Disclosure Statement For, and Confirming, Debtors’ Joint Prepackaged Chapter 11 Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.9 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form 10/A (File No. 001-36097), filed November 8, 2013).
2.7    Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 22, 2014, among The Providence Journal Company, as Seller, and LMG Rhode Island Holdings, Inc., as Buyer (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 3, 2014).
2.8    Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of November 20, 2014, by and among Cummings Acquisition, Inc. and the sellers party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed November 28, 2014).
2.9    Amendment to the Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 9, 2015, by and among Cummings Acquisition, Inc. and the sellers party thereto (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 12, 2015).
2.10    Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of February 19, 2015, by and among DB Acquisition, Inc. and the sellers party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed February 23, 2015).
3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of New Media Investment Group Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (Registration No. 333-192736), filed January 15, 2014).
3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of New Media Investment Group Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (Registration No. 333-192736), filed January 15, 2014).

 

156


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

    4.1    Form of Registration Rights Agreement between New Media Investment Group Inc. and Omega Advisors, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form 10/A (File No. 001-36097), filed November 8, 2013).
    4.2    Global Warrant Certificate of New Media Investment Group Inc. (included in Exhibit 10.15).
    4.3    Global Warrant Certificate of New Media Investment Group Inc. (amended) (included in Exhibit 10.23).
*10.1    Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. Publisher’s Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to GateHouse Media, Inc’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-135944), filed July 21, 2006).
*10.2    Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. Executive Benefit Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to GateHouse Media, Inc’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-135944), filed July 21, 2006).
*10.3    Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. Executive Deferral Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to GateHouse Media, Inc’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-135944), filed July 21, 2006).
  10.4    Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into by New Media Investment Group Inc. with each of its executive officers and directors (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form 10/A (File No. 001-36097), filed November 8, 2013).
  10.5    License Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2007, by and between SureWest Communications and GateHouse Media, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to GateHouse Media, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (Items 1.01, 2.01, and 9.01), filed March 1, 2007).
  10.6    Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2007, among GateHouse Media Holdco, Inc., as Holdco, GateHouse Media Operating, Inc., as the Company, GateHouse Media Massachusetts I, Inc., GateHouse Media Massachusetts II, Inc., and ENHE Acquisition, LLC, as Subsidiary Borrowers, the Domestic Subsidiaries of Holdco from time to time Parties thereto, as Guarantors, the Lenders Parties thereto, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Syndication Agent, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., and BMO Capital Markets Financing, Inc., as co-documentation Agents and Cortland Products Corp., as successor to Wells Fargo Bank, as Administrative Agent, Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, as Goldman Sachs Credit Partners, L.P., General Electric Capital Corporation and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Runners (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to GateHouse Media, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (Items 1.01, 2.03, and 9.01), filed March 1, 2007).
  10.7    Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2007, among GateHouse Media Holdco, Inc., as Holdco, GateHouse Media Operating, Inc., as the Company, GateHouse Media Massachusetts I, Inc., GateHouse Media Massachusetts II, Inc., and ENHE Acquisition, LLC, as Subsidiary Borrowers, the Domestic Subsidiaries of Holdco from time to time Parties thereto, as Guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, as Administrative Agent, Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, as Goldman Sachs Credit Partners, L.P., General Electric Capital Corporation and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Runners (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to GateHouse Media, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (Items 1.01, 2.03, and 9.01), filed March 1, 2007).

 

157


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

10.8    Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2007, among GateHouse Media Holdco, Inc., as Holdco, GateHouse Media Operating, Inc., as the Company, GateHouse Media Massachusetts I, Inc., GateHouse Media Massachusetts II, Inc., and ENHE Acquisition, LLC, as Subsidiary Borrowers, the Domestic Subsidiaries of Holdco from time to time Parties thereto, as Guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, as Administrative Agent, for the several banks and other financial institutions as may from time to time becomes parties to such Credit Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to GateHouse Media, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (Items 1.01, 2.03, and 9.01), filed March 1, 2007).
  10.9    First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2007, by and among GateHouse Media Holdco, Inc., as Holdco, GateHouse Media Operating, Inc., as the Company, GateHouse Media Massachusetts I, Inc., GateHouse Media Massachusetts II, Inc. and ENHE Acquisition, LLC, as Subsidiary Borrowers, the Domestic Subsidiaries of Holdco from time to time Parties thereto, as Guarantors, the Lenders Parties thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, as Administrative Agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to GateHouse Media, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed May 11, 2007).
  10.10    Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 3, 2009, by and among GateHouse Media Holdco, Inc., as Holdco, GateHouse Media Operating, Inc., as the Company, GateHouse Media Massachusetts I, Inc., GateHouse Media Massachusetts II, Inc. and ENHE Acquisition, LLC, as Subsidiary Borrowers, the Domestic Subsidiaries of Holdco from time to time Parties thereto, as Guarantors, the Lenders Parties thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, as Administrative Agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to GateHouse Media, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed February 5, 2009).
*10.11    Employment Agreement dated as of January 9, 2009, by and among GateHouse Media, Inc., GateHouse Media Operating Inc., and Kirk Davis (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to GateHouse Media, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 9, 2009).
*10.12    Form of amendment to Employment Agreement for Kirk Davis (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to GateHouse Media, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 8, 2012).
  10.13    Agency Succession and Amendment Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2011 by and among GateHouse Media Holdco, Inc., GateHouse Media Operating, Inc., GateHouse Media Massachusetts I, Inc., GateHouse Media Massachusetts II, Inc., ENHE Acquisition, LLC, each of those domestic subsidiaries of Holdco identified as a “Guarantor” on the signature pages of the Credit Agreement, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., successor-by-merger to Wachovia Bank, National Association, as the resigning Administrative Agent, and the Successor Agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to GateHouse Media, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed April 7, 2011).
  10.14    Credit Amendment, dated as of September 3, 2013, by and among GateHouse Media Holdco, Inc. (“Holdco”), GateHouse Media Operating, Inc., GateHouse Media Massachusetts I, Inc., GateHouse Media Massachusetts II, Inc. and ENHE Acquisition, LLC, those subsidiaries of Holdco party hereto as Guarantors and the Required Lenders party hereto (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to GateHouse Media, Inc’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 11, 2013).
  10.15    Warrant Agreement dated as of November 26, 2013 between New Media Investment Group Inc. and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-192736), filed December 10, 2013).
  10.16    Form of Management Agreement between New Media Investment Group Inc. and FIG LLC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form 10 (File No. 001-36097), filed September 27, 2013).

 

158


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

10.17    Contribution Agreement dated November 26, 2013 between Newcastle Investment Corp. and New Media Investment Group Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-192736), filed December 10, 2013).
  10.18    Form of Cooperation Agreement between Newcastle Investment Corp. and New Media Investment Group Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form 10/A (File No. 001-36097), filed November 8, 2013).
  10.19    Form of Assignment Agreement between Newcastle Investment Corp. and New Media Investment Group Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form 10/A (File No. 001-36097), filed November 8, 2013).
  10.20    Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 26, 2013 by and among GateHouse Media, Inc., GateHouse Media Intermediate Holdco, Inc., certain wholly-owned subsidiaries of GateHouse Media Intermediate Holdco, Inc., PNC Bank, National Association, as the administrative agent, Crystal Financial LLC, as term loan B agent, and each of the lenders party thereto (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-192736), filed December 10, 2013).
  10.21    Term Loan and Security Agreement dated November 26, 2013 by and among GateHouse Media, Inc., GateHouse Media Intermediate Holdco Inc., certain wholly-owned subsidiaries of GateHouse Media Intermediate Holdco, Inc., Mutual Quest Fund and each of the lenders party thereto (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-192736), filed December 10, 2013).
*10.22    New Media Investment Group Inc. Nonqualified Stock Option and Incentive Award Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed February 7, 2014).
  10.23    Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement dated January 15, 2014 between New Media Investment Group Inc. and American Stock & Transfer Company, LLC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (Registration No. 333-192736), filed January 28, 2014).
*10.24    Form of New Media Investment Group Inc. Non-Officer Director Restricted Stock Grant Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed February 7, 2014).
  10.25    Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2014, between New Media Investment Group Inc. and FIG LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 of New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 19, 2014).
*10.26    Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement between New Media Investment Group Inc. and Fortress Operating Entity I LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 of New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 19, 2014)
*10.27    Form of Tandem Award Agreement between New Media Investment Group Inc. and FIG LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 of New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 19, 2014)

 

159


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

10.28    Credit Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2014 among New Media Holdings I LLC, New Media Holdings II LLC, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to this Agreement, as the Lenders, RBS Citizens, N.A. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as Syndication Agent, and Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania, together with any successor appointed in accordance with Section 8.9 of the Credit Agreement, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 29, 2014, filed July 31, 2014).
10.29    Pledge Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2014 among New Media Holdings II LLC, New Media Holdings I LLC, each of the subsidiary guarantors from time to time party thereto and Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania, in its capacity as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 29, 2014, filed July 31, 2014).
10.30    Guarantee Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2014 made by New Media Holdings I LLC, each of the other guarantors party thereto in favor of Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 29, 2014, filed July 31, 2014).
10.31    Security Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2014 among New Media Holdings I LLC, New Media Holdings II LLC, each of the subsidiary guarantors from time to time party thereto and Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania, in its capacity as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 29, 2014, filed July 31, 2014).
10.32    Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 17, 2014 between Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania, New Media Holdings II LLC and New Media Holdings I LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 29, 2014, filed July 31, 2014).
10.33    First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of September 3, 2014, among New Media Holdings I LLC, New Media Holdings II LLC, the loan parties party thereto, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities party thereto as incremental term lenders, and Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 3, 2014).
10.34    Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 20, 2014, among New Media Holdings I LLC, New Media Holdings II LLC, the loan parties party thereto, the lenders party thereto, and Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed November 28, 2014).
10.35    Parent Guaranty, dated as of November 20, 2014, among New Media Investment Group Inc., New Media Holdings I LLC and the sellers party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed November 28, 2014).
10.36    Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of January 9, 2015, among New Media Holdings I LLC, New Media Holdings II LLC, the loan parties party thereto, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities party thereto as incremental term lenders, the revolving credit lenders and Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania, as administrative agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 12, 2015).

 

160


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

 

Description

    10.37   Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 13, 2015, among New Media Holdings I LLC, New Media Holdings II LLC, the loan parties party thereto, the term loan lenders, the other lenders party thereto and Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed February 20, 2015).
    10.38   Parent Guaranty, dated as of February 19, 2015, among New Media Investment Group Inc., New Media Holdings I LLC and the sellers party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to New Media Investment Group Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed February 23, 2015).
**10.39   Amended and Restated Management and Advisory Agreement, dated March 6, 2015, between New Media Investment Group Inc. and FIG LLC. (included herewith).
    21   Subsidiaries of New Media Investment Group Inc. (included herewith).
    31.1   Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(d) Certification of Principal Executive Officer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (included herewith).
    31.2   Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(d) Certification of Principal Financial Officer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (included herewith).
    32.1   Section 1350 Certification (included herewith).
    32.2   Section 1350 Certification (included herewith).
** 101.INS   XBRL Instance Document
** 101.SCH   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
** 101.CAL   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
** 101.DEF   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
** 101.LAB   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
** 101.PRE   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

 

* Asterisks identify management contracts and compensatory plans or arrangements.
** Furnished electronically herewith.

 

161


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

NEW MEDIA INVESTMENT GROUP INC.
By:  

/s/    MICHAEL E. REED

 

Michael E. Reed

Chief Executive Officer

March 6, 2015

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    WESLEY R. EDENS

   Chairman of the Board   March 6, 2015
Wesley R. Edens     

/s/    MICHAEL E. REED

   Chief Executive Officer and Director   March 6, 2015
Michael E. Reed    (Principal Executive Officer)  

/s/    GREGORY W. FREIBERG

   Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer   March 6, 2015
Gregory W. Freiberg    (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)  

/s/    KEVIN M. SHEEHAN

   Director   March 6, 2015
Kevin M. Sheehan     

/s/    THEODORE P. JANULIS

   Director   March 6, 2015
Theodore P. Janulis     

/s/    LAURENCE TARICA

   Director   March 6, 2015
Laurence Tarica     

 

162